Chevrolet Captiva 2007 Owner's Handbook Manual

CHEVROLET CAPTIVA OWNERS HANDBOOK
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA-
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Owner Manual M Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 91
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 128
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 174
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 296
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 308
TA-2007/129
TA-2007/129
TA-2009/371 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
TA-2009/371
TA-2014/2430
APPROVED

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2 Introduction
Introduction relating to your specific vehicle to

confirm each of the features found Caution
on your vehicle.
Caution indicates a hazard that
You may contact your dealer for could result in property or vehicle
further queries. damage.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
The names, logos, emblems, Danger, Warning, and

slogans, vehicle model names, and Caution
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited Warning messages found on vehicle
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, labels and in this manual describe
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and hazards and what to do to avoid or A circle with a slash through it is a
CAPTIVA are trademarks and/or reduce them. safety symbol which means “Do
service marks of General Motors Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, { Danger this happen.”
or licensors.
Danger indicates a hazard with a Symbols
This manual describes features that high level of risk which will result
may or may not be on your specific in serious injury or death. The vehicle has components and
vehicle because they are options labels that use symbols instead of
that you did not purchase, the text. Symbols are shown along with
feature/application may not be
available in the region, or due to { Warning the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
changes subsequent to the printing component, control, message,
Warning indicates a hazard that
of this owner manual. Please refer gauge, or indicator.
could result in injury or death.
to the purchase documentation

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Introduction 3
M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps

manual has additional instructions _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
or information.
* : Shown when the service . : Fuel Gauge
manual has additional instructions + : Fuses
or information. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
0 : Shown when there is more Changer
information on another page — j : LATCH System Child Restraints
“see page.”
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Vehicle Symbol Chart
: : Oil Pressure
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle } : Power
and what they mean. For more > : Safety Belt Reminders
information on the symbol, refer to d : Traction Control
the Index.
9 : Airbag Readiness Light a : Under Pressure
# : Air Conditioning M : Windshield Washer Fluid
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
4 Introduction
2 NOTES

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Instrument Panel Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 23
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23
Initial Drive Information Driving for Better Fuel
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 9 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 15
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
LHD Vehicle

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 171. 17. Parking Brake 0 201.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 122. 18. Heated Front Seats 0 50.
3. Horn 0 93. 19. USB Port 0 141.
4. Instrument Cluster 0 98. 20. Descent Control System
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 93. (DCS) 0 205.
6. Overview 0 131. 21. Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) Off Light 0 109.
7. Vehicle Alarm System (key)
0 35 or Vehicle Alarm System 22. Steering Wheel Controls 0 92.
(keyless) 0 35. 23. Steering Wheel
8. Climate Control Systems Adjustment 0 92.
0 165.Dual Automatic Climate 24. Cruise Control 0 207.
Control System 0 167. 25. Hood 0 228.
9. Glove Box 0 86. 26. Front Storage 0 86.
10. Safety Belt Reminders 0 102. 27. Vehicle Personalization 0 119.
11. Fuel Economy Mode 0 198. 28. Power Mirrors 0 39.Headlamp
12. Ultrasonic Parking Assist 0 211. Washer 0 95.Instrument Panel
Rear Climate Control Illumination Control 0 126.
System 0 170.
13. Hazard Warning
Flashers 0 124.
14. Power Outlets 0 95.
15. Automatic Transmission 0 196.
Manual Transmission 0 199.
16. Heated Front Seats 0 50.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
8 In Brief
RHD Vehicle

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 9
1. Air Vents 0 171. 16. Heated Front Seats 0 50. Initial Drive
2. Overview 0 131. 17. Parking Brake 0 201.
Information
3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 122. 18. Heated Front Seats 0 50.
This section provides a brief
4. Instrument Cluster 0 98. 19. Automatic Transmission 0 196. overview about some of the
5. Fuel Gauge 0 101. 20. USB Port 0 141. important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
6. Horn 0 93. 21. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 167. For more detailed information, refer
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 93. to each of the features which can be
8. Power Mirrors 0 39.Instrument 22. Glove Box 0 86. found later in this owner manual.
Panel Illumination Control 23. Safety Belt Reminders 0 102.
0 126, Headlamp Range Remote Keyless Entry
Adjustment 0 123. (RKE) System
9. Vehicle Personalization 0 119. The RKE transmitter functions work
10. Front Storage 0 86. up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the
11. Hood 0 228. vehicle.
12. Steering Wheel Controls 0 92.

13. Cruise Control 0 207.
14. Fuel Economy Mode 0 198,
Ultrasonic Parking Assist 0 211,
Hazard Warning Flashers
0 124, Descent Control System
(DCS) 0 205, Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) Off
Light 0 109.
15. Power Outlets 0 95.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
10 In Brief
The interior lamps may come on.

L : Press and hold for about
two seconds to initiate vehicle
locator. Both the turn signal lamps
flash and the horn sounds three
times.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock a door:
. From the inside, pull the door
lock button to lock the door.
Key Access RKE Transmitter Keyless Access RKE Transmitter Push the door lock button to
c : Press to lock all the doors. unlock.
d : Press once to unlock the all Q : Press to lock all the doors. The . From the outside, turn the key
doors. If d is pressed again within hazard warning lamps will flash toward the front or rear of the
five seconds, all remaining doors once and the anti-theft alarm system vehicle.
unlock. will be activated.
. Press d or K on the Remote
Keys 0 25, Remote Keyless Entry K : Press once to unlock the doors. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
(RKE) System Operation (key) 0 27 The hazard warning lamps flash to unlock.
or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) twice and the vehicle alarm system
System Operation (keyless) 0 29. will be deactivated. In some . Press c or Q on the Remote
countries according to vehicle Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
configuration, to unlock the driver to lock.
door, press the K button once.
Immediately press the K button
within five seconds to unlock all
doors.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 11
The RKE transmitter functions will To open the liftgate, press the touch The power windows operate when
work up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the pad on the underside of the liftgate the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry handle and pull up. ACCESSORY.
(RKE) System Operation (key) 0 27 To close the liftgate, pull down using
or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Window Lockout
the handle and push down until it
System Operation (keyless) 0 29. latches. o : The vehicle has a lockout
feature to prevent rear seat
Power Door Locks Liftgate 0 33. passengers from operating the
T : The power door lock switches windows. Press the lockout button,
are located on the front doors. This Windows located with the power window
feature locks and unlocks all doors switches, to turn the feature on
and the liftgate. and off.
. Press the right side of the switch Windows 0 41, Power
to lock the doors. Windows 0 41.
. Press the left side of the switch
to unlock the doors.
Door Locks 0 31, Power Door
Locks 0 32.
Liftgate
To lock the liftgate press c or Q
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The window switches for all doors
transmitter or press the power door
are on the driver door. Each door
lock switch.
also has a switch.
To unlock the liftgate press d or K To open or close a window, press or
twice on the RKE transmitter or pull up on the switch.
press the power door lock switch.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
12 In Brief
Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Power Seats

Manual Seats
If equipped, move the lever up or If equipped, move the seat forward

down repeatedly to raise or lower or rearward by sliding the horizontal
To adjust a manual seat: the driver seat.Seat control forward or rearward.
1. Lift the bar under the front of Adjustment 0 47.
the seat cushion to unlock
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 13
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Reclining Seatbacks
Raise or lower the front or rear part

of the seat cushion by moving the
front or rear of the control up If equipped, move the lever forward
or down. or rearward to increase or decrease
the lumbar support. To recline a manual seatback:
Power Seat Adjustment 0 48.
Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. 1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
14 In Brief
To return the seatback to the upright Reclining Seatbacks 0 48. Heated Seats
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without Second Row Seats
applying pressure to the The seatbacks can be folded for
seatback, and the seatback will additional cargo space, or the seats
return to the upright position. can be tumbled for easy entry/exit to
2. Push and pull on the seatback the third row seats. The seatbacks
to make sure it is locked. also recline.
Power Reclining Seatbacks Rear Seats 0 52.
Third Row Seats

The third row seatbacks can be
folded to increase cargo space.
Third Row Seats 0 55. If equipped, the controls are on the
center console. To operate, the
engine must be running.
Press L or M to heat the driver or
passenger seat. The indicator light
on the button turns on when this
feature is on. Press the button again
to turn this feature off.
To adjust a power seatback, Heated Front Seats 0 50.
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 15
Head Restraint Refer to the following sections for Controls for the outside power
important information on how to use mirrors are on the driver side
Adjustment safety belts properly: instrument panel.
Do not drive until the head restraints . Safety Belts 0 57. To adjust:
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly. . How to Wear Safety Belts 1. Turn the knob to the L (Left) or
Properly 0 58. R (Right) to choose a mirror.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59. 2. Adjust each mirror so that the
recline angle as little as necessary . Lower Anchors and Tethers for side and the area behind the
while keeping the seat and the head Children (LATCH System) 0 78. vehicle can be seen.
restraint height in the proper 3. Return the control to the center
position. Mirror Adjustment position so the mirror cannot
Head Restraints 0 45. Seat be moved.
Adjustment 0 47. Exterior Mirrors
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or
ACC/ACCESSORY. Retained
Safety Belts Accessory Power (RAP) 0 191 for
more information.
The outside mirrors will work up to
10 minutes after the vehicle has
been turned off. If a door is opened
while the key is in the LOCK
position or if taken out of the
ignition, the mirror will not work.
Power Mirrors 0 39.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
16 In Brief
Folding Mirrors The ignition must be in ON/RUN or Steering Wheel

Manual Accessory Power (RAP) 0 191 for
Adjustment
If equipped, manually fold the more information.
outside mirrors in to prevent Power to the folding outside mirrors
damage when going through an will work up to 10 minutes after the
automatic car wash. To fold, while vehicle has been turned off. Power
sitting in the vehicle, pull the mirrors to the folding outside mirrors will
toward the vehicle. Push out, to turn off if a door is opened while the
return the mirrors to their original key is in the LOCK position or taken
position. out of the ignition.
Power Folding Mirrors 0 39.
Interior Mirrors
To adjust the inside rearview mirror,
hold the rearview mirror in the The vehicle has a tilt and
center and move it to view the area telescoping wheel.
behind the vehicle.
1. Hold the steering wheel and
Push the tab forward for daytime pull the lever down.
use and pull it for nighttime use to
avoid glare from the headlamps 2. Move the steering wheel up
from behind. or down.
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 40. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
If equipped, press the folding mirror 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
button to fold the outside mirrors flat steering wheel in place.
against the side of the vehicle. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 17
Interior Lighting Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps
Press the button on the dome lamp * : Press to keep the dome lamps ( / ) : Press the button near
to turn it on or off. and other interior lamps turned off each lamp to turn the reading lamps
while any door is open. Press again on or off.
to return it to the out position and Dome Lamps 0 126.
the lamps automatically come on
when any door is opened. Reading Lamps 0 127.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 126.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
18 In Brief
Exterior Lighting AUTO : If Equipped, the lamps turn

on or off automatically depending on
how dark it is outside.
To turn the automatic lamp control
off, turn the exterior lamp control
to O. The control automatically
returns to its original position when
released.
Do not cover the sensor located on Move the lever to one of the
top of the instrument panel or the following positions:
The turn signal lever located on the automatic headlamps will not work
HI : For fast wipes.
side of the steering column operates properly.
LO : For slow wipes.
the exterior lamps. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 122.
AUTO : Turns the windshield wipers
Turn the exterior lamp control at the Automatic Headlamp System 0 124.
on automatically.
end of the lever to the following
positions: Windshield Wiper/Washer The sensitivity of the system can be
adjusted by turning the band on the
O : Turns all the lamps off. Turning The windshield wiper lever is windshield wiper lever toward F
the headlamp control to the off located on the side of the steering or S.
position again will turn the automatic column. The ignition must be turned
headlamps back on. to ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN to If the ignition switch is turned to
ACC/ACCESSORY while the wiper
; : Turns on the parking lamps, operate the windshield wipers.
lever is in the AUTO position, the
together with taillamps, license plate The vehicle has automatic windshield wipers turn on once to
lamps, and instrument panel lights. windshield wipers with Rainsense. check the system.
5 : Turns on the headlamps, The rain sensor detects the amount
OFF : Turns the windshield
together with the taillamps, license of water on the windshield and
automatically adjusts the windshield wipers off.
plate lamps, parking lamps, and
instrument panel lights wipers.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 19
MIST : For a single wipe, briefly Climate Controls

move the lever down, and release.
The lever automatically returns to its If equipped with one of these systems, it controls the heating, cooling, and
starting position. ventilation.
Windshield Washer
To use this feature the ignition must
be turned to ON/RUN. Pull the
windshield washer/wiper lever
toward you to spray washer fluid on
the windshield.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 93.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 94.
1. Temperature Control 4. Air Conditioning (A/C)

2. Air Delivery Mode Control 5. Recirculation
3. Fan Control 6. Rear Window Defogger

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
20 In Brief
Dual Automatic Climate Control System While driving in manual shift

mode, the transmission will
remain in the drive gear
selected. Downward shifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When
coming to a stop in the manual
position, the vehicle will
automatically shift to
1 (First) gear.
2. Push the shift lever forward
toward the plus (+) to upshift or
rearward toward the minus (−)
to downshift.
1. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Climate Control Systems 0 165. In manual shift mode all forward
Dual Automatic Climate Control gears can be selected.
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
System 0 167. Manual Mode 0 198.
3. Defrost
4. Fan Control Transmission
5. Rear Window Defogger Manual Shift Mode (MSM)
6. Recirculation (Automatic Transmission)
7. SYNC (Synchronized To use this feature, if equipped, do
Temperatures) the following.
8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode 1. Move the shift lever from
Control) D (Drive) into the manual gate.
9. OFF
10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 21
Vehicle Features . Press 5 to reject incoming calls Cruise Control

or to finish your current call or
Steering Wheel Controls phone's SR mode.
For vehicles equipped with audio 3. SRC / SEEK (Q / R)

steering wheel controls, basic audio . Press SRC to change a source.
system operations can be
performed. . Press to select a sound
play mode.
. Turn the knob to the next or
previous radio station, the music
track being played.
4. Volume ( + x-)
. Press + to increase the volume.
The cruise control buttons are on
. Press - to decrease the volume. the left side of the steering wheel.
Steering Wheel Controls 0 92. J : Press to turn the cruise control
on or off.
RES/+ : Press briefly to make the
vehicle resume to a previously set
1. Call (%) speed, or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
. Press to answer the call. already active, use to increase
2. Mute / Hang up (5) vehicle speed.
SET/- : Press briefly to set the
. Press 5 in any music play speed and activate cruise control.
mode to turn the mute function If cruise control is already active,
on and off. use to decrease vehicle speed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
22 In Brief
Q : Press to disengage the cruise Sunroof Slide and hold the switch
control without erasing the set forward to close the sunroof.
speed from memory. The sunshade must be closed
manually.
Cruise Control 0 207.
2. Vent Open/Close : Press and
Power Outlets hold the switch to vent the
sunroof. Pull and hold the
The accessory power outlets can be switch to close it. The
used to plug in electrical equipment, sunshade must be manually
such as a cell phone or an MP3 operated when the sunroof is in
player. the vent position.
The vehicle has three accessory Sunroof 0 43.
power outlets: under the climate
control system, on the rear of the
center floor console, and in the rear If equipped, the ignition must be in
cargo area. ON/RUN, or ACC/ACCESSORY.
Remove the cover to access and 1. Open/Close : Slide and
replace when not in use. release the switch rearward to
Power Outlets 0 95. express open the sunroof.
Slide the switch forward or
rearward to stop movement.
The sunshade opens
automatically with the sunroof
or can be manually operated.
The sunshade cannot be
closed with the sunroof open.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
In Brief 23
Performance and Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Maintenance This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Traction Control/ System 0 262.
Electronic Stability
Control Engine Oil Life System
The Traction Control System (TCS) The engine oil life system calculates
limits wheel spin. The system turns engine oil life based on vehicle use
on automatically every time the and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
vehicle is started. The low tire pressure warning light OIL SOON message when it is time
alerts to a significant loss in to change the engine oil and filter.
The Electronic Stability Control pressure of one of the vehicle's The oil life system should be reset
(ESC) system assists with tires. If the warning light comes on, to 100% only following an oil
directional control of the vehicle in stop as soon as possible and inflate change.
difficult driving conditions. The the tires to the recommended
system also turns on automatically Resetting the Oil Life System
pressure shown on the Tire and
every time the vehicle is started. Loading Information label. Vehicle Reset the system whenever the
. To turn off TCS and ESC, press Load Limits 0 182. The warning light engine oil is changed so that the
and release the button g on the will remain on until the tire pressure system can calculate the next
is corrected. engine oil change.
instrument panel. g illuminates
on the instrument cluster. The low tire pressure warning light 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/
may come on in cool weather when RUN with the engine off.
. Press and release the button the vehicle is first started, and then
again to turn on both systems. 2. Fully press and release the
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This accelerator pedal three times
Traction Control/Electronic Stability may be an early indicator that the within five seconds.
Control 0 204. tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
24 In Brief
If the change engine oil message . Always follow posted speed

does not appear, the system is limits or drive more slowly when
reset. conditions require.
If the change engine oil message . Keep vehicle tires properly
comes back on when the vehicle is inflated.
started, the engine oil life system . Combine several trips into a
has not reset. Repeat the single trip.
procedure.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
Engine Oil Life System 0 238. the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
Driving for Better Fuel near the size.
Economy . Follow recommended scheduled
Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance.
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 25
Keys Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Keys and Locks
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Keys
Keys and Locks
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors
{ Warning
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 40 Leaving children in a vehicle with
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Rearview an ignition key or Remote
System Operation (key) . . . . . . 27 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Windows dangerous and children or others
System Operation
(keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 could be seriously injured or
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 killed. They could operate the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 power window or other controls or
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 32 make the vehicle move. The
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Roof windows will function with the key
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 in the ignition or with the RKE
Doors transmitter in the vehicle, and
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 children or others could be caught
Vehicle Security in the path of a closing window.
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Do not leave children in a vehicle
Vehicle Alarm System (key) . . . . 35 with the ignition key or an RKE
Vehicle Alarm System transmitter.
(keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer Operation (key) . . . . 37
Immobilizer Operation
(keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
26 Keys
The key that is part of the Remote Key Access Keyless Access
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter for Press the button on the RKE This key, inside the transmitter, can
Key Access vehicles can be used transmitter to extend the key. Press be used for the driver door for
for the ignition and all locks. the button and the key blade to Keyless Access vehicles.
retract the key.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 27
If the vehicle has the Keyless Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry
Access System, the transmitter has
a thin button near the bottom of the
(RKE) System (RKE) System
transmitter used to remove the key. Do not make changes or Operation (key)
Press the button and pull the key modifications to the RKE. This could The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
out. Do not pull the key out without void authorization to use this transmitter functions will work up to
pressing the button. equipment. 6 m (20 ft) away from the vehicle.
This vehicle may have the Key If there is a decrease in the RKE There are other conditions which
Access System or a Keyless Access operating range: can affect the performance of the
System. Remote Keyless Entry . Check the distance. The transmitter. Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (key) 0 27 (RKE) System 0 27.
transmitter may be too far from
or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
the vehicle.
System Operation (keyless) 0 29.
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . Check the location. Other
0 185 or Ignition Positions (Key vehicles or objects may be
Access) 0 187. blocking the signal.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, . Check the transmitter's battery.
inspect the key blade for debris. See “Battery Replacement” later
Periodically clean with a brush in this section.
or pick. . If the transmitter is still not
See your dealer if a new key is working correctly, see your
needed. dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
c (Lock) : Press to lock all

doors.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
28 Keys
The hazard warning lamps will flash transmitters will no longer work To replace the battery:
once and the anti-theft alarm system once the new transmitter is
will be activated. Vehicle Alarm programmed.
System (key) 0 35 or Vehicle Alarm
System (keyless) 0 35. Battery Replacement
d (Unlock) : Press to unlock all
doors. { Warning
The hazard warning lamps will flash Make sure that you dispose of old
twice and the anti-theft alarm batteries in accordance with
system will be deactivated. Vehicle environmental protection
Alarm System (key) 0 35 or Vehicle regulations to help protect the
Alarm System (keyless) 0 35. environment and your health.
The RKE transmitter buttons will not
operate when the key is in the 1. Remove the screw from the
ignition. Caution back of the transmitter cover
Programming Transmitters to When replacing the battery, do and remove the cover.
the Vehicle not touch any of the circuitry on 2. Remove the used battery.
Only RKE transmitters programmed the transmitter. Static from your Avoid letting other components
to this vehicle will work. If a body could damage the touch the circuit board.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a transmitter. 3. Insert the new battery, positive
replacement can be purchased and side facing down toward
programmed through your dealer. the base.
When the replacement transmitter is 4. Reassemble the transmitter
programmed to this vehicle, all cover.
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen 5. Check the operation of the
transmitter with the vehicle.

Keys 29
Remote Keyless Entry The hazard warning lamps will flash Keyless Unlocking
once and the anti-theft alarm system
(RKE) System Operation will be activated. Vehicle Alarm
(keyless) System
Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other (key) 0 35 or Vehicle Alarm
IO/GMSA-
9507207)The
- 2016
RKE- crctransmitter
- 9/22/15 functions will System (keyless) 0 35.
work up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the K (Unlock) : Press to unlock all
vehicle.
Chevrolet doors.IO/GMSA-
Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15 Keys 29
Other conditions can affect the The hazard warning lamps will flash
performance of the transmitter. twice and the anti-theft alarm
Remote
Remote Keyless Keyless Entry (RKE) Entry The
system hazardwill be warning lamps will
deactivated. flash
Vehicle Keyless Unlocking
(RKE) 0 once and the anti-theft alarm system Keys 29
Chevrolet CaptivaSystem
System 27.
Owner Manual Operation
(GMK-Localizing-Other Alarm
will be
System
IO/GMSA-
activated.
(key) 0
Vehicle
35 or
Alarm
Vehicle
9507207)(keyless)
- 2016 - crc - 9/22/15 Alarm System (keyless) 0 35.
System (key)warning0 35 orlamps Vehicle willAlarm
Remote Keyless Entry The hazard
In some (keyless)
System countries0according 35.
flash
to the
Keyless Unlocking
The RKE transmitter functions will once and the anti-theft alarm system
(RKE) System Operation vehicle configuration, to unlock the With the Keyless Access transmitter
work Captiva
up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the IO/GMSA- K (Unlock)
will be activated. : Press Vehicle Alarmall
to unlock Keys 29
Chevrolet
(keyless)
vehicle.
9507207)
Owner Manual
- 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
(GMK-Localizing-Other
driver door,
System
doors. (key) press
0 35the K buttonAlarm
or Vehicle within 1 m (3 ft), approach the front
System (keyless) 0press 35. the K door and pull the handle to unlock
The once. Immediately
OtherRKE
Remote transmitter
conditions
Keyless can functions
affect
Entry the will The hazard warning lamps will flash Keyless
and openUnlocking
the door. On some
work up to 6 m
performance of (20
the ft) away from the
transmitter. button
K (Unlock)
once
twice and
andwithin the: five
the Press seconds
anti-theft
anti-theft to unlock
alarm
alarm to unlock
all
system Keys
models there 29 is a touch sensor on
(RKE)
vehicle.
Remote Keyless System Entry Operation
(RKE) all doors.
doors.
will
system
The interior
be activated.
will bewilldeactivated.
Vehicle lamps Alarm may
Vehicle the door handle. If the transmitter is
Remote Keyless Entry
(keyless) The hazard warning lamps flash
come on.(key) 0 35 or Vehicle Alarm Keyless Unlocking
System
Other 0 27.
conditions affect the once andSystem Alarm System system0
(key) 35 orwill Vehicle recognized, the door will unlock
(RKE) Systemcan Operation the anti-theft
The hazard alarm
warning lamps flash
performance
The(keyless)
RKE transmitterof the transmitter.
functions willSystem (key) L
will be activated.
System
Alarm
twice (Vehicle
0 35and (keyless)
Vehicle
System
or Vehicle
Alarm 0
Locator/Panic
(keyless)
the anti-theft
Alarm
35. 0
alarm 35. and open.
Remote
work Keyless Entry (RKE) Alarm)
K
system :
0 willPressbe and hold
deactivated. for about
Vehicle
Theup RKEto transmitter
6 m (20 ft) away
functions willfrom the (Unlock)
In some
System (keyless) : Press
countries
35. to unlock
according toallthe Keyless Locking
System 0 to27. two: Press
Alarm seconds to all initiate 0 tovehicle
or Vehicle
vehicle.
work up 6 m (20 ft) away from the K (Unlock) vehicleSystem
doors. to unlock(key)
configuration, 35 unlock the With the Keyless Access transmitter
MK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA-
vehicle. locator.System
doors. Alarm Both the turn signal
(keyless) 0button
35. lamps The doors lock after several
Other conditions can affect the The hazard
Other conditions can affect the
driver
The
flash door,
hazard
andlamps
warning
press
thewarning
horn
will flash
the K
lamps three
sounds will flash within 1 Captiva
Chevrolet
seconds
9507207)
m (3 ft),Owner
if the
- 2016
approach
ignition
- the
crc -handle
9/22/15
Manualthe front
(GMK-Localizin
is off, if all
Q door and pull to unlock
performance
(Lock)
performance ofthe
: Press
of theto transmitter.
lock all doors.twice andtwice
transmitter. In
once.some
times. and countries
the
alarmanti-theft
Immediately
the anti-theft according
pressalarmthe K to the doors are closed and at least one
Remote
RemoteKeyless
Keyless EntryEntry (RKE)
(RKE) system willvehicle
system configuration,
will befive
be deactivated. deactivated.
Vehicle to unlock Vehicle the and open
With theaccess the door.
Keyless On some
Access transmitter
button within seconds to unlock keyless transmitter has been
System 0 27. Alarm System (key) 0 35 or Vehicle
K models
within 1 there
m (3 is
ft), a touch
approach sensor
the on
System
MK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA- 0 27. Alarm
driver
all doors. System
door,
Alarm System (keyless) 0 35. The press (key)
interior the0 Keys
35
lamps or
button Vehicle
may 29 removed
30 door from
Keys the interior of thefront
Alarm System (keyless) 0 35. the
door and handle.
pull the Ifhandle
the transmitter
to unlock is
come
once. on.
In some countries according to thepress the K
Immediately vehicle.
recognized, the door will unlock
and open the door. On some
try The hazard warning lamps will flash
MK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA-
vehicle configuration,
driver
Keyless
In
door,
some
button
L (Vehicle
press the
to unlock
Unlocking
countries
within
K
fivethe
Locator/Panic
button
Withto
according
seconds thetoKeyless
the Access
unlock
within 1 m (3 ft), approach and transmitter
Thetheopen.
models function
there can
front is a be touchdeactivated
sensor on by rem
once and the anti-theft alarm system vehicle
all doors.
Alarm) configuration,
: The interior
Press and to
lamps
hold unlock
for may
about thethe handleWith the Keyless Access transmitter
ation will be activated. Vehicle Alarm once. Immediately press the K
door
Keys
and pull
open the 29
personalization
the door handle.
to
door. On Keyless
unlock
Locking setting. Vehicle
If the transmitter is repr
come
two
driver
button within five
on.
seconds
door, press
seconds tounlock
to the K
initiate vehicle
button
and within
some 1 m
Personalization
recognized, (3the
ft),door
0approach
119. will the front
unlock tran
System (key) 0 35 or Vehicle Alarm locator. Both the models there is a touchdoor
mayturn signal lamps
sensorand
The on pull the handle to unlock
doors lock after several
System (keyless) 0 35.
all doors. LThe (Vehicle
once. interior lamps
Immediately Locator/Panic press thethedoor K and
handle. If the transmitter open.
If a Keyless is Access Transmitter is onc
try
ns will The hazard
MK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA- warning lamps will flash Keyless
come on.flash
Alarm)
button and : Unlocking
the five
Press
within horn and sounds
hold
seconds Keysfor three
about
recognized,
to unlock 29 Keyless
the door willand
seconds
unlock
removed
openifthe the
from
door.
ignition On some
is off, if all prog
from the Q
once
K (Lock)and the: Press to to
: anti-theft lock all doors.
alarm system
all L times.
(Vehicle Locator/Panic and open. models
doors are Locking
thereclosedisthe
a andvehicle,
touch all doors
at sensor
least on
one prog
ation (Unlock) Press
will be activated. Vehicle Alarm Alarm)
unlock two
all seconds
doors. The
: Press and hold for about to initiate
interior vehicle
lamps may including
the
keyless door the fueltransmitter
handle.
access Iffiller
the door and been
transmitter
has is
doors. two secondslocator.
come on.Both
to initiate the
vehicle turn Keyless
signal Locking
lamps The doors
tailgate will lock
be after several
automatically locked
try The
System hazard(key)warning
0 35 orlamps Vehicle willAlarm
flash Keyless
flash
locator. Both the and
Unlocking
the horn
turn signal lamps sounds The three
doors lock after several recognized,
removed
seconds iffromthethe
the door will
interior
ignition unlock
of the
is off, if all
Sta
the The
once
System hazard
and the warning
(keyless) anti-theft
0 lamps
35. alarm willsystem
flash L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Keys 29 after
and several
open. seconds. Tra
ation Q (Lock) :: Press tolocklock all doors. flash and the horn sounds three seconds if the ignition vehicle.
is off, if all
ons
ter. will will Qbe(Lock)
twice and the
Press
activated. anti-theft
toVehicle Alarm times. times.
allalarm
doors.
Alarm) : Press and hold doors
for are closed and atdoors
about least one
Press
are closed and at least one
E)from the K (Unlock) : 0Press has the
keyless buttontransmitter
access on the door hashandle
been
system
System will
(key) be 35 orto
deactivated. unlock
Vehicle all
Vehicle
Alarm two seconds to initiate vehicle
keyless access transmitter Keyless been Locking
try The
doors.
Alarm
System
hazard
System
warning
(keyless) (key)
0 35.
lamps
0 35
will
or Vehicle
flash Keyless Unlocking
locator. Both the turn signal
removed from the interior
lamps
or ofpush
removed
The
the the from unlock
the button of
interior onthethe
ons will once and the anti-theft alarm system vehicle. RKEdoors
vehicle. transmitterlock after several
to unlock all doors,
ation
the
from the
Alarm
The
K
will System
hazard
be activated.
(Unlock)
(keyless)
warning
: Press Vehiclelamps 0 35.
willall
Alarm
to unlock flash flash and the horn sounds three seconds
the fuel filler if thedoor ignition
and is theoff, if all
tailgate.
ter. Q
In (Lock)
twice
some
System
doors. and :the
Press
countries
(key) 35to orlock
0anti-theft
according all doors.
alarm
Vehicle to the
Alarm times. doors are closed and at least one
E) system configuration,
vehicle
System will be deactivated.
(keyless) 0 35.to unlock Vehicle the With the Keyless Access transmitter keyless access transmitter has been
ns will
the The
Alarm hazard
System warning
(key) 0lamps 35 orwill flash
Vehicle
Caution
thetoKunlock within 1 m (3 ft), approach the front removed from the interior of the
from the
ter. K
driver
twice
Alarm
door,the
(Unlock)
and
System
press
: Press
anti-theft
(keyless)
button
0 35. all
alarm vehicle.
door and pull the handle to unlock Passive door lock function does
E) doors.
systemImmediately
once. will be deactivated.press theVehicle K and open the door. On some
In some
Alarm countries
System (key) according
0lamps
35 orto to the
Vehicle not work after the tailgate is
the button
The withinwarning
hazard five seconds willunlock
flash models there is a Access
touch sensor on
vehicle
Alarm
all doors. configuration,
System
The (keyless)
interior to unlock
0 35.may
lamps the With the Keyless transmitter opened and closed.
ter. twice and the anti-theft alarm the door handle. If the transmitter is
E) driver
come
system
In some
door,
on.will
press the
be deactivated.
countries
K button
accordingVehicle to the
within 1 m (3 ft), approach the front
recognized,
door and pullthe thedoor will to
handle unlock
unlock
once.
vehicle Immediately
L(Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm System (key)
configuration, press
0 to the
35unlock K the
or Vehicle Withopen.
and the Keyless
open the door. Access
On some transmitter Programming Transmitters to
button
Alarm
Alarm)
driver door,within
System
: Press five
press andseconds
(keyless)
thehold 0 to
35.
K button unlock
for about within 1
models there m (3 ft), approach
is a touch sensor on the front the Vehicle
all doors. Thetointerior lamps may Keyless Locking If th
two seconds initiate vehicle door and pull the handle to unlock
In some
once.
come
locator.
countries according
Immediately
on.
Both the turn signal
press the to K
lamps
the the door handle. If the transmitter is
and
The open
doors the
lock door.
after On some
several
Only RKE transmitters programmed DIC
vehicle
button withinconfiguration,
five seconds to unlock
to unlock the recognized,
With the Keyless the doorAccesswill unlock
transmitter to this vehicle will work. If a KEY
L
flash and theLocator/Panic
(Vehicle horn sounds three models
seconds
and open. 1 there
mif (3 isignition
theft), aapproach
touchissensor
off,the if allon
doors. driver
all doors. door, Thepress the K
interior lampsbutton may within front transmitter is lost or stolen, a to s
times.
Alarm)on. : Press and hold for about the door
doors
door arehandle.
and closed
pull the Ifand
theattransmitter
handle least
to one is
unlock replacement can be purchased and
come
once. Immediately press the K Keyless Locking veh
two seconds to initiate vehicle recognized,
keyless
and open thethe
access door. doorOn
transmitterwill
someunlock
has been programmed through your dealer.
L
button within five turn
seconds cen
(Vehicle
locator. Both Locator/Panic
the signaltolampsunlock and
The open.
removed
models doors from
there lock isthe
after interior
a touch several of theon
sensor When the replacement transmitter is tran
all doors.
Alarm)
flash and The
: Press
the horninterior
andsounds
holdlamps may
forthree
about vehicle.
seconds if the ignition
the
Keylessdoor handle.
Locking If the is off, if all is
transmitter programmed to this vehicle, all faci
doors. come
two
times. on.
seconds to initiate vehicle doors are closed and will
at least one
recognized, the door unlock
locator.
L Both Locator/Panic
(Vehicle the turn signal lamps The open.
keyless
and doors accesslock after severalhas been
transmitter
flash and the horn
Alarm) : Press and hold for aboutsounds three seconds
removed if the
from ignition
the is off,
interior if all
of the
doors. times. Keyless
doors
vehicle. are Locking
closed and at least one
two seconds to initiate vehicle
locator. Both the turn signal lamps keyless
The doors accesslock transmitter
after several has been
removed from the interior of the
{
Con Caauuttiioonn
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
K-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA-
30 Keys
Press the button0on
Personalization the door handle
119.
tailgate
after
or
If apush
RKE
the fuel
will becan
The function
several
Black
the
Keyless
filler
automatically
seconds.
personalization setting. Vehicle
plate (6,1)
unlock
Accessbutton
door
unlock
and
locked
be deactivated
the
including the fuel filler door and
by
on theis
Transmitter
removed from the vehicle, all
transmitter to all doors,
doors
tailgate.
Starting
remaining the
Transmitter
reprogrammed.
Vehicle must
transmitters
Battery
withalso
once the new transmitter is

programmed. See your dealer to
a Low
Any lost or stolen
transmitters will no longer work
be
program transmitters to this vehicle.

P (Park)
soon as po
brake ped
Battery
knob. SeeR
under Sta
additional
vehicle's
Make sut
Replace
r is
tailgate will be automatically locked Starting the Vehicle with a Low
The function canOwner
be deactivated by remaining Caution
transmitters must also be P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the batteries
soon as p
Chevrolet Captiva
K-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA- after several
Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other
Black seconds.
IO/GMSA-
plate (6,1) Transmitter Battery
personalization
9507207) - 2016 - crcsetting. - 9/22/15Vehicle reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen brake pedal and the ignition control environm
ps Keyless Locking Press the door
Programming
Passive button onlonger
the door
Transmitters handle
to Battery
regulatioR
Personalization 0 119. transmitters willlock
no function does
work knob. See “Starting the Engine”
The doors lock after several the
ornotVehicle
push
workthe unlock
after the button
tailgateonis the environm
If a Keyless Access Transmitter once the new transmitter is under Starting and Operating, for
seconds if the ignition is off, if allis RKE
Only transmitter
RKE
opened
programmed. to your
transmitters
and closed.
See unlock all doors,
programmed
dealer to additional information about the
30
removed
doors arefrom Keys closed theand vehicle,
at least all doorsone the
to fuel
this filler
vehicle door
will and
work. the
If atailgate.
including
keyless access the fueltransmitterfiller door has and been program transmitters to this vehicle. vehicle's electronic keyless ignition.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a Make su
removed
The function from becanthe beinterior
deactivatedof the by Replace
P (Park) the or Ntransmitter batterythe as
ps tailgate
K-Localizing-Other
Keyless
vehicle.
Chevrolet
will IO/GMSA-
Locking
Captiva
automatically
Owner Manual
locked
remaining
Programming
replacement
StartingBlack
Programming transmitters
the can Vehicle
plate
Caution
IO/GMSA-
Transmitters
be (6,1) purchased
Transmitters withalso
must a and tobe
Low
to soon as possible.
(Neutral), press batteries
personalization
after several setting.
seconds. Vehicle programmed
reprogrammed.
the
the Vehicle
Vehicle through Any lost yourordealer.stolen brake pedal and the ignition control environm
The doors
9507207) - 2016 lock crcafter
-can -be several
9/22/15 Transmitter
When the replacement Battery transmitter is When re
The function
Personalization 0 119. deactivated by transmitters
Passive door will no longer work If the transmitter
knob.
Battery SeeReplacement
“Starting battery is weak, the
the Engine” regulatio
seconds
Press theifbutton
personalization
the ignition on theisSee
setting.
off, ifhandle
door all
Vehicle Only
Only
programmed RKE
RKE to lock
transmitters
transmitters function
this vehicle, programmed
programmed does
all DIC may display ELECTRONIC not touc
doors are closed and at least one once
not the new transmitter is under Starting and Operating, for environm
If
or apush
Keyless the Access
unlock on button Transmitteron the is to
thiswork
this
remaining vehicle after will
transmitters thework. tailgate
work. mustIf aisalso
If a be the trans
r is
Personalization
Chevrolet Captiva Owner page 5-33.
Manual has(GMK-Localizing-Other to vehicle will
IO/GMSA-
keyless
Chevrolet
removed
RKE
30
9507207)
Chevrolet
removed
If a Keyless
9507207)
K-Localizing-Other
access
Captiva
from
transmitter
- Keys
2016
Captiva
- 2016from the
- crc
the
Access
- crc
IO/GMSA-
transmitter
Owner
- vehicle,
to unlock
9/22/15
Owner
interior
- 9/22/15
Manual
Manual
Transmitter
allthe
all
of doors
doors,
been
is
programmed.
transmitter
opened and
reprogrammed.
transmitter
program Black
replacement
transmitters
is See
IO/GMSA-
lost
closed.
isIO/GMSA-
transmitters
can
will
lost Any
plateno
or
beor
your
(6,1)
stolen,
lost
stolen,
dealer
to this
purchased
longer
or a
stolen
avehicle.
work
to
and
KEY
additional
to { NOT information
start the
vehicle's
DETECTEDabout
Warning
vehicle.
electronic
whenthe
To start the
keyless
you try
ignition. body cou
including
the
9507207)
vehicle.fuel -
removed Locking the
filler
2016 fuel
door
- crc -filler
and
9/22/15
from the vehicle, all doors door
the and
tailgate. replacement
programmed can
through be purchased
your dealer. and vehicle, place the transmitter in the transmitt
ps Keyless
tailgate will Programming Transmitters to
once the new transmitter is Replace
Make sure that you dispose of as
the transmitter battery old
including
The function thebe can
automatically
fuel filler
be door and
deactivated
locked
by Starting
programmed
When
Programming
remaining the
the replacement Vehicle
through
transmitters Transmitters your with
must atoLow
dealer.
transmitter also tobe is center
P (Park) console
or N storage
(Neutral), area
press the
The
after doors
several lock after
seconds. several programmed.
the Vehicle See your dealer soon
batteries as possible.
in accordance with
30
Chevrolet
tailgate
30 Keys
Captiva
will be Owner
automatically
Caution Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other
locked Transmitter
When
programmed the IO/GMSA-
toBattery
replacement this
Anyvehicle, to transmitter all is
- Keys
personalization
seconds if the setting.isVehicle
ignition Seeoff, Vehicle
if all program
reprogrammed.
the Vehicle transmitters lost this vehicle.
or stolen transmitter
brake pedalpocket and the with the buttons
ignition control
9507207)
after
30
Personalization
2016
several
Keys -seconds.
crc on
- 9/22/15
page 5-33. Only
remaining
programmed RKE transmitters to this programmed
must
vehicle, also
all be Ifenvironmental
Battery
the transmitterReplacement protection
battery isvehicle
weak, in the When re
Press the
Personalization button
doors are closed and at least one 0 on119.the door handle transmitters
to this vehicle willwill no work.longer If a work facing
knob. up.
See Then,
“Starting withthe the Engine”
reprogrammed.
Only RKE transmittersAny lostprogrammed or stolen regulations to(Neutral),
help protect thethe not touc
IfPassive
Press
or
The apush
keyless the
Keyless the
function door
button
access unlock
can lock
Access on
be function
the
button
transmitter door
deactivated
Transmitteronhasdoes
handle
the by
been
is remaining
once
transmitter the new transmitters
iswill transmitter
lostnoorlonger stolen,must is also
aalso be be DIC
P (Park)
under may display
or
Starting N andELECTRONIC press
Operating, for
{
The
If function
apush
Chevrolet Keyless Captiva can
Access be
Owner deactivated
Transmitter
Manual by
is
(GMK-Localizing-Other transmitters
remaining
to this vehicle transmitters
IO/GMSA-
will Iforwork
must P (Park) orDETECTED
N (Neutral), pressyou the try the trans
bework. astolen
or the unlock button on the
ps
not
itter Chevrolet
removed
RKE
The
Keyless
work
transmitter
personalization
function after
Captiva
from
Locking the
can the
Owner
to be tailgate
interior
vehicle,
setting.unlock Manualof
Vehicle
deactivated isthe
all
all (GMK-Localizing-Other
doors
doors, by reprogrammed.
programmed.
remaining
replacement
Programming
once the new
IO/GMSA-
can See
transmitters Any your
Transmitters
transmitter lost dealer
must
purchased is also to
and
to be Penvironment
KEY
brake
additional
(Park) NOT
pedal Nandand
orinformation theyour
Warning
(Neutral), health.
when
ignition
about
press control
thethe
ont 30
9507207)
removed
RKE
9507207)
opened
vehicle.
including
the fuel
- Keys
-
personalization
Personalization
personalization
2016
from
transmitter
2016
filler
-
the-door
and
crc
the
0
-
to 9/22/15
setting.
vehicle,
crc -filler
closed.
fuel unlock
9/22/15
and
119.
setting. the
Vehicle
door all
all
Vehicle and
tailgate.
doors
doors, reprogrammed.
transmitter
programmed
transmitters
program
reprogrammed.
programmed. iswilllostno
through
transmittersSee
Any
Any or
your
lost
stolen,
your
longer
to
lost
or
this
or
dealer
stolen
avehicle.
dealer.
work
stolen to
brake
to
knob.start
vehicle's
brake
pedal
Seethe
pedal
and
vehicle.
electronic
“Starting
and
the
the Toignition
the start
keyless
ignition
control
the
Engine”
ignition.
control body cou
the fuel filler door 0 filler
and the tailgate. the Vehicle
transmitters will no
ck Personalization
including
The
tailgate
The
doors
function
Personalization
the
will lock
be fuel
can
after
0be
119.
automatically
119.
door
several
deactivated
andlocked by replacement
When
once
program
transmitters thetransmitters
the new can
replacement
will belonger
transmitter
no purchased
longer this is
work and
to transmitter vehicle.
work is knob.
vehicle, See
MakeStarting
under
Replace
knob. place
sure
See
“Starting
thatthe
the“Starting you
and
transmitter
the Engine”
transmitter
dispose
Operating,
the battery
Engine” in the
offor
old
as transmitt
seconds
If a
tailgateKeyless if the
will ignition
Access
be automatically is off, if
Transmitter allis
locked once
Only the
RKE new transmitter
transmitters is
programmed under Starting and Operating, for
after several seconds. Starting
programmed
programmed the to Vehicle
through
this your
vehicle, with a
dealer.
all Low
on
The
If
doors
30
a
removed
after
function
Keyless
personalization
Programming are Keys
several
If a Keyless
30
personalization
Personalization
Press
removed the from
Keys {
closed
button
from
can
Access
Caution
the
seconds.
Access
the on
be
setting.
and
on
deactivated
Transmitter
vehicle,
setting.
See
at least
Transmitters
Caution Transmitter
page
the
vehicle, all
Vehicle
5-33.
door all
Vehicle
one
doors
handle
doors
to
by
is
is
remaining
programmed.
tooncethis the
programmed.
remaining
When
Transmitter
reprogrammed.
program
vehiclenewtransmitters
See
transmitter
will
See
transmitters
thetransmitters
replacement
Battery
Any
your
work.
your lost
to
must
dealer
If
must a
dealer
transmitter
also
is also
or astolen
this vehicle.
to be
to beis
P (Park)
center
batteries
additional
soon
underas
additional
brake
transmitter
or
console
pedal
environmental
vehicle's
in N (Neutral),
Caution
storage
accordance
information
possible.
Starting
information
andprotection
pocket
electronic the
press
area
about
and Operating,
about
ignition
with
keyless
with the
the
the
for
control
the buttons
ignition.
r is keyless
the Vehicleaccess transmitter has been programmed.
transmitter
program is See
lost
transmitters or yourstolen, dealer
to thiswork vehicle.to additional
vehicle's information
electronic about the
itter including
removed
or Ifapush
Press the
Passive
removed
IfPassive the
Keyless the
vehicle
Personalization
including the
from
the isfuel
unlock
button
door
from
door
the
fuel 0on
locked
lock
the
Access
lock
filler
button
119.
filler
the door
vehicle,
and
door
function
interior door
Transmitter
function
on
the
of
and
all
and doors
the
tailgate
handle
does
the
does is
reprogrammed.
programmed
transmitters
program
If the transmitter
replacement will
transmitters
can
Any
to thisno battery
be
lost
vehicle,
longer or
to this
purchased
stolen
iswork all and
vehicle.
weak, the Battery
When
knob.
facing
Replace
vehicle's
regulationsSee
up. Replacement
replacing
“Starting
Then,
the
electronic
to help thekeyless
with
transmitterthe battery,
theEngine”
keyless
protect
ignition.
doasin
vehicle
batteryignition.
the
tailgate
including
RKE willthe
transmitter be automatically
fuel to filler
unlock door all locked
anddoors, transmitters will no longer Replace the transmitter battery as
ont Theis opened
vehicle.
tailgate
or not function
work will withbe
after canor without
be
automatically
the tailgate the
deactivated use
islocked
is of by Starting
remaining
once the the
new Vehicle
transmitters
transmitter with
must is a
also Low be P (Park)
not
under touch or
Starting N
any (Neutral),
of
and the press
batterythe
circuitry
Operating, on
for
The
Ifnotapush
removed
Only RKE
work
Keyless theafter
function from unlock
canthe
transmitters
Access the be button
vehicle,
deactivated
tailgate
Transmitteron
all
programmed theis
doors by remaining
Starting
programmed
DIC may
once the new transmitters
the
display Vehicle
through ELECTRONIC
transmitter yourmust
with also
a Low
isdealer. be P
soon(Park)
Replace
environmentas or
theNtransmitter
possible.(Neutral),
and your health. press theas
ck the
after
to
The
fuel
tailgate
the
including
opened
after
RKE RKE,
personalization
this
opened
removed
filler
several
will
several
vehicle
personalization
function
fuel filler
after
tailgate several
all
and
from
door
will
be
be
door
seconds.
the
the seconds.
and
transmitter fuel
can
doors
closed.
will
closed.
the
will also
seconds.
0
and
automatically
setting.
filler
tobe unlock
work.
setting.
vehicle,
automatically
the
including tailgate.
Vehicle
door
If aall
Vehicle
deactivated
be unlockedall
andlocked
the
doors,
doors
Chevrolet
9507207)
locked
by
-
Captiva OwnerWhen
2016 - crc -
Starting
Transmitter
reprogrammed.
programmed.
reprogrammed.
programmed.
Transmitter
KEY
Manual
9/22/15 NOT the
the replacement
transmitters
See
DETECTED
will
Vehicle
Battery
See Any
Any
Battery
IO/GMSA-
no
your
your lost
lost with
or
dealer
or
dealer
when stolen
transmitter
stolenato
you toLow is
try
soon
brake
additional
brake
soon
Battery
{ as possible.
pedal
the transmitter.
pedal
as and
information
and
possible.
Replacement
the
Static
Warning
the ignition
about
from your
ignition control
the
control
on
Personalization
Press
the fuel
transmitter the
Personalization
personalization
including
in the
Press the filler
the
process. {
button
is
buttondoor
lost
fuel
Once0on 119.
and
or
119.
setting. the
filler
on
Caution the
the the
stolen,door
See
door
tailgate
door and handle
tailgate.
aVehicle
is
handle
Transmitter
programmed
program
transmitters
program
to start the
toBattery
transmitters
will
transmitters
vehicle. no longer
this vehicle,
longer
To to thiswork
tostart
this all
vehicle.
work
vehicle.
the knob.
body See
vehicle's
knob.
Battery could
See “Starting
electronic
damage
“Starting
Replacement the
the theEngine”
keyless ignition.
Engine”
after several seconds. remaining
once the transmitters
new transmitter must is also be Battery
under Replacement
Starting and Operating,
Personalization
or push
replacement
Press the the unlock
buttoncan on be
on page
button
purchased
the 5-33.
dooron the and
handle once the new transmitter is Replace
Make
transmitter.
under the
sure
Starting transmitter
that you battery
dispose offor
as
old
Cautionabout thefor
and Operating,
30 Keys
r is If again
a
tailgate closed,
Keyless will be the
Access side
automatically doors,on
Transmitter fuellockedfiller
is vehicle, place the transmitter aPin(Park)
the
or
If
If
apush
door
Keyless
Programming
Press
RKE
programmed
orPassive
a
removed
after
RKE
the
and
Keyless
thebutton
transmitter
push
severalthe
from
transmitter
unlock
Access
through
unlock
tailgate
door lock
Access will
Caution
button
Transmitter
Transmitters
toonunlock
the
your
button
remain
function
thetovehicle,
seconds.
door
Transmitter
vehicle,
unlock all
dealer.
on
unlocked
the
handle
doors,
doesthe
all doors,
all The
is
to
is
doors setting.transmitters
function
Starting
reprogrammed.
programmed.
programmed.
center
can be deactivated by
the transmitters
remaining See
console
Vehicle
See
Any
storage your
your
lost with or stolen
dealer
dealer
Low
to
to or N (Neutral),additional
area brake pedal and the ignition control
must also be soon
additional
press {
{ information
the as possible.
batteries in accordance
Warning
information
Warning about with the
{
removed
or push thefrom the
unlock button all doors Transmitter willBatteryno Anylonger
lost or stolen work
itter theon the program transmitters will no longerto workthis knob. See “Starting thevehicle's
vehicle. electronic keyless ignition.
personalization Vehicle reprogrammed.
the
theuntil
not
When
removed
RKE
including
the Vehicle
the
fuel
work
fuelthe lock
filler
after
the
filler
button
door
replacement
from
transmitter the
fuel
door
the and
filler
and
ondoor
the
tailgate
vehicle,
tofiller
unlockthe
RKE
tailgate.
is
transmitter
alland doors
doors, is is 0 119.once
Personalization
tailgate. program
transmitter the new transmitters
pocket
transmitters
transmitter with to this
the vehicle.
is buttons environmental
vehicle's
When
Engine” electronic
replacing protection
Warning
thekeyless
battery,ignition.
do
ont including
RKE
Press
pressed
including
opened
programmed
the fuelthe the
transmitterbutton
and
the
and
filler
fuel
fuel to
closed.
to
door on
released.
this
unlock
the
filler
and
doordoor
door
vehicle,
the
all and
and doors,
handle
all
tailgate. If the is transmitter battery is weak, the
once the new transmitter is under Starting and Battery
Replace
Operating,
Make for Replacement
the
sure transmitter
that you battery
dispose of as
old
Passive
tailgate
Only
the
tailgate RKE
fuel willdoor
filler
will be lock
transmitters
bedoor andfunction
automatically
automatically programmed
the
If a Keyless Access Transmitter
does
locked
tailgate.
locked
removed from the programmed.
facing
Starting
vehicle, all doors up. Then,
the
programmed. See See your
Vehiclewith the
your dealer dealer
with
to
vehiclea to Low
additional
in Replace
information about regulations
not
Make
the
touch the
sure anytransmitter
to
that help
of
youtheprotectbattery
circuitry
dispose the on
of as
old
ck or push
tailgate the
will unlock
be button
automatically on the
locked Starting
DIC and may display the
program Vehicle ELECTRONIC
transmitters to this with
vehicle. a Low
vehicle's electronic
soon
keyless ignition.
as possible.
Pas ive do r l ck fun tio d es

program
including the fuel filler door
transmitters to this vehicle. Make
batteries
soon
environment surein that
as possible. and you
accordance dispose
your from with
health. of old
not
after work
several after thework.
Caution
seconds. tailgate is tailgate will be automatically the
{
batteriestransmitter.
in Static
accordance withyour
Replace the transmitter battery as
to
after this vehicle
several will
seconds.
Caution
RKE transmitter to unlock all doors, If a Transmitter
KEY
after several seconds. Transmitter
locked
NOT DETECTED
Starting the Battery
Vehicle with a Low
Battery when you try Warning
{
soon as possible.
on opened
transmitter and is closed.
Caution
lost Caution
or stolen, a handle
Transmitter Battery environmental
batteries
Battery
body in
Replacement
could
environmental protection
accordance
damage
protectionthe with
r is
Press
the
Press fuelthe
Passive the button
filler
button
door doorlock on
onand the
thethe
function door
doortailgate.
handle
does to start the vehicle. To start the
Press the button on the door handle
or push the unlock button on the
Battery Replacement
Battery
environmental
regulations Replacement
to protection
help protect the
itter replacement
orPassive
push
Opening the door
and can
unlocklock
closing be purchased
function
button
any of the on does
the
side
RKE and
transmitter to
vehicle,
unlock all doors,
place the transmitter in the { Warningtransmitter.
regulations
Make sure to
that help
you protect
dispose the of old
ornot push
Passive the door unlocklock button
function on the
does
Passivework after
door the
lock tailgate
function is does
{
environment
regulations and
to help
Caution your health.
protect the
the fuel filler door and the tailgate.
ont programmed
not
RKE
RKEdoors work
transmitter
transmitter
Programming
not will
work after
enable
after through
the
to
to
the
the your all
tailgate
unlock
unlock
automatic
Transmitters
tailgate dealer.
allis
is doors,
doors,
locking to center console storage area Make sure that you dispose environment
batteries
of old
in and
accordanceyour
Warning health.
with
RKEnotfuel
opened transmitter
work andafter toand
Caution
the
closed. unlock
tailgate all is doors, Caution batteries in accordance with
environment and Warning
your health.
ck When
the
the
thefunction
openedfuel
opened the
Vehicle replacement
filler
after
and
filler
and door
all the
closed.
door
closed. other
and transmitter
the
the have is
tailgate.
doors
tailgate. transmitter pocket with the buttons environmental protection
environmental protection
the fuel
opened filler
and door
closed. and the tailgate. Passive door lock function does regulations to help protect When
the replacing the battery, do
been closed with
programmed at least one ofall the
doortofrom this vehicle, If the
facing transmitter
up. Then, with battery theisvehicleweak, theand your health.
in Make
regulations
Make sure
sureany that you
to help
that you dispose
protect
dispose the of
of old
onold
Passive
{ lock function does not work after the tailgate is environment
on RKE
Only removed
RKE transmitters the
Caution interior
programmed of the
opened and closed.
DIC may display ELECTRONIC not
batteriestouch in of
Cautionthe
accordance circuitry
with
Programming Transmitters
Caution to environment
Caution batteries
Caution
and
in accordance your fromhealth.
withyour
r is tonot thiswork
Programming
vehicle. The
vehicle after the
will tailgate
Transmitters
Caution
vehicle will
work. If ais Programming
automatically to Transmitters KEY toNOT DETECTED when you try the battery, the transmitter.
environmental Static
Caution
protection
Programming
the
opened
thelock Vehicle
Passivethe
Vehicle and
tailgate,
door closed.
lock Transmitters
all the doors
function and thefuel
does to
Vehicle environmental
When
body replacing
could protection
damage the battery,
the the do
transmitter is lost orfunction
stolen, adoes Only RKE transmitters If the transmitter displaybattery is
When replacing do
to start the vehicle. To start is weak,
thenot touch the When replacing theprotect
battery, do
If the transmitter battery is weak, the
Passive
the
not
Passive after door
fillerVehicle
work ±after
door lock
8 secondsthe tailgate
lock from having
function isdoes
to this vehicle will work.IfIf athe transmitter
programmed DIC may
battery
ELECTRONIC
weak, the regulations
any of the circuitry on
regulations to
to help
help protect the
Only RKE
replacement transmitters
can be programmed
purchased and DIC a may
the transmitter. When
notyour touch
transmitter.
Static from replacing
any of the battery,
circuitry do
on
vehicle,
If the todisplay
placestart the the
transmitter ELECTRONIC
transmitter
battery
To start the is weak, inbodythe the
KEY NOT DETECTED when you try
closed
Only
not
opened RKE
work any side
after
and door.
transmitters
the
closed. tailgateprogrammed
is transmitter is lost or stolen,
DIC and may vehicle,display ELECTRONIC could not
damage the environment touch any andof the
your circuitry
health. on
tonot this
programmed
Only work
vehicle
RKE
Programming after thework.
will
through
transmitters tailgate
your
Transmitters If a is replacement can be purchased
dealer.
programmed to KEY
center NOT console DETECTED
vehicle.
storage when
area you
transmitter.
try
environment
the
not transmitter.
touch any Caution
and yourcircuitry
Static
of the health.
from your on
toopened
this vehicleand will
closed. work. If a DIC dealer.maycenter display ELECTRONIC
place the transmitter in the
the transmitter. Static from your
When the replacement KEY transmitterNOT DETECTED when you try
programmed through your console storage area
opened
transmitter
When
to this the and
vehicle is closed.
lost
replacement
will or
work.stolen, a
transmitter
If a is to start
is
the vehicle. To start the the
body transmitter.
could damage Static thefrom your
the Vehicle
transmitter is lost or stolen, a programmed to this transmitter
KEY
to
vehicle,
start
all NOT the pocket
DETECTED
vehicle. with
transmitter pocket with the buttons
To start
facing up. Then, with the vehicle in the
when buttons
you
the the try body could
When replacingdamage the
the battery, do
replacement
transmitter iscan
programmed
replacement to
lost
can be
this
be purchased
stolen, aall and
or vehicle,
purchased and If
tothe
vehicle,
facing start transmitter
place
up.
the Then, the
vehicle. battery
transmitter
with Tothe isvehicle
start weak,
the in thein transmitter.
body could damage the
Only RKE transmitters programmed vehicle, place the transmitter in the transmitter.
not touch any Caution
of the circuitry on
programmed
Programming
replacement
Programming
programmed through
can
through your
Transmitters
be purchased
Transmitters
your dealer.
dealer. to
and
to DIC
center
vehicle, may display
console
place ELECTRONIC
storage
the transmitter area in the transmitter. Caution
to
When this vehicle
the will work. If a center
KEY NOT console DETECTED storage area
when you try the transmitter. Static from your
programmed
the
the
When
transmitter the replacement
Vehicle
Vehicle through your
replacement
is to
lost or vehicle,
transmitter
stolen,
dealer. is
transmitter
aall is transmitter
center
transmitter console pocket
pocket storagewith
with the
area
the buttons
buttons When
body could
When replacing
replacingdamage the
the battery,
the
battery, do
do
programmed
When the replacement this transmitter is If
to
If the
start
the
facing
transmitter transmitter
the
transmitter
up. vehicle.
Then,
pocket battery
battery
with To
with the theis
start
is weak,
the
weak,
vehicle
buttons the
the
in
programmed
Only RKE
replacement to
transmitters
can this
be vehicle,
programmed
purchased all and facing up. Then, with the vehicle in not touch
transmitter.
not touch any
any of
of the
the circuitry
circuitry on
on
Only RKE transmitters
programmed to this vehicle, programmed all DIC
vehicle,
DIC
facing may
may up. display
place
display
Then, ELECTRONIC
theELECTRONIC
transmitter
with the vehicle in the in
to
to this vehicle
programmed
this vehiclethrough will work.
will work. your If a
If adealer. KEY
centerNOT NOT console DETECTED storage when when
area you try you try the
the transmitter.
transmitter. Static
Static from
from your
your
KEY DETECTED
transmitter
When the replacement is
is lost
lost or or stolen, a
transmitter is to body
body could could damage
damage the
transmitter stolen, a to start
start the
transmitter vehicle.
the pocket
vehicle.with To
To start the
the buttons
start the the
replacement
programmed can
replacement can
to this be purchased
be vehicle,
purchased all and and vehicle,
facing place
up. Then, the transmitter
with the vehicle in thein transmitter.
transmitter.
vehicle, place the transmitter in the
programmed
programmed through through your your dealer.
dealer. center console console storage storage area area
center
When
When the the replacement
replacement transmitter transmitter is is transmitter pocket pocket with with the the buttons
buttons
transmitter
programmed
programmed to to this
this vehicle,
vehicle, all facing
all facing up. up. Then,
Then, with with the the vehicle
vehicle in in

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 31
To replace the battery: 3. Remove the old battery. Do not

use a metal object. Warning (Continued)
4. Insert the new battery, positive passengers should wear
side facing down. Replace with safety belts properly and the
a CR2032 or equivalent doors should be locked
battery. whenever the vehicle is
5. Snap the transmitter back driven.
together. . Young children who get into
6. Reinstall the key into the unlocked vehicles may be
transmitter. unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
Door Locks extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
1. Remove the key from the
transmitter by pressing the thin
{ Warning Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
button near the bottom of the Unlocked doors can be
transmitter and pulling the key dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter
out. Do not pull the key out through an unlocked door
. Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop
without pressing the button.
children, can easily open the vehicle. Locking the
2. Separate the transmitter with a the doors and fall out of a doors can help prevent this
flat, thin object inserted into the moving vehicle. When a from happening.
slot on the side of the door is locked, the handle
transmitter. will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock a door, use the
Do not try to separate the key or lock knob from the inside.
transmitter by inserting a flat, vehicle in a crash is
thin object into the key slot. increased if the doors are
This will permanently damage not locked. So, all
the transmitter. (Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
32 Keys
Power Door Locks Note

{ Warning Disengaging the deadlock occurs
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) when unlocking the doors in the
transmitter functions will work up to Do not use deadlock if there are
normal way.
6 m (20 ft) away from the vehicle. people in the vehicle. The doors
cannot be unlocked from the
On the RKE transmitter press c
inside.
Automatic Door Locks
to lock, and press d to unlock.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Door Lock
System Operation (key) 0 27 or To engage deadlock, do one of the When the doors are closed, the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) following: ignition is on, and the shift lever is
System Operation (keyless) 0 29. moved out of P (Park) for automatic
Press the LOCK button twice in
T : The power door lock switches succession. Press the LOCK button transmissions, or when vehicle
are located on the front doors. once to lock the vehicle, and then speed becomes faster than 13 km/h
press it again (within 3 seconds) to (8 mph) for manual transmissions,
. Press the right side of the switch
engage the deadlock. the doors will lock.
to unlock the doors.
. Remove the ignition key and Insert the key in the driver door lock Automatic Door Unlock
press the left side of the switch and turn the key twice continuously When the shift lever is moved into
to lock all of the doors. towards the rear of the vehicle. P (Park) for automatic transmissions
That is, once to lock the doors, then or when the key is removed from
Deadlock a second time to engage the the ignition for manual
For further protection when leaving deadlock. transmissions, the doors will
the vehicle, you can deadlock the To disengage deadlock, press automatically unlock.
doors if the vehicle has the UNLOCK button on the key. This
additional anti-theft system. unlocks the doors. Safety Locks
Deadlocking electronically jams all Note The rear door safety locks prevent
the electric locks so that no door passengers from opening the rear
can be opened, even if entry is Deadlock function operates when all
doors and tailgate are closed. doors from inside the vehicle.
gained by breaking glass.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 33
Manual Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety

lock is on:
Doors
1. Unlock the door by activating Liftgate
the inside handle, by using the
power door lock switch, or by
using the Remote Keyless { Warning
Entry (RKE) transmitter. Exhaust gases can enter the
2. Open the door from the vehicle if it is driven with the
outside. liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
To cancel the safety lock: or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
1. Unlock the door and open it body and the trunk/hatch or
from the outside. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
2. Insert the key into the safety carbon monoxide (CO) which
If equipped, the safety lock is lock slot and turn it so the slot cannot be seen or smelled. It can
located on the inside edge of the is in the vertical position. Do
rear doors. To use the safety lock: cause unconsciousness and even
the same for the other door. death.
1. Insert the key into the safety
lock slot and turn it so the slot If the vehicle must be driven with
is in the horizontal position. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
2. Close the door. . Close all of the windows.
3. Do the same for the other . Fully open the air outlets on
rear door. or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
34 Keys
To open the liftgate if the vehicle's

Warning (Continued) Caution battery is disconnected or the
voltage is low, access the release
and set the fan speed to the All doors are unlocked when lever. Remove the interior trim cover
highest setting. See tailgate is opened using touchpad on the inside of the liftgate. Use a
“Climate Control Systems” button. tool to push the lever on the latch
in the Index. until the liftgate releases.
The lock button on the Remote
. If the vehicle is equipped Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
with a power liftgate, disable must be pushed after closing
the power liftgate function. tailgate for anti-theft and all
Engine Exhaust 0 194. doors-locking.
To lock the liftgate press c or Q Liftgate Operation with Loss of

on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power
transmitter or press the power door
lock switch.
To unlock the liftgate press d or K
twice on the RKE transmitter or
press the power door lock switch.
To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad on the underside of the liftgate
handle and pull up.
To close the liftgate, pull down using
the handle and push down until it
latches.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 35
Vehicle Security The security indicator comes on

when the doors are locked.
system, all the doors are
automatically locked and the system
This vehicle has theft-deterrent will rearm.
features; however, they do not make Arming the System
the vehicle impossible to steal. . Close the tailgate, the hood and Vehicle Alarm System
all the doors. (keyless)
Vehicle Alarm . Turn off the vehicle.
System (key) This vehicle may have an anti-theft
. Press and release c on the alarm system.
This vehicle may have an anti-theft RKE transmitter.
alarm system. Arming the System
Make sure all passengers have
exited the vehicle. To arm the system:
The alarm automatically arms after . Close the tailgate, the hood, and
about 30 seconds. all the doors.
Pressing c a second time will . Turn the ignition key to OFF.
bypass the 30-second delay and . Press and release Q on the
immediately arm the system. RKE transmitter.
Disarming the System . Or, lock the vehicle using the
To disarm the system: key in the driver door.
. Press d on the RKE Make sure all passengers have
transmitter. exited the vehicle.
The alarm automatically arms after
If your vehicle has active on vehicle Auto Door Relock
about 30 seconds.
alarm system, the indicator shows If the door, the hood or the tailgate
the system is working. is not opened or the ignition key is Pressing Q a second time will
The security indicator goes out not in the ON position within bypass the 30-second delay and
when the doors are unlocked using 30 seconds after disarming the immediately arm the system.
the keyless entry transmitter or key.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
36 Keys
If the key is inserted during the Anti-theft Alarm System Note

30-second time frame, the alarm will Tap the key hole or heat the key if
not activate. Siren sound the door does not open with
If your vehicle has additional freezing key hole in cold weather.
Disarming the System
anti-theft system related to
To disarm the system: Thatcham insurance, it has intrusion { Warning
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. sensor, inclination sensor and glass
breakage detection sensor. Do not use the transmitter to lock
. Or, use the Keyless Entry the vehicle if anyone is to be left
system by pressing the button This system monitors the interior
inside.
on the door handle. The RKE space through these sensors and
transmitter must be within 1 m activates the siren if an intrusion The transmitter activates interior
(3 ft) of the vehicle. into the passenger compartment is protection, which will trigger the
detected, the tires are stolen or the siren if movement is detected
. Or, Unlock the door with the unintended towing occurs. inside the vehicle.
blade key.
To stop the siren: Never leave children or pets
Auto Door Relock Press the LOCK or UNLOCK button alone in your vehicle.
If the door, the hood or the tailgate on the transmitter. The temperature inside the
is not opened or the ignition key is If the unauthorized entry still exists, vehicle can increase more rapidly
not in the ON position within the siren sound will be activated and reach much higher levels
30 seconds after disarming the with a periodic repeat. than the temperature outside.
system, all the doors are
automatically locked and the system Note This can result in serious injury or
will rearm. Alarming will sound if a door is death.
opened by a key when anti-theft
mode is activated. Open the door
using UNLOCK button on the
transmitter.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 37
The vehicle is automatically If the engine does not start and the
immobilized when the key is turned immobilizer light stays on, there is a
to LOCK and removed from the problem with the system. Turn the
ignition. ignition off and try again.
The system is automatically If the engine still does not start, and
disarmed when the vehicle is the key appears to be undamaged,
started with the correct key. The key try another ignition key.
uses a transponder that matches an If the engine still does not start and
immobilizer control unit in the the light continues to stay on with
vehicle and automatically disarms the other key, the vehicle needs
the system. Only the correct key service. If the vehicle does start, the
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may first key may be damaged. See your
If you want to turn off the additional not start if the key is damaged. dealer who can service the
anti-theft system, press the button theft-deterrent system and have a
located on the headliner. Anti-theft new key made.
off indicator in the button will
come on. Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
When you activate the additional theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
anti-theft system by pressing the
button again, antitheft off indicator Immobilizer Operation
will go out. The immobilizer light, located in the
instrument cluster, comes on if there (keyless)
Immobilizer is a problem with arming or
This vehicle has a passive
disarming the theft-deterrent
Operation (key) system. Immobilizer Light 0 114.
theft-deterrent system.
This vehicle has a passive The system does not have to be
When trying to start the vehicle, the
theft-deterrent system. manually armed or disarmed.
immobilizer light comes on briefly
The system does not have to be when the ignition is turned on.
manually armed or disarmed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
38 Keys
The vehicle is automatically When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the key or device that
immobilized when the ignition security light comes on briefly when disarms or deactivates the theft
control knob is turned to LOCK/OFF. the ignition is turned on. deterrent system in the vehicle.
The immobilization system is If the engine does not start and the
disarmed when the ignition control security light stays on, there is a
knob is turned and a valid problem with the system. Turn the
transmitter is found in the vehicle. ignition control knob off and try
again.
If the ignition control knob does not
turn, and the keyless access
transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another keyless
access transmitter. Or, you may try
placing the transmitter in the
The security light in the instrument transmitter pocket located in the
cluster, comes on if there is a center console. See “Electronic Key
problem with arming or disarming Not Detected” under Key and Lock
the theft-deterrent system. Messages 0 116.
One or more keyless access If the ignition control knob still does
transmitters can be matched to the not rotate with the other transmitter,
vehicle's immobilizer control unit. the vehicle needs service. If the
Only a correctly matched keyless ignition control knob does rotate, the
access transmitter will start the first transmitter may be faulty. See
vehicle. If the keyless access your dealer who can service the
transmitter is ever damaged, you theft-deterrent system and have a
may not be able to start your new keyless access transmitter
vehicle. programmed to the vehicle.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 39
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors The ignition must be in ON/RUN or

Accessory Power (RAP) 0 191.
Convex Mirrors
The outside mirrors will work up to
{ Warning 10 minutes after the vehicle has
been turned off. If a door is opened
A convex mirror can make things, while the key is in the LOCK
like other vehicles, look farther position or if taken out of the
ignition, the mirror will not work.
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
Folding Mirrors
right. Check the inside mirror or Manual
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes. If equipped, the outside mirrors can
Controls for the outside power be folded inward to prevent damage
mirrors are on the driver side when going through an automatic
Both passenger and driver outside instrument panel. car wash. To fold, pull the mirror
mirrors are convex shaped. toward the vehicle. Push the mirror
A convex mirror's surface is curved To adjust: outward to return it to the original
so that more can be seen of the 1. Turn the knob to the L (Left) or position.
road behind the vehicle. R (Right) to choose a mirror.
2. Adjust each mirror so that the
side and the area behind the
vehicle can be seen.
3. Return the control to the center
position so the mirror cannot
be moved.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
40 Keys
Power Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors

For vehicles with outside heated
mirrors: Manual Rearview Mirror
= (Rear Window Defogger) : To adjust the inside rearview mirror,
Press to heat the outside rearview hold the rearview mirror in the
mirrors. See “Rear Window center and move it to view the area
Defogger” under Dual Automatic behind the vehicle.
Climate Control System 0 167. Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it for nighttime use to
avoid glare from the headlamps
from behind.
Automatic Dimming
If equipped, press the folding mirror Rearview Mirror
button to power fold the outside
mirrors.
The ignition must be in ON/RUN or

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 41
Your vehicle may be equipped with

Electro-Chromic Mirror(ECM), which
Windows pulsing sound when a window is
partially open. To reduce the sound,
automatically reduces glare from open another window or the sunroof
vehicles behind you providing { Warning (if equipped).
uniform light levels to your eyes.
Never leave a child, a helpless
To turn the ECM ON, press the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Power Windows
button on the mirror cover. The especially with the windows
indicator light will be illuminated. closed in warm or hot weather. { Warning
The ignition switch must be in the They can be overcome by the
ON position. Leaving children in a vehicle with
extreme heat and suffer
the keys is dangerous for many
To turn the ECM OFF, press the permanent injuries or even death
button again. reasons. Children or others could
from heat stroke.
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
Caution windows or other controls or even
There are two light sensors which make the vehicle move. The
detect ambient light level and windows will function and they
glare from vehicles behind you. could be seriously injured or killed
if caught in the path of a closing
Do not cover the sensors or hang window. Do not leave keys in a
items on the EC mirror. vehicle with children.
Doing so may limit the ECM When there are children in the
operation and you may have no rear seat use the window lockout
benefit from it. button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
42 Keys
amount. Press the switch down all Sun Visors

the way and release it and the
window lowers all the way.
To stop the window while it is
lowering, press and release the
switch.
Window Lockout
Pull the sun visor down to block

The window switches for all doors glare. Detach the sun visor from the
are located on the driver door. Each center mount to pivot to the side
door also has a switch. window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
To open or close a window, press or
pull up on the switch.
The power windows operate when
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
Express-Down Window The vehicle has a lockout feature to
prevent rear passengers from
The driver window switch has an operating the windows. Press Z to
express-down feature that lowers
turn the feature on and off.
the window without holding the
switch. Press the switch part way
and the window will open a small

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Keys 43
Roof switch to close it. The

sunshade must be manually
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
operated when the sunroof is in water. Do not remove grease from
Sunroof the vent position. the sunroof.
Sunshade
The sunshade opens automatically
with the sunroof or can be manually
operated. The sunshade cannot be
closed with the sunroof open.
Slide and hold the switch forward to
close the sunroof. The sunshade
must be closed manually.
If equipped, the ignition must be in

ON/RUN, or ACC/ACCESSORY.
1. Open/Close : Slide and
release the switch rearward to
express open the sunroof. The
sunshade will open
automatically with the sunroof. Dirt and debris may collect on the
Slide the switch forward or sunroof seal or in the track. This
rearward to stop movement. could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise, or plugging the
2. Vent Open/Close : Press and water drainage system. Periodically
hold the switch to vent the open the sunroof and remove any
sunroof. Pull and hold the obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
44 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Replacing Safety Belt System
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Restraints Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Securing Child Restraints
(Rear seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Airbag System Securing Child Restraints (Front
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 passenger seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Head Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 65
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 When Should an Airbag
Active Head Restraints . . . . . . . . 46 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Front Seats What Makes an Airbag
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 48 How Does an Airbag
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 48 What Will You See after an
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 68
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Adding Equipment to the
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 70
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Infants and Young Children . . . . 73
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 75
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 77
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 62 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 78

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Seats and Restraints 45
Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable headrests in the outboard
seating positions.
{ Warning
With headrests that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the headrest so that the top Pull up the head restraints in order
spinal injury in a crash. Do not of the headrest is at the same to adjust the position upward. Push
drive until the headrests for all height as the top of the occupant's down the head restraints while
occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the pressing the release button in order
chance of a neck injury in a crash. to adjust the position downward.
adjusted properly.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Rear Seats Active Head Restraints

The vehicle's rear seat has The vehicle has an active head
adjustable headrests in all three restraint system in the front seating
seating positions. positions. These automatically tilt
forward to reduce the risk of neck
injury if the vehicle is hit from
behind.
The headrest can be adjusted

forward and rearward. To adjust the
headrest forward, grasp the
headrest at the bottom and pull
forward to the desired locked
position. To adjust the headrest
rearward, grasp the headrest at the The height of the headrest can be
bottom and pull forward fully until adjusted. Pull the headrest up to
the mechanism releases and allows raise it. Try to move the headrest to
the headrest to return to the full rear make sure that it is locked in place.
position. To lower the headrest, press the
The front seat outboard headrests button, located on the top of the
are not designed to be removed. seatback, and push the headrest
down. Try to move the headrest to
make sure that it is locked in place.
Rear seat headrests are not
designed to be removed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Front Seats Seat Position Driver Seat Height Adjuster
Seat Adjustment
{ Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25 cm from
the steering wheel, to permit safe
airbag deployment.
{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver To adjust a manual seat: If equipped, move the lever up or
seat while the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the bar under the front of down repeatedly to raise or lower
Adjust the driver seat only when the seat cushion to unlock the driver seat.
the vehicle is not moving. the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment
Raise or lower the front or rear part

of the seat cushion by moving the
If equipped, move the seat forward front or rear of the control up If equipped, move the lever forward
or rearward by sliding the horizontal or down. or rearward to increase or decrease
control forward or rearward. the lumbar support.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Warning (Continued) { Warning

The shoulder belt will not be If either seatback is not locked, it
against your body. Instead, it will could move forward in a sudden
be in front of you. In a crash, you stop or crash. That could cause
could go into it, receiving neck or injury to the person sitting there.
other injuries. Always push and pull on the
The lap belt could go up over seatbacks to be sure they are
your abdomen. The belt forces locked.
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving.
vehicle is in motion, have the Manual Reclining Seatbacks
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To recline a manual seatback.
1. Lift the lever.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2. Move the seatback to the To adjust a power seatback,

desired position, and then if equipped.
release the lever to lock the . Tilt the top of the control
seatback in place. rearward to recline.
3. Push and pull on the seatback . Tilt the top of the control forward
to make sure it is locked. to raise.
To return the seatback to the upright
position. Heated Front Seats
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the { Warning
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position. If you cannot feel temperature If equipped, the controls are on the
change or pain to the skin, the center console. To operate, the
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked. seat heater may cause burns. To engine must be running.
reduce the risk of burns, people
Power Reclining Seatbacks with such a condition should use Press L or M to heat the driver or
care when using the seat heater, passenger seat. The indicator light
especially for long periods of on the button turns on when this
time. Do not place anything on feature is on. Press the button again
the seat that insulates against to turn this feature off.
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, The passenger seat may take
cover, or similar item. This may longer to heat up.
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat Folding Seatback
heater may cause a burn or may
The front passenger seatback
damage the seat.
folds flat.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2. Lift the bar under the front of 1. Raise the seatback and push it
{ Warning the seat cushion to unlock the rearward until it re-engages.
seat. Slide the seat as far back
If you fold the seatback forward to
carry longer objects, such as skis,
as it will go and release
the bar.
{ Warning
be sure any such cargo is not If either seatback is not locked, it
near an airbag. In a crash, an 3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to make sure it is locked could move forward in a sudden
inflating airbag might force that stop or crash. That could cause
object toward a person. This into place.
injury to the person sitting there.
could cause severe injury or even Always push and pull on the
death. Secure objects away from seatbacks to be sure they are
the area in which an airbag would locked.
inflate. For more information,
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182, Where
Are the Airbags? 0 65. 2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked in
place.
{ Warning The lever is also used to recline the
seatback. Reclining Seatbacks 0 48.
Things you put on this seatback
can strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
Remove or secure all items 4. Lift the lever and fold the
before driving. seatback forward until it
disengages.
To fold the seatback. 5. Continue folding the seatback

until it is completely folded.
1. Lower the head restraint
completely. To return the seatback to the upright
position.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Rear Seats Warning (Continued)

Folding the Seatback Always push and pull on the
To fold a seatback: seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
{ Warning
damage to the seat or the safety A safety belt that is improperly
belts. Always unbuckle the safety routed, not properly attached,
belts and return them to their or twisted will not provide the
normal stowed position before 3. Lift the lever on top of the protection needed in a crash. The
folding a rear seat. seatback to unlock the person wearing the belt could be
seatback. Then, fold the seriously injured. After raising the
seatback forward. rear seatback, always check to be
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other sure that the safety belts are
and put the front seatback in
seatback, if desired. properly routed and attached, and
the upright position. Reclining
Seatbacks 0 48. are not twisted.
Returning the Seatback to the
2. Push the headrests down all Upright Position
the way. Head Restraints 0 45.
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
To return the seatback to the upright 4. Push and pull the top of the 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
position: seatback to be sure it is locked seatback, if necessary.
into position.
Tumbling the Second Row
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other Seats
seatback, if necessary.
When the seatback is not in use, it Caution
should be kept in the upright, locked
position. A second row seat cannot be
tumbled when the seatback is in
Reclining the Seatback the folded position. The second
To recline the seatback: row seatback must be in the
1. Lift and hold the lever on top of upright position before using the
the seatback. lever on the outboard side of the
seatback to tumble the seat.
2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and
1. Place the safety belts in the then release the lever.
safety belt guides on the
vehicle trim. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the Caution
other seatback, if desired.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it Folding a rear seat with the safety
back into place. To return the seatback to the upright
position: belts still fastened may cause
3. Remove the safety belts from damage to the seat or the safety
the safety belt guides on the 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of belts. Always unbuckle the safety
vehicle trim. the seatback. belts and return them to their
2. Pull the seatback forward to normal stowed position before
Make sure the safety belts are
not twisted or caught in the the upright position, and then folding a rear seat.
seatback. release the lever.
3. Push and pull on the seatback Second row seats can be tumbled
to make sure it is locked. to access the third row seat.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
To tumble the seat: Returning the Second Row To return a seat to the sitting
1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts Seats from the Tumbled position:
and put the front seatback in Position
the upright position. Reclining
Seatbacks 0 48. { Warning
2. Push the headrests down all
To avoid injury, do not place toes
the way. Head Restraints 0 45.
or feet on top of or under the
second row seats while the
second row seats are being
returned to the sitting position
from the tumbled position. Third
row seat passengers should keep
their feet on the floor.
1. Place the safety belts in the

Before returning a tumbled seat to safety belt guides on the
the sitting position, clear the area vehicle trim.
under and around the seat base.
Make sure third row seat 2. Pull the seat base toward the
passengers use the footprints on vehicle floor and push down on
3. Pull forward on the lever on the the vehicle floor as a guide for the seat to secure it.
outboard side of the seatback. proper foot placement while 3. Push and pull on the seat to
Then, push the seatback returning the second row seats to make sure it is locked in place.
forward slightly. The seatback the sitting position.
4. Raise the seatback to the
will fold and the seat will upright position. See
tumble forward automatically. “Returning the Seatback to the
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other Upright Position” earlier in this
seat, if desired. section.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
5. Remove the safety belts from Third Row Seats

the safety belt guides on the
vehicle trim. Folding the Seatback
Make sure the safety belts are
not twisted or caught in the Caution
seatback.
Folding a rear seat with the safety
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 for the other belts still fastened may cause
seat, if necessary. damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
Heated Rear Seats belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
{ Warning If equipped, the buttons are on the folding a rear seat.
rear door trim.
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the Press M. An indicator light turns on To fold a seatback:
seat heater may cause burns. when this feature is on. The engine 1. Unbuckle the safety belts in the
must be running for this feature third row seats.
to work.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Returning the Seatback to the 2. Push and pull on the top of the
Upright Position seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
{ Warning 3. Return the headrest to the
upright position by lifting it up
If either seatback is not locked, it and pushing it rearward.
could move forward in a sudden
Push and pull on the headrest
stop or crash. That could cause
to make sure that it is locked in
injury to the person sitting there. place.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
locked. seatback, if necessary.
2. Lift the handle on the back of When the seatback is not in use, it
the third row seatback. The should be kept in the upright, locked
headrest will release and fold
forward automatically.
{ Warning position.
3. Grasping the handle, fold the With head restraints that are not
seatback forward and installed and adjusted properly,
release it. there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the spinal injury in a crash. Do not
other seatback, if desired. drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To return the seatback to the upright

position:
1. Lift the seatback up and push it
back into place.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section of the manual vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
{ Warning check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
Do not let anyone ride where a you stop over a longer distance and,
safety belt cannot be worn when worn properly, your strongest
properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much Safety Belt Reminders 0 102.
safety belts makes such good
worse than if you are wearing Why Safety Belts Work sense.
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About
inside the vehicle harder or by Safety Belts
being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a
buckled up can strike other safety belt?
passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are
It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a safety belt or not.
in a cargo area, inside or outside Your chance of being conscious
of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you
passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is
are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted.
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts — not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all regions, the forces. The shoulder belt locks if
law requires wearing safety there is a sudden stop or crash.
belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children. And . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle. Older Children . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
0 72. Infants and Young Children for your seating position.
0 73. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull Position the release button on
the belt across you. Do not let the buckle so that the safety
All seating positions in the vehicle it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt could be quickly unbuckled
have a lap-shoulder belt except for belt may lock if you pull the belt if necessary.
the second row center position across you very quickly. If this
which may have a lap belt. Lap 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
happens, let the belt go back height adjuster, move it to the
Belt 0 61. slightly to unlock it. Then pull height that is right for you. See
The following instructions explain the belt across you more “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt slowly. later in this section for
properly. instructions on use and
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is important safety information.
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
make sure it is secure. up on the shoulder belt.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
It may be necessary to pull the Before a door is closed, be sure the

stitching on the safety belt safety belt is out of the way. If a
through the latch plate to fully door is slammed against a safety
tighten the lap belt on smaller belt, damage can occur to both the
occupants. safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
outboard front passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so that the
shoulder portion of the belt is Squeeze the release buttons
centered on the shoulder. The belt together and move the height
should be away from the face and adjuster up or down to the desired
neck, but not falling off of the position.
shoulder. Improper shoulder belt
After the adjuster is set to the
height adjustment could reduce the
desired position, try to move it up or
To unlatch the belt, push the button effectiveness of the safety belt in a
down without squeezing the release
on the buckle. The belt should crash. How to Wear Safety Belts
buttons to make sure it has locked
return to its stowed position. Slide Properly 0 58.
into position.
the latch plate up the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not Safety Belt Pretensioners
in use. The latch plate should rest
The vehicle has safety belt
on the stitching on the safety belt,
pretensioners for the front outboard
near the guide loop on the side wall.
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
belts during a severe frontal crash, Lap Belt

and side and rear impacts if the
threshold conditions for pretensioner This section is only for the lap belt.
activation are met. Pretensioners To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
are not designed to activate in a belt. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59.
minor frontal crash. Pretensioners The vehicle may have a second row
are designed to activate in a center seating position with a lap
moderate to severe rear crash. belt. The lap belt has no retractor.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other new parts for the vehicle's
safety belt system will need to be A pregnant woman should wear a
replaced. Replacing Safety Belt lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
System Parts after a Crash 0 62. portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
Safety Belt Use During throughout the pregnancy.
Pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is
Safety belts work for everyone, to protect the mother. When a safety
including pregnant women. Like all belt is worn properly, it is more likely
occupants, they are more likely to that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for To make the belt longer, tilt the latch
be seriously injured if they do not plate and pull it along the belt.
wear safety belts. anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them Buckle, position and release it the
properly. same way as the lap part of a
lap-shoulder belt.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Safety System Check

{ Warning
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts, Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and It may severely weaken them. In
anchorages are all working properly. a crash, they might not be able to
Look for any other loose or provide adequate protection.
damaged safety belt system parts Clean safety belts only with mild
that might keep a safety belt system soap and lukewarm water.
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a Replacing Safety Belt
crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a
To make the belt shorter, pull its free impact forces. If a belt is torn or
end as shown until the belt is snug. frayed, get a new one right away.
Crash
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. Safety Belt
{ Warning
be able to unbuckle the safety belt Reminders 0 102. A crash can damage the safety
quickly if necessary. belt system in the vehicle.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
If you find that the latch plate will Safety Belt Care 0 62. A damaged safety belt system
not go fully into the buckle, see if may not properly protect the
you are using the correct buckle. Be Safety Belt Care person using it, resulting in
sure that the latch plate clicks when serious injury or even death in a
inserted into the buckle. Keep belts clean and dry.
crash. To help make sure the
To unlatch the belt, push the button safety belt systems are working
on the buckle. properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
After a minor crash, replacement of

safety belts may not be necessary.
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
were used during any crash may airbags: the instrument panel for the front
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger.
See your dealer to have the safety For seat-mounted side impact
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
replaced. side of the seatback closest to
New parts and repairs may be The vehicle may have the following the door.
necessary even if the safety belt airbags:
For roof-rail airbags, the word
system was not being used at the . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
time of the crash. airbag for the driver.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
. A seat-mounted side impact { Warning
airbag for the front outboard
crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger. Be sure that cargo is not near an
stays on after you start the vehicle airbag. In a crash, an inflating
or while you are driving. Airbag . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated airbag might force that object
Readiness Light 0 102. toward a person. This could
directly behind the driver.
cause severe injury or even
. A roof-rail airbag for the front death. Secure objects away from
outboard passenger and the the area in which an airbag would
passenger seated directly inflate. Where Are the Airbags?
behind the front outboard 0 65. Vehicle Load Limits 0 182.
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
Airbags are designed to supplement
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
the protection provided by safety
near the deployment opening.
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
the risk of injury from the force of an

inflating bag, all airbags must inflate { Warning { Warning
very quickly to do their job.
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
Here are the most important things force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
to know about the airbag system: an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
{ Warning airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. Older
seriously injured or killed. Do not Children 0 72. Infants and Young
You can be severely injured or sit unnecessarily close to any Children 0 73.
killed in a crash if you are not airbag, as you would be if sitting
wearing your safety belt, even on the edge of the seat or leaning
with airbags. Airbags are forward. Safety belts help keep
designed to work with safety you in position before and during
belts, not replace them. Also, a crash. Always wear a safety
airbags are not designed to inflate belt, even with airbags. The driver
in every crash. In some crashes should sit as far back as possible
safety belts are the only restraint. while still maintaining control of
When Should an Airbag the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light
Inflate? 0 66. the front outboard passenger on the instrument cluster, which
Wearing your safety belt during a airbags are most effective when shows the airbag symbol.
crash helps reduce the chance of you are sitting well back and The system checks the airbag
hitting things inside the vehicle or upright in the seat with both feet electrical system for malfunctions.
being ejected from it. Airbags are on the floor. The light tells you if there is an
“supplemental restraints” to the Occupants should not lean on or electrical problem. Airbag
safety belts. Everyone in the sleep against the door or side Readiness Light 0 102.
vehicle should wear a safety belt windows in seating positions with
properly, whether or not there is seat-mounted side impact airbags
an airbag for that person. and/or roof-rail airbags.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Where Are the Airbags?
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags
impact airbags for the driver and for the driver, front outboard
The driver frontal airbag is in the front outboard passenger, they are passenger, and second row
middle of the steering wheel. in the side of the seatbacks closest outboard passengers, they are in
to the door. the ceiling above the side windows.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel. { Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
to be in time for the airbags to Always wear your safety belt, even
Warning (Continued) inflate and help restrain the with frontal airbags.
occupants. Deployment thresholds Seat-mounted side impact airbags,
between an occupant and an can vary with specific vehicle
airbag, and do not attach or put if equipped, are designed to inflate
design. in moderate to severe side crashes
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other Frontal airbags are designed to depending on the location of the
airbag covering. inflate in moderate to severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted side impact
or near frontal crashes to help airbags are not designed to inflate in
Do not use seat accessories that reduce the potential for severe frontal impacts, near frontal impacts,
block the inflation path of a injuries, mainly to the driver's or rollovers, or rear impacts.
seat-mounted side impact airbag. front outboard passenger's head A seat-mounted side impact airbag
Never secure anything to the roof and chest. is designed to inflate on the side of
Whether the frontal airbags will or the vehicle that is struck.
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down should inflate is not based primarily Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, are
through any door or window on how fast the vehicle is traveling. designed to inflate in moderate to
opening. If you do, the path of an It depends on what is hit, the severe side crashes depending on
inflating roof-rail airbag will be direction of the impact, and how the location of the impact. Roof-rail
blocked. quickly the vehicle slows down. airbags are not designed to inflate in
Frontal airbags may inflate at frontal impacts, near frontal impacts,
different crash speeds depending on rollovers, or rear impacts. A roof-rail
When Should an Airbag whether the vehicle hits an object airbag is designed to inflate on the
Inflate? straight on or at an angle, and side of the vehicle that is struck.
This vehicle is equipped with whether the object is fixed or In any particular crash, no one can
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow say whether an airbag should have
airbags. Airbag System 0 63.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the or wide. inflated simply because of the
impact exceeds the specific airbag Frontal airbags are not intended to vehicle damage or repair costs.
system's deployment threshold. inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
Deployment thresholds are used to impacts, or in many side impacts.
predict how severe a crash is likely

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
What Makes an Airbag But airbags would not help in many the windshield or being able to steer
types of collisions, primarily the vehicle, nor does it prevent
Inflate? because the occupant's motion is people from leaving the vehicle.
In a deployment event, the sensing not toward those airbags. When
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 66. { Warning
Airbags should never be regarded
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the as anything more than a supplement When an airbag inflates, there
airbag causing the bag to break out to safety belts. may be dust in the air. This dust
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, could cause breathing problems
and related hardware are all part of for people with a history of
the airbag module.
What Will You See after
asthma or other breathing trouble.
Where Are the Airbags? 0 65.
an Airbag Inflates? To avoid this, everyone in the
After the frontal airbags and vehicle should get out as soon as
How Does an Airbag seat-mounted side impact airbags it is safe to do so. If you have
inflate, they quickly deflate, so breathing problems but cannot
Restrain? quickly that some people may not get out of the vehicle after an
In moderate to severe frontal or even realize an airbag inflated. airbag inflates, then get fresh air
near frontal collisions, even belted Roof-rail airbags may still be at least by opening a window or a door.
occupants can contact the steering partially inflated for some time after If you experience breathing
wheel or the instrument panel. In they inflate. Some components of problems following an airbag
moderate to severe side collisions, the airbag module may be hot for deployment, you should seek
even belted occupants can contact several minutes. Where Are the
medical attention.
the inside of the vehicle. Airbags? 0 65.
Airbags supplement the protection The parts of the airbag that come
The vehicle has a feature that may
provided by safety belts by into contact with you may be warm,
automatically unlock the doors, turn
distributing the force of the impact but not too hot to touch. There may
the interior lamps on, turn the
more evenly over the be some smoke and dust coming
hazard warning flashers on, and
occupant's body. from the vents in the deflated
shut off the fuel system after the
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
airbags inflate. You can lock the
prevent the driver from seeing out of

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
doors, turn the interior lamps off, . Airbags are designed to inflate passenger door is open. This switch
and turn the hazard warning only once. After an airbag is used to manually turn on or off
flashers off by using the controls for inflates, you will need some new the front passenger frontal airbag.
those features. parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
{ Warning airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
A crash severe enough to inflate crash. A new system will include
the airbags may have also airbag modules and possibly
damaged important functions in other parts. The service manual
the vehicle, such as the fuel for the vehicle covers the need
system, brake and steering to replace other parts.
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing
appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which This switch should only be turned to
moderate crash, there may be records information after a the OFF position if the person in the
concealed damage that could crash. Vehicle Data Recording front passenger position falls under
make it difficult to safely operate and Privacy 0 308. Event Data the conditions specified in this
the vehicle. Recorders 0 308. manual as follows:
Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians Infant: An infant (less than 1 year
work on the airbag systems. old) must ride in the front seat
to restart the engine after a crash
Improper service can mean that because of any of the following.
has occurred.
an airbag system will not work . The vehicle has no rear seat.
properly. See your dealer for
In many crashes severe enough to . The vehicle has a rear seat too
service.
inflate the airbag, windshields are small to accommodate a
broken by vehicle deformation. rear-facing infant seat.
Airbag On-Off Switch
Additional windshield breakage may . The infant has a medical
also occur from the front outboard The vehicle has an airbag on-off condition which, according to the
passenger airbag. switch on the side of the instrument infant's physician, makes it
panel, visible when the front necessary for the infant to ride in

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
the front seat so that the driver . Makes the potential harm from
can constantly monitor the the passenger airbags in a crash
child's condition. greater than the potential harm
Child age 1 to 12: A child aged 1 to from turning off the airbags and
12 must ride in the front seat allowing the passenger, even if
because of any of the following. belted, to hit the dashboard or
windshield in a crash.
. The vehicle has no rear seat.
. Although children aged 1 to 12 { Warning
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever To turn off the front passenger
possible, children aged 1 to 12 If the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, insert any key or a
sometimes must ride in the front frontal airbag is turned off for a coin into the switch, push in, and
because no space is available in person who does not fall under move the switch to the OFF
the rear seat(s) of the vehicle. the conditions specified in this position. The belt pretensioners and
. manual, that person will not have all driver airbag systems will remain
The child has a medical
the extra protection of an airbag. active.
condition which, according to the
child's physician, makes it In a crash, the airbag will not be Vehicles equipped with an airbag
necessary for the child to ride in able to inflate and help protect the on-off switch also have a passenger
the front seat so that the driver person sitting there. Do not turn airbag status indicator. This
can constantly monitor the off the front outboard passenger indicator is above the glove box, in
child's condition. frontal airbag unless the person the instrument panel. See Airbag
sitting there falls under the On-Off Light for additional
Medical Condition: A passenger has
conditions specified in this information.
a medical condition which,
according to his or her physician manual. When the front passenger frontal
does both of the following. airbag is turned off, the passenger
. Causes the passenger airbags airbag off light, in the passenger
airbag status indicator, comes on to
to pose a special risk for the
let you know the airbag is off. The
passenger.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
front passenger frontal airbag will

remain off until you turn it back on { Warning
again.
For up to 10 seconds after the
{ Warning vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
If the airbag readiness light ever can still inflate during improper
comes on and stays on, it means service. You can be injured if you
that something may be wrong are close to an airbag when it
with the airbag system. For To turn the front passenger frontal inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
example, the front outboard airbag on again, insert any key or a They are probably part of the
passenger frontal airbag could coin into the switch, push in, and airbag system. Be sure to follow
inflate even though the airbag move the switch to the ON position. proper service procedures, and
on-off switch is turned off. make sure the person performing
The front passenger frontal airbag is
now enabled (may inflate). When work for you is qualified to do so.
To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced the airbag is turned on, the
right away. See Airbag Readiness passenger airbag off light, in the Adding Equipment to the
passenger airbag status indicator,
Light for more information,
goes out. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
including important safety
Adding accessories that change the
information.
Servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle height, front end or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
Airbags affect how the vehicle from working properly.
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several The operation of the airbag system
places around the vehicle. Your can also be affected by changing
dealer and the service manual have any parts of the front seats, safety
information about servicing the belts, the airbag sensing and
vehicle and the airbag system. diagnostic module, steering wheel,

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
instrument panel, any of the airbag

modules, ceiling or pillar garnish Caution Warning (Continued)
trim, front sensors, side impact
sensors, or airbag wiring. If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
Your dealer and the service manual may not work properly. Do not inspected and any necessary
have information about the location open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as
of the airbag sensors, sensing and coverings. If there are any possible.
diagnostic module, and airbag opened or broken airbag
wiring.
coverings, have the airbag If an airbag inflates, you will need to
If you have to modify your vehicle covering and/or airbag module replace airbag system parts. See
because you have a disability and replaced. Where Are the Airbags? your dealer for service.
have questions about whether the 0 65. See your dealer for service.
modifications will affect the vehicle’s If the airbag readiness light stays on
airbag system, or if you have after the vehicle is started or comes
questions about whether the airbag Replacing Airbag System on when you are driving, the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle Parts after a Crash system may not work properly. Have
is modified for any other reason, the vehicle serviced right away.
Airbag Readiness Light 0 102.
contact your dealer.
{ Warning
Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag
The airbag system does not need systems in the vehicle.
regularly scheduled maintenance or A damaged airbag system may
replacement. Make sure the airbag not work properly and may not
readiness light is working. Airbag protect you and your
Readiness Light 0 102. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seat
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
edge? If yes, continue. If no, touching the top of the thighs.
Older Children return to the booster seat. This applies belt force to the
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Does the shoulder belt rest on It should never be worn over the
the shoulder? If yes, continue. abdomen, which could cause
If no, return to the booster seat. severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
Older children who have outgrown If you have the choice, a child properly.
booster seats should wear the should sit in a position with a
vehicle safety belts.
The manufacturer's instructions that
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder belt
{ Warning
come with the booster seat state the can provide. Never allow more than one child
weight and height limitations for that Q: What is the proper way to to wear the same safety belt. The
booster. Use a booster seat with a wear safety belts? safety belt cannot properly spread
lap-shoulder belt until the child the impact forces. In a crash, they
passes the fit test below: A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the can be crushed together and
additional restraint a shoulder seriously injured. A safety belt
belt can provide. The shoulder must be used by only one person
belt should not cross the face or at a time.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
size of the traveler changes the

Warning (Continued) need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across { Warning
the chest. Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
{ Warning safety belts.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt Every time infants and young
behind their back. A child can be children ride in vehicles, they should
seriously injured by not wearing have the protection provided by
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a appropriate child restraints. Neither
crash, the child would not be the vehicle’s safety belt system nor
restrained by the shoulder belt. its airbag system is designed
The child could move too far
Infants and Young for them.
forward increasing the chance of Children Children who are not restrained
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs properly can strike other people,
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
{ Warning { Warning
Never hold an infant or a child Children who are up against,
while riding in a vehicle. Due to or very close to, any airbag when
crash forces, an infant or a child it inflates can be seriously injured
will become so heavy it is not or killed. Never put a rear-facing
possible to hold it during a crash. child restraint in the front
For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) rear-facing child restraint in a rear
infant will suddenly become a seat. It is also better to secure a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's forward-facing child restraint in a
arms. An infant should be rear seat. If you must secure a Q: What are the different types of
secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in add-on child restraints?
restraint. the front outboard seat, always
A: Add-on child restraints, which
move the front passenger seat as
are purchased by the vehicle's
far back as it will go.
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The restraint manufacturer's

Warning (Continued)
Child Restraint Systems
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular the child's abdomen. In a crash,
child restraint. the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
{ Warning any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
To reduce the risk of neck and injuries. To reduce the risk of
head injury during a crash, infants serious or fatal injuries during a
need complete support. In a crash, young children should
crash, if an infant is in a always be secured in appropriate
rear-facing child restraint, the child restraints.
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an Rear-Facing Infant Seat
infant's body, the back and A rear-facing infant seat provides
shoulders. Infants should always restraint with the seating surface
be secured in rear-facing child against the back of the infant.
restraints. The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
{ Warning restraint.
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Warning (Continued)
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,

the child restraint must be secured
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the seats by lap belts or the lap belt
harness. vehicle's safety belt system. portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
A booster seat can also help a child the LATCH system. Lower Anchors
to see out the window. and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 78. Children can be
Securing an Add-On Child endangered in a crash if the child
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
important, so if they are not restraint system or infant restraint

available, obtain a replacement system secured in a rear seating { Warning
copy from the manufacturer. position.
A child in a rear-facing child
Keep in mind that an unsecured Whenever possible, children age restraint can be seriously injured
child restraint can move around in a 12 and under should be secured in or killed if the passenger airbag
collision or sudden stop and injure a rear seating position. inflates. This is because the back
people in the vehicle. Be sure to of the rear-facing child restraint
properly secure any child restraint in would be very close to the
the vehicle — even when no child is
inflating airbag. Secure
in it.
rear-facing child restraints in a
Securing the Child within the rear seat.
Child Restraint A child in a forward-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
{ Warning or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates and the
A child can be seriously injured or DO NOT place a rear-facing child passenger seat is in a forward
killed in a crash if the child is not seat on this seat unless the airbag position. If you secure a
properly secured in the child is off. DEATH OR SERIOUS forward-facing child restraint in
restraint. Secure the child INJURY can occur. This is because the front outboard passenger
properly following the instructions the risk to the rear-facing child is so seat, always move the passenger
that came with that child restraint. great, if the airbag deploys. seat as far back as it will go. It is
better to secure the child restraint
Where to Put the { Warning in a rear seat.
Restraint Never use a rear-facing child
According to accident statistics, restraint on a seat protected by
children and infants are safer when an active airbag. Death or serious
properly restrained in a child injury to the child can occur.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s
rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in
instructions that came with the child in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer
restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference
better than others. Always make The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
sure the child restraint is properly restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
secured. LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
Depending on where you place the restraint to the anchors in the
child restraint and the size of the and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
child restraint, you may not be able designed to make installation of a
to access adjacent safety belt child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
assemblies or LATCH anchors for a top tether, you must also use
additional passengers or child In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
restraints. Adjacent seating your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
positions should not be used if the restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
child restraint prevents access to or attachments. LATCH-compatible never be attached using only the top
interferes with the routing of the rear-facing and forward-facing child tether.
safety belt. seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
Wherever a child restraint is the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
installed, be sure to secure the child use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
restraint properly. LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
Keep in mind that an unsecured a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child restraint can move around in a child seat. anchorage system once the
collision or sudden stop and injure combined weight is more than
people in the vehicle. Be sure to 29.5 kg (65 lbs).

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The following explains how to attach Lower anchors (1) are metal bars forward movement and rotation of
a child restraint with these built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint during driving or in
attachments in the vehicle. lower anchors for each LATCH a crash.
Not all vehicle seating positions or seating position that will The child restraint may have a
child restraints have lower anchors accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
and attachments or top tether lower attachments (2). Either will have a single
anchors and attachments. In this Top Tether Anchor attachment (2) to secure the top
case, the safety belt must be used tether to the anchor.
(with top tether where available) to Some child restraints that have a
secure the child restraint. See top tether are designed for use with
Securing Child Restraints (Rear or without the top tether being
seat) 0 83 or Securing Child attached. Others require the top
Restraints (Front passenger tether always to be attached. Be
seat) 0 85. sure to read and follow the
Lower Anchors instructions for your child restraint.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of

the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Lower Anchor and Top Tether To assist in locating the lower

Anchor Locations anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether Top Tether Anchors

anchors, the top tether anchor The top tether anchors for the
symbol is near the anchor. outboard rear seating position are
Rear Seat
on the back of the rear seatback. Be
I : Seating positions with top sure to use an anchor on the same
tether anchors. side of the vehicle as the seating
H : Seating positions with two position where the child restraint will
lower anchors. be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when { Warning Caution
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or Do not let the LATCH
system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do attachments rub against the
position. Where to Put the not attach more than one child vehicle’s safety belts. This may
Restraint 0 77. restraint to a single anchor. damage these parts. If necessary,
Attaching more than one child move buckled safety belts to
Securing a Child Restraint restraint to a single anchor could avoid rubbing the LATCH
Designed for the LATCH cause the anchor or attachment attachments.
System to come loose or even break Do not fold the rear seatback
during a crash. A child or others when the seat is occupied. Do not
{ Warning could be injured. fold the empty rear seat with a
If a LATCH-type child restraint is safety belt buckled. This could
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
{ Warning damage the safety belt or the
seat. Unbuckle and return the
the child correctly. In a crash, the Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position,
child could be seriously injured or or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat.
killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck and
restraint properly using the the safety belt continues to If you need to secure more than one
anchors, or use the vehicle's tighten. Buckle any unused safety child restraint in the rear seat.
safety belts to secure the belts behind the child restraint so Where to Put the Restraint 0 77.
restraint, following the instructions children cannot reach them. Pull This system is designed to make
that came with the child restraint the shoulder belt all the way out the installation of child restraints
and the instructions in this of the retractor to set the lock, easier. When using lower anchors,
manual. if the vehicle has one, after the do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
child restraint has been installed. Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
secure the restraints. Some 1.3. Attach and fasten the

restraints also use another vehicle lower attachments on the
anchor to secure a top tether. child restraint to the lower
1. Attach and fasten the lower anchors.
attachments to the lower 2. If the child restraint
anchors. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that
does not have lower the top tether be attached,
attachments or the desired attach and tighten the top
seating position does not have tether to the top tether anchor,
lower anchors, secure the child if equipped. Refer to the child If the rear outboard
restraint with the top tether and restraint instructions and the seating position you are
the safety belts. Refer to your following steps: using has an adjustable
child restraint manufacturer headrest or head restraint
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. and you are using a dual
instructions and the
instructions in this manual. 2.2. You may need to adjust tether, route the tether
the rear compartment around the headrest or
1.1. Find the lower anchors for storage panel/cover in the head restraint.
the desired seating rear cargo area to access
position. Make sure there the anchors.
are no foreign objects
around lower anchors. 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
Foreign objects can the top tether according to
interfere with the proper your child restraint
latching of the child instructions and the
restraint to the anchors. following instructions:
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the rear outboard
seating position you are
using has an adjustable

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
headrest or head restraint If the child restraint has the LATCH

and you are using a single Warning (Continued) system, Lower Anchors and Tethers
tether, raise the headrest for Children (LATCH System) 0 78
or head restraint and route working properly after a crash, for how and where to install the
the tether under the see your dealer to have the child restraint using LATCH. If a
headrest or head restraint system inspected and any child restraint is secured in the
and in between the necessary replacements made as vehicle using a safety belt and it
headrest or head restraint soon as possible. uses a top tether, Lower Anchors
posts. and Tethers for Children (LATCH
3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system System) 0 78 for top tether anchor
child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a locations.
securely held in place. Refer to crash, new LATCH system parts Do not secure a child seat in a
your child restraint may be needed. position without a top tether anchor
manufacturer instructions. New parts and repairs may be if a national or local law requires
necessary even if the LATCH that the top tether be anchored, or if
Replacing LATCH System system was not being used at the the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
Parts After a Crash time of the crash.
must be anchored.
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
(Rear seat)
A crash can damage the LATCH using the safety belt to secure the
system in the vehicle. A damaged When securing a child restraint in a child restraint in this position. Be
rear seating position, study the sure to follow the instructions that
LATCH system may not properly
instructions that came with the child came with the child restraint. Secure
secure the child restraint,
restraint to make sure it is the child in the child restraint when
resulting in serious injury or even compatible with this vehicle. and as the instructions say.
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If more than one child restraint Position the release button on If the child restraint system has
needs to be installed in the rear the buckle so that the safety a lock-off mechanism, use it to
seat, be sure to read Where to Put belt could be quickly unbuckled secure the vehicle safety belt.
the Restraint 0 77. if necessary. 5. If the child restraint has a top
1. Put the child restraint on tether, follow the child restraint
the seat. manufacturer's instructions
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run regarding the use of the top
the lap and shoulder portions tether. Lower Anchors and
of the vehicle's safety belt Tethers for Children (LATCH
through or around the restraint. System) 0 78 for more
The child restraint instructions information.
will show you how. 6. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, push and pull the child
restraint in different directions
to be sure it is secure.
4. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the To remove the child restraint,
shoulder portion of the belt to unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
tighten the lap portion of the let it return to the stowed position.
belt and feed the shoulder belt If the top tether is attached to a top
back into the retractor. When tether anchor, disconnect it.
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
3. Push the latch plate into the the child restraint as you
buckle until it clicks. tighten the belt.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Securing Child Restraints Warning (Continued)

(Front passenger seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear passenger seat is in a forward
seat is a safer place to secure a position. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint. Where forward-facing child restraint in
to Put the Restraint 0 77. the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the passenger
Never put a rear-facing child seat in seat as far back as it will go. It is
the front. This is because the risk to better to secure the child restraint
the rear-facing child is so great if the
in a rear seat.
airbag deploys.
{ Warning If the vehicle does not have a rear

seat that will accommodate a child
A child in a rear-facing child restraint, a child restraint should not
restraint can be seriously injured be installed in the vehicle.
or killed if the passenger airbag
inflates. This is because the back
of the rear-facing child restraint
would be very close to the
inflating airbag. Secure
rear-facing child restraints in a
rear seat.
A child in a forward-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates and the
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
86 Storage
Storage Storage Front Storage

Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 86 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Do not store heavy or sharp
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 objects in storage compartments.
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 87 In a crash, these objects may
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 cause the cover to open and
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 87 could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Glove Box
Cargo Management System . . . 88
Open the glove box by lifting up on The Storage compartment (1) are
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
the lever. located on the instrument panel.
Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Roof Rack System Cupholders
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
There are cupholders in the center
console.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Storage 87
Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Front Console
If equipped, the sunglasses holder To use the front passenger seat

is in the overhead console. To open undertray, pull up on the end of the
it, push on the rear of the cover. tray and pull it toward the instrument The front console has an upper and
panel. Push the tray toward the seat lower storage area.
Close it by pushing up until it
latches. to return it to its original position. Pull up on the lower lever to access
the lower storage area.
Do not use for storing heavy
objects. Pull up on the upper lever to access
the upper storage area.
The front console can be used as
an armrest.
Rear Console
Lift the cover on the rear console
armrest to access the storage area.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
88 Storage
Additional Storage This vehicle has a cargo

management system located in the
The luggage floor net can help keep
small loads from moving during
Features rear of the vehicle. sharp turns or quick starts and
Lift the cover up to open and access stops.
Cargo Cover the storage bin. The cover remains Attach the four net hooks in the
For vehicles with a cargo cover, use open when lifted. metal rings on the each corner of
it to cover items in the rear of the There are floor side trays on both the floor.
vehicle. sides of the luggage compartment Luggage holder net
To remove the cover from the floor.
vehicle, pull both ends toward each
other. To reinstall, place each end of Convenience Net
the cover in the holes behind the
rear seat. Luggage floor net
Cargo Management
System
Caution
Do not allow items in the storage
area to extend outside the
storage area when the cover is You can carry small loads with your
closed. Otherwise the storage or optional luggage holding net.
luggage floor may be damaged. To install the net, hang each loop in
Only store items that fit into the the upper corner of the net to both
floor storage area or that allow for anchors of the back panel and two
the cover to be closed. net hooks in the metal rings on the
both lower corner of the floor.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Storage 89
Caution Roof Rack System Caution

The luggage holding net is { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack
designed for small loads. Do not that weighs more than 100 kg
carry heavy objects in your If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
luggage holding net. the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the
Warning Triangle wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be

used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM certified crossrails can be
The warning triangle is stored under
purchased as an accessory. See
the luggage compartment floor.
your dealer.
To pull out the warning triangle, lift To prevent damage or loss of cargo
the luggage compartment floor when driving, check to make sure
handle upward. crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
90 Storage
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,

sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Instruments and Controls 91
Instruments and Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Reduced Engine Power
Controls Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 115
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 115
Controls All-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 108 Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 92 Descent Control System Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 115
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 92 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 116
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Speed Sensitive Power Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 116
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 93 Steering (SSPS) Warning Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 94 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Gate Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Vehicle Messages
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Electronic Stability Control
Warning Lights (ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . 109 Brake System Messages . . . . . 116
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Electronic Stability Control Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . 116
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 117
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Engine Coolant Temperature Trip Computer
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Vehicle Personalization
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Diesel Particulate Filter Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 119
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 102 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 112
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 102 Low Engine Oil Level Light . . . 113
Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . . 113
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 104 Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . 113
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . 104 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 114
Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 106 Water in Fuel Warning
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
92 Instruments and Controls
Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped with a tilt and
Steering Wheel telescoping wheel:
Adjustment 1. Hold the steering wheel and
pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Caution
Tilt Wheel If the steering wheel is turned
If equipped with a tilt wheel: until it reached the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
1. Hold the steering wheel and for more than 10 seconds,
pull the lever down.
damage may occur to the power
2. Move the steering wheel up steering system and there may be
or down. loss of power steering assist.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The Infotainment system, the cruise MIST : For a single wipe, briefly
control and a connected mobile move the lever down, and release.
phone can be operated via the The lever automatically returns to its
controls on the steering wheel. starting position.
Further information is available in Clear ice and snow from the wiper
the Infotainment system manual. blades before using them. If frozen
Overview 0 131. to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
Cruise Control 0 207. be replaced. Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 247.
Horn Heavy snow or ice can overload the
Press a on the steering wheel pad Move the lever to one of the
wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
to sound the horn. until the motor cools.
following positions:
Automatic Windshield Wipers
Windshield Wiper/Washer HI : Fast wipes.
with Rainsense™
The windshield wiper lever is LO : Slow wipes.
If equipped with automatic
located on the side of the steering INT (Intermittent) : Move to this windshield wipers with Rainsense,
column. The ignition must be turned position for a delayed wiping cycle. the rain sensor detects the amount
to ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN to Turn the band on the windshield of water on the windshield and
operate the windshield wipers. wiper toward F for more frequent automatically adjusts the windshield
wipes or S for less frequent wipes. wipers.
The wipe cycle delay time is
affected by the vehicle speed. As
the vehicle speed increases, the
delay time will automatically
decrease.
OFF : Turns the windshield
wipers off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/

To use this feature the ignition must Washer
be turned to ON/RUN. Pull the
windshield washer/wiper lever The vehicle may have a rear
toward you to spray washer fluid on window wiper/washer. The ignition
the windshield. must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position to operate the
When the lever is pulled and rear window wiper/washer.
immediately released, windshield
washer fluid is sprayed onto the
AUTO : Turns the windshield wipers windshield, but the windshield
on automatically. wipers do not turn on.
The sensitivity of the system can be When the lever is pulled and held
adjusted by turning the band on the briefly, windshield washer fluid is
windshield wiper lever toward F sprayed onto the windshield. The
or S. wipers operate for two wipe cycles
after the lever is released and one
If the ignition switch is turned to
more cycle after three seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY while the wiper
Washer Fluid 0 244.
lever is in the AUTO position, the
windshield wipers turn on once to
check the system. { Warning
Turn the end of the windshield wiper
OFF : Turns the automatic In freezing weather, do not use lever to operate the rear window
windshield wiper system off. the washer until the windshield is wiper/washer.
The rain sensor is located near the warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the OFF : Turns the system off.
top of the windshield and must be
free from dust and dirt to work windshield, blocking your vision. INT : Intermittent wipes.
properly. LO : Slow wipes.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
To spray washer fluid on the rear Headlamp Washer two minutes. If the washer fluid is
window, press the button at the end low, the washer system cannot be
of the lever until the washers begin. The vehicle may have headlamp turned on for about four minutes
When the button is released, the washers. The headlamp washers after spraying.
washers stop, but the wipers clear debris from the headlamp
lenses. Washer Fluid 0 244.
continue to wipe for about three
wipes.
Power Outlets
{ Warning The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
In freezing weather, do not use such as a cell phone or an MP3
the washer until the windshield is player.
warmed. Otherwise the washer The vehicle has three accessory
fluid can form ice on the power outlets: under the climate
windshield, blocking your vision. control system, on the rear of the
center floor console, and in the rear
Rear Smart Wiper cargo area.
For vehicles with this feature, the
rear wiper turns on automatically The headlamp washer button is
when the shift lever is set to located on the instrument panel
R (Reverse) while the front wiper near the exterior lamp control. The
is on. headlamps must be turned on to
The windshield washer reservoir is use this feature.
used for the windshield and rear Press the button to wash the
window. Check the fluid level if headlamps.
either washer is not working.
Washer Fluid 0 244. Washer fluid is sprayed onto the
headlamps. Then the headlamp
washer is disabled for about

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
When adding electrical equipment,

{ Warning be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
Power is always supplied to the the equipment.
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
Caution
vehicle could catch fire and cause Hanging heavy equipment from
injury or death. the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
Caution outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
Leaving electrical equipment
as cell phone charge cords.
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Certain accessory power plugs may

not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
Remove the cover to access and overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
refix when not in use. If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Warning Lights
Warning Lights, Gauges,
and Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
costly and even dangerous.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Instrument Cluster
<Petrol>

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
<Diesel>

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in kilometers per
hour (km/h).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven in
kilometers.
Trip Odometer
There are two independent trip
odometers which measure the
distances the vehicle has driven
since the trip odometer was last set
to zero.
Trip A and Trip B can be switched

by pressing 3.
The button located near the light
switch.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
To set the trip odometer to zero, Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some
press and hold @. owners ask about. All these things
are normal and do not indicate that
Tachometer anything is wrong with the fuel
gauge:
The tachometer displays the engine . At the fuel station, the pump
speed in revolutions per
shuts off before the gauge
minute (rpm).
reads full.
. It takes more, or less, fuel to fill
Caution
up than the gauge reads. For
If the engine is operated with the example, the gauge reads half
rpm’s in the warning area at the full, but it took more, or less,
high end of the tachometer, the than half of the tank's capacity to
vehicle could be damaged, and fill it.
the damage would not be covered The fuel gauge indicates about how . The gauge pointer may move
by the vehicle warranty. Do not much fuel is left in the fuel tank while cornering, braking or
operate the engine with the rpm’s when the ignition is on. accelerating.
in the warning area. An arrow on the fuel gauge . The gauge may not indicate
indicates the side of the vehicle the empty when the ignition is
fuel door is on. turned off.
When the indicator nears empty,
there is still a little fuel left, but you
should get more fuel soon.
{ Warning
Before refueling, stop vehicle and
switch off the engine.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt
Reminder Light warning light may turn on if an
Driver Safety Belt Reminder object is put on the seat such as a
Light briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,
laptop, or other electronic device. To
There is a driver safety belt
turn off the warning light and/or
reminder light on the instrument
chime, remove the object from the
panel cluster.
seat or buckle the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor(s),
the pretensioners (if equipped), the
When the engine is started, this light airbag modules, the wiring, and the
flashes for several seconds to Passenger safety belt reminder light crash sensing and diagnostic
remind a driver to fasten the safety is located above the glove box. module. Airbag System 0 63.
belt. The light stays on solid until When the engine is started, this light
the belt is buckled. This cycle may flashes for several seconds to
continue with a chime if the driver remind passengers to fasten the
remains or becomes unbuckled safety belt. The light stays on solid
while the vehicle is moving. until the belt is buckled. This cycle
If the driver safety belt is already may continue with a chime if the
buckled, neither the light nor the passenger remains or becomes
chime comes on. unbuckled while the vehicle is The airbag readiness light comes on
moving. and stays on for several seconds
when the vehicle is started. Then
If the passenger safety belt is the light goes out.
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

If the airbag readiness light stays manual, that person will not have
on after the vehicle is started or the extra protection of an airbag.
comes on while driving, it means In a crash, the airbag will not be
the airbag system might not be able to inflate and help protect the
When the front outboard passenger
working properly. The airbags in person sitting there. Do not turn
airbag is manually turned off using
the vehicle might not inflate in a off the front outboard passenger
the airbag on-off switch on the
crash, or they could even inflate instrument panel endcap, the frontal airbag unless the person
without a crash. To help avoid indicator off symbol will come on sitting there falls under the
injury, have the vehicle serviced and stay on as a reminder that the conditions specified in this
right away. airbag has been turned off. manual.
This light will go off when the airbag
Airbag On-Off Light has been turned back on. The belt
{ Warning
pretensioners and all the driver
If the vehicle has an airbag on-off
airbag systems will remain active. If the airbag readiness light ever
switch, it also has a passenger
airbag status indicator located in the See Airbag On-Off Switch for more comes on and stays on, it means
instrument panel, above the information, including important that something may be wrong
glove box. safety information. with the airbag system. For
When the vehicle is started, the example, the front outboard
passenger airbag status off indicator { Warning passenger frontal airbag could
symbols for on and off will light for inflate even though the airbag
several seconds as a system check. If the front outboard passenger on-off switch is turned off.
frontal airbag is turned off for a
To help avoid injury to yourself or
person who does not fall under
others, have the vehicle serviced
the conditions specified in this
right away. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued)
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If a short distance must be driven If the malfunction indicator lamp

Warning (Continued) with the light on, be sure to turn off comes on and stays on while the
all accessories, such as the radio engine is running, this indicates that
Light for more information, and air conditioner. there is an OBD II problem and
including important safety service is required.
information. Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by
Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is
Charging System Light A computer system called OBD II
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
to the vehicle. This system assists
Generation) monitors the operation
the service technician in correctly
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
diagnosing any malfunction.
are at acceptable levels, to produce
a cleaner environment. This light The Malfunction Indicator Light
comes on when the vehicle is (MIL) will also illuminate to indicate
placed in ON/RUN, as a check to that there is a malfunction in the
The charging system light comes on show it is working. If it does not, Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF).
briefly when the ignition is turned have the vehicle serviced by your If this happens, you should consult
on, but the engine is not running, as dealer. Ignition Positions (Keyless a repairer to repair the problem
a check to show the light is working. Access) 0 185 or Ignition Positions immediately.
The light turns off when the engine (Key Access) 0 187.
is started. If it does not, have the Caution
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on If the vehicle is continually driven
while driving, there could be a with this light on, the emission
problem with the electrical charging controls might not work as well,
system. Have it checked by your the vehicle fuel economy might
dealer. Driving while this light is on not be as good, and the engine
could drain the battery. might not run as smoothly. This
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
This light comes on during a Light On Steady : An emission

Caution (Continued) malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has
Light Flashing : A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle.
could lead to costly repairs that Diagnosis and service might be
might not be covered by the has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and required.
vehicle warranty.
could damage the emission control The following may correct an
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission system malfunction:
and service might be required.
Caution . Check that the fuel cap is fully
To prevent more serious damage to installed. Filling the Tank 0 215.
Modifications made to the engine, the vehicle: The diagnostic system can
transmission, exhaust, intake, . Reduce vehicle speed. determine if the fuel cap has
or fuel system of the vehicle or been left off or improperly
the replacement of the original . Avoid hard accelerations. installed. A loose or missing fuel
tires with other than those of the . Avoid steep uphill grades. cap allows fuel to evaporate into
same Tire Performance Criteria the atmosphere. A few driving
. If towing a trailer, reduce the trips with the cap properly
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
amount of cargo being hauled as installed should turn the light off.
emission controls and can cause
soon as it is possible.
this light to come on. . Check that good quality fuel is
Modifications to these systems If the light continues to flash, stop used. Poor fuel quality causes
could lead to costly repairs not and park the vehicle. Turn the the engine not to run as
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, efficiently as designed and may
This could also result in a failure and restart the engine. If the light is cause stalling after start-up,
to pass a required Emission still flashing, follow the previous stalling when the vehicle is
Inspection/Maintenance test. steps and see your dealer for changed into gear, misfiring,
service as soon as possible. hesitation on acceleration,
Accessories and
Modifications 0 227. or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If one or more of these conditions It comes on if a condition exists that The Brake System Warning Light
occurs, change the fuel brand used. may require the vehicle to be taken should come on briefly as the
It will require at least one full tank of in for service. engine is started. If it does not come
the proper fuel to turn the light off. If the light comes on and stays on, on, have the vehicle serviced by
Fuel 0 214. take the vehicle to your dealer for your dealer.
service as soon as possible.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
{ Warning
the vehicle. The dealer has the Brake System Warning The brake system might not be
proper test equipment and Light working properly if the brake
diagnostic tools to fix any system warning light is on.
The vehicle brake system consists
mechanical or electrical problems Driving with the brake system
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
that might have developed. warning light on can lead to a
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the crash. If the light is still on after
Service Vehicle Soon vehicle. For normal braking the vehicle has been pulled off
Light performance, both circuits need to the road and carefully stopped,
be working. have the vehicle towed for
If the warning light comes on, there service.
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away. If the light comes on while driving, a
chime sounds. Pull off the road and
stop. The pedal might be harder to
push or go closer to the floor.
The service vehicle soon light It might also take longer to stop.
comes on when the ignition is If the light is still on, have the
turned to ON/RUN and goes out vehicle towed for service. Towing
after several seconds. the Vehicle 0 284.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Electric Parking Brake For vehicles with the Electric

Parking Brake (EPB), this indicator
Light comes on when the EPB switch is
released without pressing the brake
pedal. Always press the brake pedal
before pressing the EPB switch to
For vehicles with the Electric release the Electric Parking Brake.
Parking Brake (EPB), the parking
brake warning light should come on Antilock Brake System
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
briefly when the vehicle is in ON/ (ABS) Warning Light
RUN. If it does not come on then,
comes on briefly as the engine is have it fixed so it will be ready to
started. If it does not come on, have warn if there is a problem.
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If this light comes on, there is a
The parking brake status light problem with a system on the
comes on when the brake is vehicle that is causing the parking
applied. If the light continues brake system to work at a reduced
flashing after the parking brake is level. The vehicle can still be driven, The ABS warning light comes on
released, or while driving, there is a but should be taken to a dealer as briefly when the ignition key is
problem with the Electric Parking soon as possible. Parking turned to ON/RUN. This is normal.
Brake system. Brake 0 201. If the light does not come on then,
If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to
or remains flashing, see your dealer. warn you if there is a problem.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as
possible and turn the ignition off.
Then start the engine again to reset
the system. If the light still stays on,

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
or comes on again while driving, the All-Wheel-Drive Light Descent Control System
vehicle needs service. If the regular
brake system warning light is not
Light
on, there are still brakes, but no
antilock brakes. If the regular brake
system warning light is also on,
there are no antilock brakes and
there is a problem with the regular
brakes. Brake System Warning
Light 0 106. The All-Wheel-Drive Light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned to This light functions as the Descent
ON/RUN.
Up-Shift Light Control System (DCS) active
If it does not, have the vehicle indicator and not ready/warning
serviced by your dealer. If the light.
system is working normally, the When the green DCS light comes
indicator light then goes off. on steady, the system is ready for
This light comes on when there is a use. When the green light comes on
malfunction in the All-Wheel-Drive blinking, the system is active.
(AWD) system. The DCS not ready warning light
The vehicle may have an up-shift This light flashes when the AWD works in the following manner:
light. system is temporarily disabled. . When the amber light blinks, this
When this light comes on, shift to All-Wheel Drive 0 200. indicates that the DCS is not
the next higher gear if weather, ready to operate.
road, and traffic conditions allow.
. When the amber DCS light
comes on steady, this indicates
that there is a malfunction in the
system.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The blinking and illuminating of the Ultrasonic Parking If it does not, have the vehicle
DCS not ready warning light serviced by your dealer. If the
indicates that the brake pads need
Sensor Light system is working normally the
to cool down. The vehicle should be indicator light then turns off.
driven with as little heavy braking as If the light comes on and stays on
safely possible. The temperature while driving, there could be a
may differ somewhat according to problem with the ESC and the
vehicle and driving conditions. vehicle might need service. When
Descent Control System this warning light is on, the ESC is
(DCS) 0 205. off and does not limit wheel spin.
If equipped, this light comes on to
indicate that there is a malfunction The light flashes if the system is
Speed Sensitive Power in the system. See your dealer for active and is working to assist the
Steering (SSPS) Warning service. driver with directional control of the
Light vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
Ultrasonic Parking Assist 0 211.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Electronic Stability Control 0 204.
Control (ESC) Indicator Electronic Stability
Light Control (ESC) Off Light
If this warning light comes on after

the vehicle ignition is started or
while driving, the speed sensitive
power steering may not be working.
See your dealer for service.
For vehicles with Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), this light comes on
briefly while starting the engine.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
For vehicles with Electronic Stability The engine coolant temperature

Control (ESC), this light comes on warning light comes on briefly when
briefly when the ignition is turned to the engine is started. If the system
ON/RUN. is working normally the indicator
If it does not, have the vehicle light then goes off.
serviced by your dealer. If the If it does not, have the vehicle
system is working normally the serviced by your dealer.
indicator light then goes off. This light indicates that the engine
This light comes on when the ESC coolant has overheated.
system is turned off. If the light comes on and stays on
The system can be turned off by while driving, the vehicle may have
pressing the ESC control button a problem with the cooling system.
located on the center of the Stop the vehicle and turn off the
instrument panel. engine to avoid damage to the
Traction Control/Electronic Stability engine.
Control 0 204. Engine Overheating 0 242.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
If you want to see the engine

coolant temperature, press T
shortly until the engine coolant
temperature is displayed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Pre-Heat Light When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value
If the control indicator (DPF lamps)
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. Tire
L illuminates or flashes, it is
If your vehicle is diesel engine, necessary to activate the cleaning
Pressure 0 261.
preheating indicator light illuminates. process of Diesel Particulate Filter
When the Light Flashes First and by continuing driving safely until
Illuminate when preheating is Then Is On Steady DPF lamps off at the cluster. In
activated. When the light goes out case, constant driving will be better
the engine can be started. If the light flashes for about a minute
for cleaning process. Diesel
and then stays on, there may be a
Particulate Filter 0 195.
Tire Pressure Light problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light Case 1: If your DPF light is
will come on at every ignition cycle. illuminated, refer to the DIC
Tire Pressure Monitor message:
Operation 0 263.
Diesel Particulate Filter

Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Under certain driving conditions,
Monitor System (TPMS), this light e.g. short distances, the system
comes on briefly when the engine is cannot clean itself automatically.
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Caution (Continued)
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
Case 2: If your DPF light is flashed, Engine Oil Pressure Light

refer to the DIC message:
This light should come on briefly as
Caution the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
Lack of proper engine oil by your dealer.
maintenance can damage the If the light comes on and stays on, it
engine. Driving with the engine oil means that oil is not flowing through
low can also damage the engine. the engine properly. The vehicle
The repairs would not be covered could be low on oil and might have
by the vehicle warranty. Check some other system problem. See
the oil level as soon as possible. your dealer.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Low Engine Oil Level Caution (Continued)

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
Light not come on have the vehicle
the oil level as soon as possible. serviced by your dealer.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range When the change engine oil light
and the oil pressure is still low, comes on, it means that service is
have the vehicle serviced. required on the vehicle.
Always follow the maintenance Engine Oil 0 235 and the

Maintenance Schedule booklet for
schedule for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly more information.
when the ignition is turned on as a After the engine oil is changed the
check to let you know that the light Change Engine Oil Light engine oil life system needs to be
is working. reset in order to turn off this light.
If this light comes on and stays on Engine Oil Life System 0 238.
while the engine is running, it
means your engine is low on oil. Fuel Economy Light
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Engine Oil 0 235.
Caution or
Lack of proper engine oil

maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil For vehicles with the fuel economy
low can also damage the engine. mode light, it comes on when the
The repairs would not be covered eco (economy) switch, Located near
by the vehicle warranty. Check the climate control module, is
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
pressed. Press the switch again to It illuminates when the water level in Immobilizer Light
turn off the light and exit the fuel the fuel filter exceeds a certain
saver mode. level.
Immediately drain the water from
Low Fuel Warning Light fuel filter.
To drain the water from fuel filter,
you need to consult a workshop to
do it. We recommend your
authorised repairer. The immobilizer light should come
on briefly as the engine is started.
The warning lamp will go off when If it does not come on, have the
the draining is completed. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
The low fuel warning light, below the If the system is working normally the
fuel gauge, comes on briefly when Security Light indicator light turns off.
the engine is started.
This light comes on when the
This light also comes on when the ignition is turned from LOCK/OFF to
fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is ON/RUN and stays on if the vehicle
added, the light should go off. If it is immobilized. This happens when
does not, have the vehicle serviced. an incorrect key or an
unprogrammed key is used to start
Water in Fuel Warning the vehicle.
If your vehicle has additional
Light anti-theft system related to If the light stays on and the engine
Thatcham insurance, the anti-theft does not start, there could be a
off indicator illuminates to indicate problem with the theft-deterrent
that you have disabled the intrusion system. Immobilizer Operation (key)
and inclination senor by pressing 0 37 or Immobilizer Operation
the button located on the headliner. (keyless) 0 37.
If you press the button again, the
indicator will go out.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Reduced Engine Power High-Beam On Light Rear Fog Lamp Light

Light
The high-beam on light comes on Illuminated when the rear fog lamps
The reduced engine power light when the high-beam headlamps are is on.
should come on briefly as the in use. See Rear Fog Lamps for more
engine is started. If it does not come Headlamp High/Low-Beam information.
on, have the vehicle serviced by Changer 0 123.
your dealer. Lamps On Reminder
This light, along with the malfunction Front Fog Lamp Light
indicator lamp, displays when a
noticeable reduction in the vehicle's
performance occurs.
The vehicle can be driven at a
reduced speed when the reduced
engine power light is on but
acceleration and speed might be This light comes on when the
reduced. If this light stays on, see For vehicles with front fog lamps, exterior lamps are in use. Exterior
your dealer as soon as possible for this light comes on when the front Lamp Controls 0 122.
diagnosis and repair. fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the front
fog lamps are turned off. Front Fog
Lamps 0 125.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light Vehicle Messages

Messages displayed in the middle of
the cluster indicate the status of the
vehicle or some action that may be
needed to correct a condition.
Multiple messages may appear one
after another.
This light may come on with an This light comes on when a door is Brake System Messages
white color when the cruise control open or not securely latched. Before
ON/OFF button is pressed. The light driving, check that all doors are PRESS BRAKE TO START
comes on green when the cruise properly closed. ENGINE
control is set.
If the vehicle has the keyless
The light goes out when the cruise Gate Ajar Light access system, this message
control is turned off. Cruise displays if you try to start the engine
Control 0 207. without having the brake pressed.
Trailer Indicator Light Key and Lock Messages

ACCESSORY MODE ACTIVE
If the gate ajar light comes on the access system, this message
liftgate is not completely closed. displays when the accessory mode
Driving with the liftgate open can is active.
cause carbon monoxide (CO) to
Illuminates when the trailer is enter the vehicle.
connected to your vehicle. It will go Engine Exhaust 0 194.
out when the trailer is disconnected.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
ELECTRONIC KEY NOT SERVICE KEYLESS START Trip Computer

DETECTED SYSTEM
If the vehicle has the keyless If the vehicle has the keyless
access system, this message access system, this message
displays if the vehicle does not displays when there is a problem
detect the presence of a transmitter with this feature.
when you have attempted to start
the vehicle or a vehicle door has Transmission Messages
just closed.
PRESS CLUTCH TO START
ELECTRONIC KEY NOT ENGINE
DETECTED RESTART
ALLOWED If the vehicle has the keyless
access system, this message
If the vehicle has the keyless displays if you try to start the engine
access system, this message without having the clutch pressed. The vehicle may have a Driver
displays when the keyless access Information Center (DIC). It provides
transmitter is not detected inside the SHIFT TO PARK the driver with information such as
vehicle while you are trying to turn If the vehicle has the keyless driving distance for the remaining
the ignition off. access system, this message fuel, average speed and average
ROTATE CONTROL TO OFF displays if the vehicle is not in fuel economy.
P (Park) while the engine is being The trip information display when
POSITION turned off. the ignition is on.
access system, this message
displays as a reminder to turn the
ignition off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Trip Information Driving Distance for making frequent stops, this display
Remaining Fuel may read one number, but if the
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
number may change even though
the same amount of fuel is in the
fuel tank. This is because different
driving conditions produce different
fuel economies. Generally, freeway
driving produces better fuel
economy than city driving.
Average Speed
This display shows the approximate

number of remaining kilometers the
vehicle can be driven without
refueling.
When the distance to empty is
under about 50 km, you will see
dashes on the display.
The fuel range estimate is based on
an average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history This display shows the average
and the amount of fuel remaining in speed. To reset the average speed
the fuel tank. This estimate will to zero, press and hold @.
Pressing 3 will scroll through the change if driving conditions change.
trip information. For example, if driving in traffic and

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Average Fuel Economy Vehicle Vehicles cluster are able to

personalize some items by
Personalization pressing U The display is shown in
the center of the cluster.U include
language, Keyless Locking Change,
SBZA, RCTA and Feature
Setting Exit.
Units
This display shows the approximate

average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km recorded since the last
time this menu item was reset. To
reset the average fuel economy,
press and hold @.
Press U when units displays.
Press @.
Press U shortly until the units is
displayed.
. Metric : km, km/h, °C, kPa

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. English : mi. MPH, °F, psi Press @. Feature Settings Exit
Press @. Keyless Locking Change
Fuel efficiency unit settings
Press U shortly until wanted units
(L/100km or km/L)
Press @.
Language
Press @ a few seconds when

Feature Settings Exit displays to
Press U a few seconds when return the odometer.
Keyless Locking Change displays
Press @.
Each time you press U shortly the
mode changes in the following
order:
Press U a few seconds when
language displays. Off P On P No change P Off…
Press @. To select, press @ a few seconds.
Press U shortly until the language is
displayed to the desired language.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Change Change
If your vehicle has active on SBZA, If your vehicle has active on RCTA,
Press U a few seconds when Side Press U a few seconds when Rear
Blind Zone Alert Change displays. Cross Traffic Alert Change displays.
Press @. Press @.
Each time you press U shortly the Each time you press U shortly the
mode changes in the following mode changes in the following
order: order:
Off P On P No change P Off… Off P On P No change P Off…
To select, press @ a few seconds. To select, press @ a few seconds.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
122 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting 5 (Headlamps) : Turns on the

headlamps, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls taillamps, license plate lamps,
Exterior Lighting parking lamps, and instrument panel
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 122 lights
Exterior Lamps Off AUTO : If equipped with automatic
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 headlamps, the lamps turn on or off
Headlamp High/Low-Beam automatically depending on how
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 dark it is outside.
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Headlamp Range To turn the automatic lamp control
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 off, turn the exterior lamp control
Daytime Running to O. The control automatically
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 returns to its original position when
The turn signal lever located on the released.
Automatic Headlamp
side of the steering column operates
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 To turn the automatic lamp control
the exterior lamps.
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 124
Turn and Lane-Change Turn the exterior lamp control at the on, turn the control to the O position
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 end of the lever to the following again.
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 positions: Do not cover the sensor on top of
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 O : Turns all the lamps off. the instrument panel or the
automatic headlamps will not work
Interior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the properly.
Instrument Panel Illumination parking lamps, together with
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 taillamps, license plate lamps, and
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 instrument panel lights.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lighting Features
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 127

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Lighting 123
Exterior Lamps Off This indicator light turns on in the For vehicles with manual headlamp
instrument cluster when the leveling, the manual headlamp
Reminder high-beam headlamps are on. range control is next to the steering
A warning chime sounds, if the column. This feature lets the
driver door is opened while the Flash-to-Pass headlamp range be adjusted to suit
ignition is off and the exterior lamp the vehicle load.
The flash-to-pass feature works with
control is in the ; or 5 position. the low beams on or off. The low-beam headlamps must be
If the lamps are turned off while the on to adjust the headlamp range.
To flash the high beams, pull the
warning is chiming and then turned turn signal lever all the way toward . 0 : Front seat occupied.
back on, you will not hear a warning you, then release it. . 1 : All seats occupied.
chime.
. 2 : All seats occupied and load
Headlamp Range
Headlamp High/ in the luggage compartment.
Adjustment
Low-Beam Changer . 3 : Driver seat occupied and
load in the luggage
Push the turn signal lever away compartment.
from you and release to turn the
high beams on. To return to low
beams, push the lever again or pull
Daytime Running
it toward you and release. Lamps (DRL)
If DRL is equipped, DRL can make
it easier for others to see the front of
your vehicle during the daytime.
The DRL system comes on in
daylight when the following
conditions are met:
1. The Engine is running.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
124 Lighting
2. The light sensor determines it The system may also turn on the door is opened and closed, the
is daytime. headlamps when driving through a hazard warning button will light up
3. Front Fog Lamp/Low Beam are parking garage or tunnel. for about 10 minutes.
not activated.
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
Automatic Headlamp Signals
System
On vehicles equipped with an
automatic headlamp system, the
headlamps come on automatically
when it is dark enough outside.
An arrow on the instrument cluster

flashes in the direction of the turn or
The hazard warning flasher button lane change.
is on the instrument panel. Move the lever all the way up or
| Hazard Warning Flasher : down to signal a turn.
Press to make the front and rear Raise or lower the lever until the
turn signal lamps flash on and off. arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
This warns others that you are change. Hold it there until the lane
having trouble. Press the button change is completed. The arrow
Do not cover the light sensor on top again to turn the flashers off.
of the instrument panel or the flashes automatically three times.
headlamps will come on when they The hazard warning button will be The lever returns to its starting
are not needed. lit, when a door is opened. If the key position whenever it is released.
is removed from the ignition and a

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Lighting 125
Front Fog Lamps For vehicles with automatic The rear fog lamp indicator in the
headlamps, the parking lamps and instrument panel illuminates when
low-beam headlamps come on the fog lamps are turned on.
when turning on the front fog lamps. To turn the fog lamps off, turn the
ring to s position again. The rear
Rear Fog Lamps fog lamp indicator will go off.
If your vehicle has the automatic
lamp control, parking lamps and low
beam headlamps will come on
simultaneously when turning on the
For vehicles with front fog lamps, rear fog lamps.
they are controlled by the # band
located on the middle of the turn
signal/multifunction lever.
To use the front fog lamps, the
low-beam headlamps or parking
lamps must be on.
Turn the band to # to turn the front To turn the rear fog lamps on, rotate
fog lamps on. The band the ring on the middle of the light
automatically returns to its starting switch lever to s when the low beam
position when released. The front headlamps are on, or when the
fog lamp indicator light comes on in parking lamps and the front fog
the instrument cluster. Front Fog lamps are on. The ring will return
Lamp Light 0 115. automatically to its normal position
when released.
To turn the front fog lamps off, turn
the band to # again. The fog lamp
indicator light will go off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
126 Lighting
Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Dome Lamp Override
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the instrument panel lights.
Press the button on the dome lamp * (Dome Lamp Override) : Press
to turn it on or off. to keep the dome lamps and other
The dome lamps come on when a interior lamps turned off while any
door or the liftgate is opened. The door is open. Press again to return it
lamps will stay on for about to the out position and the lamps
five minutes. If the door or liftgate is automatically come on when any
To dim or brighten the instrument closed, the lamps gradually dim door is opened.
panel lights, press the button and after about 10 seconds and then
turn it clockwise or turn off.
counterclockwise.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Lighting 127
Reading Lamps Lighting Features

Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the
headlamps, parking lamps, fog
lamps, etc. if they are left on when
the ignition is moved to the LOCK/
OFF position. This helps to prevent
the battery from running down.
Battery rundown protection will not
work if the lamps are turned on
again after this feature operated.
(/): Press the button near

each lamp to turn the reading lamps
on or off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
128 Infotainment System
Infotainment Pictures and Movies

(Movies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Introduction
System Safety Information
Introduction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 131
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 140
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 141
Audio Players
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Settings The lightning flash with the
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 arrowhead symbol within an
equilateral triangle is intended to
Bluetooth Phone/Devices alert the user about the presence of
Pictures and Movies uninsulated dangerous voltage
(Pictures) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 within the product’s enclosure that

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Infotainment System 129
may be of sufficient magnitude to . To reduce the risk of electric

constitute a risk of electric shock to shock, do not remove the cover Caution
persons. or back of this product. There
. Do not disassemble or
are no user-serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to modify this system. If you
qualified service personnel. do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electrical
. To reduce the risk of fire or shock.
electric shock, do not expose
. Some states/provinces may
this product to dripping or
splashing water, rain, have laws limiting the use of
The exclamation point within an or moisture. video screens while driving.
equilateral triangle is intended to Use the system only where
. When driving your vehicle, be it is legal to do so.
alert the user to the presence of
sure to keep the volume of the
important operating and . Do not use your phone in
unit low enough to allow you to
maintenance (servicing) instructions private mode when you are
hear sounds coming from the
in the literature accompanying the driving. You must stop at a
outside.
product. safe location to use it.
. Do not drop it and avoid heavy
. Always operate the vehicle in a . For your safety, some
impacts at anytime.
safe manner. Do not become features are disabled while
distracted by the vehicle while . The driver should not watch the your vehicle is in motion.
driving and always be fully monitor while driving. If the
aware of all driving conditions. driver watches the monitor while
Do not change settings or any driving, it may lead to General Information
functions. carelessness and cause an The Infotainment system provides
accident. Infotainment in your car, using the
Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting such latest technology.
operations. To promote safety, See your dealer to have the system
certain functions are disabled or software updated and upgraded.
unless the parking brake is on.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The radio can be easily used by Trademarks and Licenses Made for iPod” and “Made for
registering up to 25 FM or AM with iPhone” mean that an electronic
the PRESET button [1 to 5] per accessory has been designed to
every 5 pages. connect specifically to iPod or
The Infotainment system can play iPhone respectively, and has
the USB storage device or iPod/ been certified by the developer to
iPhone products. meet Apple performance
standards. Apple is not
The Bluetooth phone connection responsible for the operation of
function allows for the use of this device or its compliance with
wireless hands-free phone calls, as safety and regulatory standards.
well as a phone music player. Please note that the use of this
Connect a portable music player to accessory with iPod, iPhone may
the auxiliary sound input to enjoy affect wireless performance.
the rich sound of the Infotainment Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Rear View Camera (Vehicle
system. Bluetooth SIG, Inc. option)
. The "Overview" section provides
The Rear View Camera is displayed
a simple overview of the
on the Infotainment system when
Infotainment system's functions
the gearshift is moved to
and summary of all regulatory
REVERSE (R) position. Rear View
devices.
Camera also allows you to check
. The "Operation" section explains what is behind the vehicle. When
the basic controls for the the unit is booted completely, the
Infotainment system. guide line is displayed on the
. Design and specifications are screen.
subject to change without notice.
. Some of the radio features may
be limited when ignition is off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The Infotainment system only works (3)/(6) Seek (g / d)

in the vehicle in which it was first
installed, and cannot be used in Press g / d to seek the station or
another vehicle. media contents.
(4) POWER (P)
Overview
Control panel
. Press and hold P to turn the
power on/off.
. Press P to turn the mute
function on/off.
(5) Volume knob
. Touch v to hide the
Rotate the Volume knob to adjust
guidelines, touch w to show the volume.
the guidelines again.
(7) Phone (5)
. The rear view camera helps the
driver when driving in reverse Press 5 to access the Phone
direction. Do not use this screen.
function for entertainment
purposes. (If there is no connected phone, the
monitor will show the Device
. The objects in the rear view may (1) Display Management Menu to allow you to
appear closer or more distant Display for Play/Reception/Menu connect a previously paired phone
than in reality. state and information. or establish a new Bluetooth
enabled phone connection.)
Theft-Deterrent Feature (2) HOME ({) Press { to enter the
home menu. Steering wheel remote control (Only
The Infotainment system has an for vehicle equipped with SWC)
electronic security system installed
to prevent theft.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If the customer’s connected . Press and hold:

phone supports Speech ‐ FM/AM mode : sequentially
Recognition, press and hold % searches the broadcasting
to activate the phone’s SR saved in PRESET.
(Speech recognition) mode.
‐ Bluetooth, USB, iPod/iPhone
(2) Mute/Hang up (5) mode : quickly scans forward
or backward while the button
Press 5 in any music play mode to is pressed. Once released,
turn the mute function on and off. returns to normal playback.
Press 5 to reject incoming calls or (4) Volume (+ x -)
to finish your current call or phone’s
Press + to increase the volume.
(1) Call (%) SR mode.
Press - to decrease the volume.
. When there is no connected (3) SRC
Note
Bluetooth device on the Press SRC to change a source.
Infotainment system Some vehicle may not have "PTT"
SEEK (Q / R) in SWC.
Executes the Bluetooth device
connection. . Press:
Operation
. When there is a connected ‐ FM/AM mode : receives the
Bluetooth device on the previous or next preset station. System on/off
Infotainment system ‐ USB mode : plays the . Press P on the control panel to
previous or next file. turn the power on. The last
Press % to answer the call or
enter the redial selection mode. ‐ iPod/iPhone mode : plays the audio or movie will be executed.
previous or next song. . Press and hold P on the control
‐ Bluetooth music mode : plays panel to turn the power off. The
the previous or next music. time and temperature will be
shown on the screen.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Note . Using the steering wheel remote

If the user press and hold P on the control, press + x - to adjust the
control panel when the ignition volume.
switch (car ignition key) is in the . Turning on the Infotainment
OFF position, the Infotainment system power will set the
system is turned on. But the volume level to its previous
Infotainment system is turned off selection (when it is less than
automatically after about the maximum starting volume).
10 minutes.
. If the volume level is louder than
Volume control maximum starting volume level
Rotate the Volume knob on the when the Infotainment system is
Note control panel to adjust the volume. turned on, the Infotainment
The time and temperature are The current sound volume is system is adjusted automatically
displayed when the ignition switch indicated. to maximum starting volume
(car ignition key) is in the ON level.
position. MUTE
Turning on/off automatically Press P on the control panel to
When the ignition switch (car turn the mute function on and off.
ignition key) is in the ACC or ON
position, the Infotainment system is
turned on automatically.
When the ignition switch (car
ignition key) is in the OFF position
and the user opens the door of the
vehicle, the Infotainment system is
turned off automatically.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. Touch SETTINGS to enter
the system setup menu.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the
Home Page icons to enter
edit mode.
2. Continue holding the icon and
drag it to the desired position.
3. Release your finger to drop the
icon in the desired position.
Using HOME menu 2. Touch the desired menu. 4. To move an application to
another page, drag the icon to
1. Press F on the control panel. . Touch AUDIO to select AM/ the edge of the screen toward
Home menu may vary FM/ USB/ Bluetooth music the desired page.
depending on the vehicle play or auxiliary sound
(AUX) input. 5. Continue dragging and
option. dropping application icons as
. Touch GALLERY to view desired.
picture, movie. (Refer to the
"Before using Picture 6. Press F to exit edit mode.
system" or "Before using Note
Movie system" in
. The Edit Mode exits after
"GALLERY" section for a
30 seconds of inactivity.
list of supported file
formats.) . The maximum page of edit mode
. Touch PHONE to activate is 3.
phone features (if
connected).

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Selecting function . Touch USB1 /USB2 to 2. Touch GALLERY on the

select USB1/USB2 music. home menu.
AUDIO
. Touch Bluetooth to select
1. Press F on the control panel. Bluetooth music.
2. Touch AUDIO on the . Touch AUX to select
home menu. auxiliary sound (AUX) input.
3. Touch Source on the screen. Note
. Press F to return to the
HOME menu.
. If the playback source (iPod/
USB1/ USB2/ AUX/ Bluetooth) is
not connected to the
Infotainment system, this
function is not available.
. Touch \ to view picture
. Audio source availability may files contained in the USB
vary depending on region. storage device.
. An additional USB device can be
supported by attaching an
. Touch s to view movie
external USB hub from the files contained in the USB
. Touch AM to select AM single USB port. storage device.
radio. Note
. We don’t recommend to use
. Touch FM to select FM USB hub with 2 iPhone/iPod . Press F to return to the
radio. devices. HOME menu.
. Touch iPod to select iPod GALLERY
music.
1. Press F on the control panel.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. If the playback source (USB Note
(picture) / USB (movie)) is not . Press F to return to the
connected to the Infotainment HOME menu.
system, this function is not
available. . If your Bluetooth phone is not
connected to the Infotainment
PHONE system, this function is not
To operate Bluetooth hands-free available. For details, refer to the
function, connect the Bluetooth “Pairing and connecting
phone to the Infotainment system. Bluetooth” of the “Phone”
section.
SETTINGS
2. Touch PHONE on the home Note
menu. Or press 5 on the 1. Press F on the control panel. . ON setting image is same as
control panel or steering wheel 2. Touch SETTINGS on the follow.
control switch (if available). home menu.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
OFF setting image is same as Radio Note

follow. . Press F to return to the
AM-FM Radio HOME menu.
. RDS (Radio Data System)
Listening to FM/AM radio function is only available in
1. Press F on the control panel. some countries which support
this function.
2. Touch AUDIO on the
home menu. Searching for broadcasting
3. Touch Source on the screen. automatically
4. Touch FM or AM on the screen. Press g / d on the control panel
The FM or AM radio band of to automatically search for available
the most recent listened station station with good reception.
is displayed. Note
. Press F to return to the If RDS supported, it will tune
HOME menu. broadcasting in the virtual FM
memory.
Searching for broadcasting
directly
1. Touch t on the screen.
2. Touch the desired frequency.
3. Touch Go. (This step may not
be necessary in Europe/ North
America region.)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Using the FM/AM radio menu

General operation of the menu
1. Select the desired band (FM
or AM).
2. Touch Menu on the FM/AM
radio screen.
Note 4. Hold down any of the PRESET

Touching “.” between digits is not to save the current radio
necessary. The radio will add it station to that button of the
automatically at the correct location. selected favorites page.
Searching for broadcasting by . Up to 5 favorites pages can
be saved, and each page
using the PRESET
can store up to five radio
Saving PRESET stations.
1. Select the band (FM or AM) Listening to PRESET directly 3. Touch the desired menu to
you want to store a station into. select the relevant item or to
1. Repeatedly touch S / T to display the item’s
2. Select the desired station. select the desired page of detailed menu.
3. Touch S / T to select the saved favorites.
4. Touch 0 to return to the
desired page of saved 2. Touch PRESET to directly previous menu.
favorites. listen to the radio station saved
to that button.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Station List 1. From the FM/AM menu, touch . Fade : Adjust the front/rear
1. From the FM/AM menu, touch the tone settings to enter the speaker balance by
the Station List to display the sound setup mode. The tone dragging the dot in the
FM/AM station list. settings menu is displayed. vehicle interior image.
. Balance : Adjust the left/
The station list information is
displayed. right speaker balance by
dragging the dot in the
vehicle interior image.
. EQ (Equalizer) : Select or
turn off the sound style.
(Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop,
Country, Classical, Custom)
2. Touch 0.
Auto Volume
When Auto Volume is turned on, the
. Touch -/+ to select the volume will automatically be
desired sound style controlled according to the vehicle
manually. speed to offset the noise from the
2. Scroll through the list using Q / . Bass : Adjust the bass level engine and tires.
R. Tune to the desired station from -12 to +12. 1. From the FM/AM menu, touch
by selecting it.
. Mid (Midrange) : Adjust the the Auto Volume.
Tone settings midrange level from -12 2. Select the desired option. (Off/
From Tone Settings menu, sound to +12. Low/ Medium-Low/ Medium/
features can be setup. . Treble : Adjust the treble Medium-High/ High)
level from -12 to +12.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Categories (FM menu) 1. From the FM/AM menu, find

1. From the FM menu, touch the the RDS by touching Q / R.
Categories to display the FM 2. Select on or off.
category list.
Region
The FM category list
information is displayed. Setting the jump function by Region
broadcasting.
2. Scroll through the list using Q /
R. Tune to the desired station 1. From the FM/AM menu, find
by selecting it. the Region by touching Q / R.
Note 2. Select on or off.
The FM category list is only 2. During the FM/AM
available for RDS (Radio Data broadcasting list update, touch
Fixed Mast Antenna
System). Cancel to stop it from saving To remove the roof antenna, rotate it
Update Station List changes. counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna, rotate it clockwise.
1. From the FM/AM menu, touch Traffic Program
the Update Station List to The Traffic Program menu is only
display the update FM/AM Caution
available for RDS (Radio Data
station list. The FM/AM System). Be sure to remove the antenna
broadcasting list update will
1. From the FM/AM menu, find before entering a place with a low
proceed.
the Traffic Program by touching ceiling or it may be damaged.
Q / R. Entering the automatic car wash
2. Select on or off. with the antenna installed may
result in damage to the antenna
RDS or the roof panel. Be sure to
Setting the RDS function in the FM remove your antenna before
radio RDS supported. entering the automatic car wash.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Install the antenna fully tightened

and adjusted to the upright position
Audio Players . AAC (MPEG-4 AAC, Low
Complexity Profile) and AAC+
to ensure proper reception. CBR between 8 and 320 kbps.
USB Port
. OGG Vorbis
Multi-Band Antenna The Infotainment system can play
the music files contained in the USB . Waveform (WAV – PCM
The multi-band antenna is on the Windows format)
storage device, device that support
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
MTP or iPod/iPhone products. . Audio Interchange File
used for the AM-FM radio, if the
vehicle has these features. Keep Format (AIFF)
Before using Audio system
the antenna clear of obstructions for . 3GPP (Generally used for
clear reception. Supported audio file formats: mobile devices)
. MP3 (MPEG-1 Layer 3, . Audio Books (MP3, WMA,
MPEG-2 Layer 3) AAC, AA)
Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
Cautions for using USB storage
between 8 and 320 kbps device and iPod/iPhone
Variable Bit Rate (VBR) . Operation cannot be guaranteed
Sampling frequencies of 8,
if the HDD built-in USB mass
11.025, 12, 16, 22.05, 24, 32, storage device or CF or SD
44.1, and 48 kHz. memory card is connected by
. Windows Media Audio Windows using a USB adaptor. Use a
Media Audio 10 CBR between USB or flash memory type
32 and 768 kbps VBR storage device.
(Standard), Professional, . Take caution to avoid static
Lossless, or higher according to electricity discharge when
Microsoft specifications connecting or disconnecting the
Sampling frequencies of 8, 12, USB. If connection and
16, 22, 32, 44.1, and 48 kHz disconnection are repeated

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
many times in a short time, this . Files in some USB storage . The USB terminal of product
may cause a problem in using device may not be recognized should not be used to charge
the device. due to compatibility problems. USB accessory equipment since
. Operation is not guaranteed if . Do not disconnect the USB the heat generation using the
the connecting terminal of the storage device while it is being USB terminal may cause
USB device is not metal. played. This may cause damage performance issues or damage
to the product or the to the product.
. Connection with i-Stick Type
performance of the USB device. . When the logical drive is
USB storage device may be
faulty due to vehicle vibration, so . External USB hub may require separated from a mass USB
their operation cannot be to use 2 USB devices at the storage device, only the files
guaranteed. same time based on vehicle from the top-level logical drive
variants. can be played for USB music
. Be careful not to touch the USB files. This is the reason that the
connecting terminal with an . Disconnect the connected USB music files to be played should
object or any part of your body. storage device when the vehicle be stored in the top-level drive of
. The USB storage device can ignition is turned off. If the the device. Music files in
only be recognized when it is ignition is turned on while the particular USB storage device
formatted in FAT16/32, NTFS, USB storage device is may also not be normally played
HFS+. exFAT and other file connected, the USB storage if an application is loaded by
systems cannot be recognized. device may be damaged or may partitioning a separate drive
not operate normally in some inside the USB device.
. According to the type and cases.
capacity of the USB storage . Music files to which DRM (Digital
. USB storage device can only be Right Management) is applied
device and the type of the stored
file, the time it takes to recognize connected to this product for the cannot be played.
the files may differ. This is not a purpose of playing music/movie,
. This product can support USB
problem with the product in this viewing photo files,
or upgrading. storage device that are in
case, so please wait for the files capacity with a limit of 5000 files
to be processed. (music, photo and video), and 15
stages of folder structure.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Normal usage cannot be . When the iPod/iPhone is Step1 Step2

guaranteed for storage devices connected to the USB port by
that exceed this limit. using the iPod/iPhone cable, the Playlists Playlists Songs
The iPod/iPhone can play all Bluetooth music is not Artists Albums/ Songs
music files supported. But the supported. All song
music file lists are displayed up . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the Albums Albums Songs
to 5000 files on the screen in USB port by using the iPod/
alphabetical order. iPhone cable to play the music Songs Songs
. Some iPod/iPhone product files of iPod/iPhone. When the Genres Albums/ Songs
models may not support the iPod/iPhone is connected to the All song
connectivity or functionality of AUX input terminal, the music
files are played, but not Composer Albums/ Songs
this product.
controlled by MyLink. All song
. Only connect the iPod/iPhone
. iPod/iPhone movie file playback Audiobooks Songs
with connection cables
supported by iPod/iPhone is not supported. PodCasts PodCast Episode
products. Other connection . The playback functions and the
cables cannot be used. information display items of the USB player
. In some rare cases, the iPod/ iPod/iPhone used with this
Infotainment system may be Playing USB storage device music
iPhone product may be files
damaged if the ignition is turned different from the iPod/iPhone in
on when it is connected to the terms of play order, method, and Connect the USB storage device
product. When the iPod/iPhone the information displayed. containing the music files to the
product is not being used, keep . Refer to the following table for USB port.
it separately from this product the classification items related to . Once the Infotainment system
with the car ignition turned off. the search function provided by finishes reading the information
. We don’t recommend to use the iPod/iPhone product. on the USB storage device, it
USB hub with 2 iPhone/iPod will be automatically played. (If
devices.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
you set the USB Auto Launch to Ending the USB music files Returning to the beginning of the
off in SETTINGS, it will not be playback current file
automatically played.) 1. Touch Source. Touch g after 5 seconds of
. If a non-readable USB storage playback time.
2. Select other function by
device is connected, then an touching the AM, FM, AUX or
error message will appear and Scanning forward or backward
Bluetooth.
the Infotainment system will be
Note Hold down g / d during playback
automatically switched to the
previous audio function. If the user wants to remove the USB to rewind or fast-forward. Release
storage device, Select other g / d to resume playback at
function, and then remove the USB normal speed.
storage device. Playing file randomly
Pause Touch Z during playback.
Touch j during playback. . Z : Plays all files randomly.
Touch r to resume playback. . u : Returns to normal
Playing the next file playback.
Touch d to play the next file. General operation of the USB

music menu
Playing the previous file 1. Touch Menu on the USB music
Note Touch g within 5 seconds of screen.
If the USB storage device is already playback time to play the
connected, press F > AUDIO > previous file.
Source > USB to play the USB
music files.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Tone settings be automatically played. (If you

From the USB menu, sound set the USB Auto Launch to off
features can be setup. For details, in SETTINGS, it will not be
refer to the “Tone settings (FM/AM automatically played.)
menu)” of the “AM-FM Radio” . If a non-readable device that
section. supports MTP (Media Transfer
Protocol) is connected, then an
Auto Volume error message will appear and
Volume will be automatically the Infotainment system will be
controlled. For details, refer to the automatically switched to the
“Auto Volume” of the “AM-FM previous audio function.
Radio” section.
2. Touch the desired menu to Traffic Program
select the relevant item or to
display the item’s For details, refer to the “Traffic
detailed menu. Program” of the “AM-FM Radio
section”.
previous menu. MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
player
Browse Music
Playing music from a supported
1. From the USB music menu, MTP device
touch Browse Music.
Connect the supported MTP device
The number of relevant songs containing music files to the
is displayed by all Playlists/ USB port. Note
Artists/ Albums/ Songs/ . Depending on the connected
Genres/ More. . Once the Infotainment system device, some files may not be
finishes reading the information played.
2. Touch the desired music. on the device that supports MTP
(Media Transfer Protocol), it will

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. File loading may take a few Playing music files of iPod/iPhone If the iPod/iPhone is already
minutes depending on the type Connect the iPod/iPhone containing connected, press F > AUDIO >
of the phone or the number of the music files to the USB port. Source > iPod to play the iPod/
file/folder stored in the phone. iPhone.
. Once the Infotainment system
. When you connect the MTP finishes reading the information Ending the iPod/iPhone playback
device, the Infotainment system on the iPod/iPhone, it will be
scans audio files first, and then 1. Touch Source.
automatically played from the
scans picture and movie files. previously played point. (If you 2. Select other function by
While scanning picture or movie set the USB Auto Launch to off touching the AM, FM, AUX or
files, these files may not be in SETTINGS, it will not be Bluetooth.
available until loading indicator automatically played.)
on the audio screen disappears Note
even if the audio file in MTP If the user wants to remove the
device is playing. iPod/iPhone, Select other function,
and then remove the iPod/iPhone.
. If you connect the MTP device
that has external memory, it may Pause
be recognized as USB1/USB2.
Touch j during playback.
. Other operation is same as USB
player. For detail, refer to the Touch r to resume playback.
“USB player” of the “USB port”
section. Playing the next song
. To operate MTP connection the Touch d to play the next song.
user may be required to change Playing the previous song
the USB connection setting to
Note
MTP on the device. Touch g within 2 seconds of
If the iPod/iPhone is already
playback time to play the
iPod/iPhone player connected,
previous song.
Limited to models supporting the
iPod/iPhone connection

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Returning to the beginning of the Tone settings

current song From the iPod menu, sound
Touch g after 2 seconds of features can be setup. For details,
playback time. refer to the “Tone settings (FM/AM
menu)” of the “AM-FM Radio”
Scanning forward or backward section.
Hold down g / d during playback Auto Volume
to rewind or fast-forward. Release Volume will be automatically
g / d to resume playback at controlled. For details, refer to the
normal speed. “Auto Volume” of the “AM-FM
Playing file randomly Radio” section.
2. Touch the desired menu to
Touch Z during playback. select the relevant item or to Auxiliary Devices
. Z : Plays all files randomly. display the item’s
The Infotainment system can play
detailed menu.
auxiliary music connected by the
. u : Returns to normal 3. Touch 0 to return to the auxiliary device.
playback.
previous menu. Playing music source of
General operation of the iPod
music menu Browse Music auxiliary device
1. From the iPod music menu, Connect the auxiliary device
1. Touch Menu on the iPod music
touch Browse Music. containing music source to the AUX
screen.
input terminal. Once the
The number of relevant songs
Infotainment system finishes
is displayed by all Playlists/
reading the information on the
Artists/ Albums/ Songs/
auxiliary device, it will be
Genres/ More.
automatically played. (If you set the
2. Touch the desired music.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
USB Auto Launch to off in Tone settings

SETTINGS, it will not be From the AUX menu, sound
automatically played.) features can be setup. For details,
refer to the “Tone settings (FM/AM
menu)” of the “AM-FM Radio”
section.
General operation of the AUX
Auto Volume
music menu
Volume will be automatically
1. Touch Menu on the AUX music
controlled. For details, refer to the
screen.
“Auto Volume” of the “AM-FM
Radio” section.
Traffic Program
For details, refer to the “Traffic
Program” of the “AM-FM Radio
Note section”.
. the auxiliary device is already
connected, press F > AUDIO > Bluetooth Audio
Source > AUX to play music If equipped, music may be played
source of auxiliary device from a paired Bluetooth device.
. The type of AUX cable (3.5 mm) Refer to the “Phone” section for help
pairing a device.
‐ 3-pole cable : AUX cable for
audio 2. Touch the desired menu to Before playing Bluetooth music
select the relevant item or to
display the item’s . The supported profile: A2DP,
detailed menu. AVRCP

previous menu.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. Bluetooth music may not be be used at a time between the 3. Touch Source on the screen.
supported depending on a Bluetooth hands-free or Phone 4. Touch Bluetooth to select the
mobile phone or Bluetooth music function. For example, connected Bluetooth music
device. if you convert to the Bluetooth play mode.
. From the mobile phone or hands-free while playing Phone
Bluetooth device, find the music, the music is
Bluetooth device type to set/ discontinued.
connect the item as a stereo . For Bluetooth music to play, the
headset. music must at least be played
once from the music player
. A musical note icon (e) will mode of the mobile phone or
appear on the screen if the Bluetooth device after
stereo headset is successfully connecting as a stereo headset.
connected. After being played at least once,
. The sound played by the the music player will be
Bluetooth device is delivered automatically played upon
through the Infotainment system. entering play mode, and it will be
automatically stopped when the Note
. Bluetooth music can be played music player mode ends. If the
only when a Bluetooth device If the Bluetooth device is not
mobile phone or Bluetooth
has been connected. To play connected, then this function cannot
device is not in the waiting
Bluetooth music, connect the be selected.
screen mode, some devices may
Bluetooth phone to the not automatically play in Pause
Infotainment system. Bluetooth music play mode.
. If the Bluetooth is disconnected Touch j during playback. Touch r
while playing phone music, the Playing Bluetooth music again to resume playback.
music is discontinued. The audio 1. Press F on the control panel. Playing the next music
streaming function may not be
supported in some Bluetooth 2. Touch AUDIO on the Touch d to play the next music.
phones. Only one function can home menu.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Playing the previous music General operation of the Bluetooth Artists/ Albums/ Songs/
music menu Genres/ More. The items may
Touch g within 2 seconds of vary depending on the mobile
playback time to play the previous 1. Touch Menu on the Bluetooth
music screen. phone.
music.
2. Touch the desired music.
Returning to the beginning of the
current music Note
This function may not be supported
Touch g after 2 seconds of depending on the mobile phone.
playback time.
Tone settings
Search From the Bluetooth music menu,
Hold down g or d to fast forward sound features can be setup. For
or rewind. details, refer to the “Tone settings
(FM/AM menu)” of the “AM-FM
Playing music randomly Radio” section.
Touch Z during playback. Auto Volume
. Z : Plays all files randomly. 2. Touch the desired menu to Volume will be automatically
select the relevant item or to controlled. For details, refer to the
. u : Returns to normal display the item’s “Auto Volume” of the “AM-FM
playback. detailed menu. Radio” section.
Note 3. Touch 0 to return to the Traffic Program
Some function may not be previous menu. For details, refer to the “Traffic
supported depending on the mobile Program” of the “AM-FM Radio
phone. Browse Music
section”.
1. From the Bluetooth music
menu, touch Browse Music.
The number of relevant songs
is displayed by all Playlists/

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Caution on playing Bluetooth

music:
. If Bluetooth music playback is
not functioning, then check to
Phone
see if the mobile phone is in the
. Do not change the track too
idle screen mode. Bluetooth
quickly when playing Bluetooth
music. . Sometimes, sounds may be cut Understanding Bluetooth
. It takes some time to transmit off during the Bluetooth music wireless technology
data from the mobile phone to playback.
Bluetooth wireless technology
the Infotainment system. The establishes a wireless link between
Infotainment system outputs the two devices supported with
audio from the mobile phone or Bluetooth.
Bluetooth device as it is
After the initial pairing, the two
transmitted.
devices can connect automatically
. If the mobile phone or Bluetooth each time you turn them on.
device is not in the idle screen Bluetooth allows wireless
mode, it may not automatically transmission of information among
play despite being carried out Bluetooth phones, PDAs, or other
from the Bluetooth music devices within close ranges by
play mode. using 2.45 GHz frequency
. The Infotainment system short-distance wireless
transmits the order to play from telecommunication technologies.
the mobile phone in the Within this vehicle, users can make
Bluetooth music play mode. hands-free calls, transmit
If this is done in a different hands-free data, and play audio
mode, then the device transmits streaming files by connecting a
the order to stop. Depending on mobile phone with the system.
the mobile phone’s options, this Note
order to play/stop may some . There may be restrictions on
take time to activate. using Bluetooth wireless
technology in some locations.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. Due to the variety of Bluetooth Or touch % on the steering
devices and their firmware wheel remote control (only
versions, your device may when there is no OnStar).
respond differently when
performing over Bluetooth. 3. Touch Search Device to
search for Bluetooth phones.
. Any inquiries regarding your
phone's Bluetooth functionality, 4. Touch the desired device to
refer to the device manual. pair on the searched list
screen.
. Multi-pairing is not supported.
If the SSP (Secure Simple
Pairing and connecting Pairing) is supported, touch
Bluetooth Yes or Pair on the pop-up
screen of the your Bluetooth When the connection fails,
To use the Bluetooth feature, make
device and Infotainment failure message is displayed on
sure the Bluetooth on your device is
system. the Infotainment system.
turned on and your device should
be discoverable mode. Refer to user If the SSP is not supported, When there is a paired device on
guide of Bluetooth device. input the PIN code on your the Infotainment system
Bluetooth device as shown on
When there is no paired device on the screen. 1. Press F on the control panel.
the Infotainment system
5. When your Bluetooth device 2. Touch SETTINGS on the
1. Press F on the control panel. and Infotainment system is home menu.
2. Touch PHONE on the successfully paired, the 3. Touch Bluetooth > Device
home menu. "PHONE" screen is displayed Management.
on the Infotainment system.
Or touch 5 on the control 4. Touch the device you wish to
panel. pair from the “Device
Management” screen, and then

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
follow the step 6. To add a . The 5 mark indicates only . If the Phone book lists are more
device not in the list touch hands-free function is than 5000, the Infotainment
Search Device. enabled. system does not guarantee
5. Touch the desired device to proper listing of remaining
. The Z mark indicates only Phone book entries.
pair on the searched list
screen. Bluetooth music is enabled. . Depending on the Phone book
If the SSP is supported, touch Note entries, paring time may be
Yes or Pair on the pop-up . When your Bluetooth device and different.
screen of the your Bluetooth Infotainment system is
Checking the connected
device and Infotainment successfully paired, the Phone
book is downloaded Bluetooth device
system.
If the SSP is not supported,
automatically. But the Phone 1. Press F on the control panel.
book may not be downloaded
input the PIN code on your automatically according to the 2. Touch SETTINGS on the
Bluetooth device as shown on type of the phone. In this case, home menu.
the screen. proceed with the Phone book 3. Touch Bluetooth > Device
6. When your Bluetooth device download on your phone. We Management.
and the Infotainment system is recommend that you “Always”
accept the Phone book request 4. Connected device will be
successfully paired, the Z / 5 shown.
is displayed on the "Device on the initial pairing of the
Management" screen. phone. Disconnecting the Bluetooth
. The connected phone is . The Infotainment system can Device
register up to ten Bluetooth
highlighted by 5 mark. devices. 1. Press F on the control panel.
. The Z / 5 mark indicates . When the connection fails, the 2. Touch SETTINGS on the
the hands-free and phone failure message is displayed on home menu.
music function are enabled. the Infotainment system. 3. Touch Bluetooth > Device
Management.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
4. Touch the name of the device Hands-Free Phone Note

you wish to disconnect. If you touch the wrong number,
5. Touch Disconnect.
Making a call by entering touch 0 to delete the inputted
phone number number one digit at a time or touch
Connecting the Bluetooth 1. Enter the phone number using and hold 0 to delete all the inputted
Device the keypad on the "PHONE" numbers.
1. Press F on the control panel. screen.
Switching call to the mobile
2. Touch SETTINGS on the phone (Private Mode)
home menu.
1. If you want to switch the call to
3. Touch Bluetooth > Device the mobile phone instead of the
Management. car hands-free, touch 0.
4. Touch the device you wish
2. If you want to switch the
to pair.
call back to the hands-free,
Deleting the Bluetooth Device touch 0 again. The call is
If you no longer need to use the switched to the car hands-free.
Bluetooth device, you can delete it. Switching the microphone
1. Press F on the control panel. on/off
2. Touch SETTINGS on the 2. Touch 5 on the screen or You can switch the microphone on/
home menu. press on the steering wheel off by touching 3.
3. Touch Bluetooth > Device remote control. Or press 5 on
Calling by Re-dial
Management. the control panel.
From the steering wheel remote
4. Touch Y. control, press % or touch 5 on the
5. Touch Delete. "PHONE" screen.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Note 4. If the contacts have 2 or more The names included “j”, “k”,
Redialing is not possible when there phone number, touch a number or “l” characters are displayed
is no call history. to call. on the “Contacts” screen.
Taking calls Searching for Contacts entries 3. Touch def to select the third
character.
1. When a phone call comes 1. Touch Contacts on the
through the connected "PHONE" screen. The names included “d”, “e”,
Bluetooth mobile phone, the or “f” characters are displayed
2. Touch } on the "Contacts" on the “Contacts” screen.
playing track will be cut off and
the phone will ring with the screen.
4. Touch wxyz to select the fourth
relevant information displayed. 3. Use the keypad to input the character.
name you want to search.
2. To talk on the phone, press % The names included “w”, “x”,
on the steering wheel remote For details, refer to the “y”, or “z” characters are
“Searching for the name” of the displayed on the “Contacts”
control or touch 5 on the
“PHONE” section. screen.
screen.
4. Select the Phone book entry 5. As more letters of the name
To reject the call, press the 5 you want to call. are entered, the list of possible
on the steering wheel remote names is shortened.
Searching for the name
control or touch K on the
Ex) when the user searches for a Making a call from Call history
screen.
name, such as “alex” 1. Touch Call History on the
Using the Contacts menu "PHONE" screen.
1. Touch abc to select the first
1. Touch Contacts on the character. 2. Touch W, 2, Y or X.
"PHONE" screen.
The names included “a”, “b”,
2. Use Q / R to scroll through or “c” characters are displayed . W : All call history
the list. on the “Contacts” screen. . 2 : Dialed call
3. Select the Phone book entry 2. Touch jkl to select the second
you want to call. character. . Y : Missed call

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
. X : Received call To dial a voice mail number: Settings

3. Select the contact you want 1. Press the Phone screen
button. General operation of the
to call.
settings menu
2. Select Voice Mail.
Making a call with speed dial The Infotainment system can be
numbers 3. Select Call. customized to make it easier for you
Touch and hold speed dial number to use.
using the keypad on the "PHONE" 1. Press F on the control panel.
screen.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
Only speed dial numbers already
stored on the mobile phone can be
used for speed dial calls. Up to
2-digit speed dial numbers are
supported.
For 2-digit speed dial numbers,
touch and hold the 2nd digit to make
a call to the speed dial number.
Voice Mail
The default voice mail number is the
phone number of the currently
connected phone. The voice mail
number can be changed in
Bluetooth settings.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. [Set Date] : Set the date by
touching +/-.
Note
. Depending on the region, [Auto
Set] menu may not be
supported.
. [Set Time] and [Set Date] are
only available when you set the
[Auto Set] to [Off-Manual].
Language
3. Select the desired setting . [Set Time Format] : Select 1. Press F on the control panel.
value. 12h or 24h time display.
2. Touch SETTINGS >
Note . [Set Date Format] : Set the Language.
Settings menus and functions may date display format.
vary depending on your vehicle ‐ [DD/MM/YYYY]
option.
‐ [MM/DD/YYYY]
Time and Date ‐ [YYYY/MM/DD]
1. Press F on the control panel. . [Auto Set] : Select
2. Touch SETTINGS > Time Off-Manual, On-RDS,
and Date. On-GPS or On-CelNetwork
for time set. (This varies
different depending on the
region.)
. [Set Time] : Set the time by
touching +/-.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
3. Select language displayed on . [Text Scroll] : Allow scrolling

the Infotainment system. of text such as radio station
identification, messages,
Radio or music information.
1. Press F on the control panel. . [Tone Settings] : Set the
2. Touch SETTINGS > Radio. sound feature. For details,
refer to the “Tone settings
(FM/AM menu)” of the
“AM-FM Radio” section.
. [Auto Volume] : Volume will
be automatically controlled.
For details, refer to the . [Device Information] :
“Auto Volume” of the
Check the device
information.
. [Maximum Startup . [Device management] :
Volume] : Set the max
Select the desired device
startup volume. (13 to 37)
and connect/ disconnect or
Bluetooth delete.
. [Manage Favorites] : Select . [Change Pairing PIN] :
the number of favorite list Manually change/set the
on the radio screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS > Bluetooth. PIN code.
. [Audible Touch Feedback] : . [Ringtones] : Change the
Allow audible feedback ringtone.
when touching the radio . [Sort Order] : Change the
screen. sorting order of contacts.
(First/Last or Last/First)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. [Voice Mail Numbers] : . [Off] : If you connect the Return to Factory Settings
Change the voice mail device through USB port, it
number. will not be launched 1. Press F on the control panel.
automatically. 2. Touch SETTINGS > Return to
USB Auto Launch
Rear Camera Factory Settings.
The [Rear Camera] menu is only
2. Touch SETTINGS and find available which has RVC option.
[USB Auto Launch].
3. Select on or off.
2. Touch SETTINGS > Rear
Camera.
. [Clear All Private Data] :

Clear all private data from
the system.
. [Restore Radio Settings] :
Restore all radio settings.
. [On] : If you connect the
device through USB port, it Software Information
will be launched . [Guidance Lines] : Select
automatically. the Guidance Lines feature 1. Press F on the control panel.
to turn on or off. 2. Touch SETTINGS > Software
Information.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Bluetooth Phone/ Caution on using picture files

. Only the following file extensions
Devices are supported: ‘*.jpg’, ‘*.bmp’,
‘*.png’, ‘*.gif’ (Animated GIF is
Pictures and Movies not supported.)
(Pictures) . Some files may not operate due
Note to a different format or the
Picture and movie function is not condition of file.
supported for iPhone. Viewing a picture
Gallery (Pictures) 1. Connect the USB storage
. [Open Source] : Display The Infotainment system can view device containing the picture
Open Source Software picture files contained in the USB files to the USB port.
licensing information. storage device. The picture will be displayed.
. [System Update] : Update
the system.
. [Update Options] : Set the
update option.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2. Touch the screen to hide Rotating a picture

control bar. Touch the screen
again to show the control bar From the picture screen, touch w to
again, touch 0 to return to rotate the picture.
the previous screen. Enlarging a picture
Note From the picture screen, touch x to
. If the USB storage device is enlarge the picture.
already connected, press F >
Viewing to full screen
GALLERY \ > to view the
picture files. From the picture screen, touch Fit
to view to full screen. Touch Fit
. For your safety, some features
again to return to the previous 2. Touch the desired menu.
are disabled while your vehicle screen.
is in motion. . [slide show time] : Select
Using the USB picture menu the slide show interval.
Viewing slide show
1. From the picture screen, touch . [clock/temp display] : To
From the picture screen, touch z. MENU. The USB picture menu display the clock and
. The slideshow will be played. is displayed. temperature on the full
screen, select On or Off.
. Touch the screen to cancel the
slide show during slide show . [display settings] : Adjust
playback. the Brightness and
Contrast.
Viewing a previous or next
3. After the setting is complete,
picture
touch 0.
From the picture screen, touch S or
T to view previous or next picture.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Pictures and Movies ‐ AC3 : 640 kbps 3. Touch the screen to hide
control bar. Touch the screen
(Movies) ‐ AAC : 320 kbps
again to show the control bar
. Movie files to which DRM
Gallery (Movies) again, touch 0 to return to
(Digital Right Management) is the previous screen.
The Infotainment system can play applied may not be played.
movie files contained in the USB Note
storage device. Playing a movie file Movie is available at some
1. Connect the USB storage countries.
Before using Movie system
device containing the movie
The following movie file formats files to the USB port. Pause
are supported:
2. Press F > GALLERY > s Touch j during playback.
. Available resolution : Up to 1280 and select the desired movie
x 720 pixels. (1280 x 720 is Touch r to resume playback.
file. The movie will be played.
supported) Playing the next movie
. Frame rate : less than 30 fps.
Touch d to play the next movie.
. Playable movie file : “.mp4”,
“.avi” The playable movie file Playing the previous movie
may not be played according to
Touch g within 5 seconds of
the codec format.
playback time to play the previous
. Playable Codec format : H.264/ movie.
MPEG-4 AVC
Returning to the beginning of
. Playable Audio format : “MP3”,
the current movie
“AC3”, “AAC”, “WMA”
. Max Audio Bitrate: Touch g after 5 seconds of
playback time.
‐ MP3 : 320 kbps
‐ WMA : 768 kbps

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Scanning forward or backward 2. Touch the desired menu. PROJECTION ICON will appear on
the Home Page of the infotainment
Hold down g / d during playback . [tone settings] : Set the
display.
to rewind or fast-forward. Release sound feature. For details,
g / d to resume playback at refer to the “Tone settings To use Android Auto™ and/or
normal speed. (FM/AM menu)” of the Apple CarPlay™:
1. Download the Android Auto
Viewing to full screen . [Auto Volume] : Volume will app to your phone from the
From the movie screen, touch Fit to be automatically controlled. Google Play store. There is no
view to full screen. Touch Fit again For details, refer to the app required for Apple CarPlay.
to return to the previous screen. “Auto Volume” of the
2. Connect your Android Phone
Using the USB movie menu or Apple iPhone by using the
. [clock/temp display] : To compatible phone USB cable
1. From the movie screen, touch display the clock and and plugging into a USB data
MENU. The USB movie menu temperature on the full port. For best performance, use
is displayed. screen, select On or Off. your device’s factory-provided
. [display settings] : Adjust USB cable. Aftermarket or
the Brightness and third-party cables may
Contrast. not work.
3. After the setting is complete, The PROJECTION ICON on the
HOME page will change to Android
touch 0.
Auto™ or Apple CarPlay™
Android Auto, Apple CarPlay depending on the phone. Android
Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may
If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or automatically launch upon USB
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be connection. If not, press the
available through a compatible ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE
smartphone. If available, a CARPLAY icon on the HOME page
to launch.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
For further information on how to set

up Android AutoTM and Apple
CarPlayTM in the vehicle, see
[division owner site here] or call
[Divisional Infotainment Call
Number].
Android Auto is provided by Google
and is subject to Google’s terms
and privacy policy. CarPlay is
provided by Apple and is subject to
Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
For Android Auto support see
https://support.google.com/
androidauto or Apple CarPlay
support at https://www.apple.com/
legal/sla/ for more information.
Apple or Google may change or
suspend availability at any time.
Android AutoTM is a trademark of
Google Inc., Apple CarPlayTM is a
trademark of Apple Inc.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Climate Controls 165
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Climate Control Systems this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 165
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
1. Temperature Control Temperature Control : Turn

2. Air Delivery Mode Control clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
3. Fan Control temperature of the air flowing from
4. Air Conditioning (A/C) the system.
5. Recirculation A (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
6. Rear Window Defogger decrease the fan speed. The fan
OFF : Turns the fan off. must be turned on to run the air
conditioning compressor.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
166 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn A/C (Air Conditioning) : Turn A to The air conditioning system
clockwise or counterclockwise to the desired speed. The air removes moisture from the air, so a
change the current airflow mode. conditioning does not operate when small amount of water might drip
Select from the following air delivery the fan control knob is in the off under the vehicle while idling or
modes: position. Press A/C to turn the air after turning off the engine. This is
conditioning on and off. When A/C normal.
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the is pressed, an indicator light comes ? (Recirculation) : Press to turn
instrument panel outlets. on to show that the air conditioning on recirculation. An indicator light
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided is on. comes on to show that the
between the instrument panel and recirculation is on. Press the button
For quick cool down on hot days, do
floor outlets. again to return to outside air mode.
the following:
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the Air is recirculated inside the vehicle.
1. Open the windows briefly to let It helps to quickly cool the air inside
floor outlets, with some air directed hot air escape.
to the rear outlets. Keep the area the vehicle or help to reduce outside
under the front seats clear to allow 2. Press ?. air and odors from entering the
the flow of air to the rear vehicle.
compartment. 3. Press A/C.
Using the recirculation mode for
- (Defog) : Clears the windows of 4. Select the coolest temperature. extended periods may cause the
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the windows to fog. If this happens,
5. Select the highest A speed. select the defrost mode.
windshield and floor outlets.
Using these settings together for
1 (Defrost) : Clears the long periods of time may cause the Rear Window and Outside
windshield of fog or frost more air inside the vehicle to become too Mirror Defogger
quickly. Air is directed to the dry. To prevent this from happening, If equipped with a rear window and
windshield. after the air in the vehicle has outside mirror defogger, they only
Do not drive the vehicle until all the cooled, turn the recirculation work when the ignition is turned to
windows are clear. mode off. ON/RUN.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
1 (Rear Window Defogger) : Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Press to turn the rear window and
outside mirror defogger on or off. An The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
indicator light comes on to show this system.
that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger turns off
automatically within 15 minutes.
It can also be turned off by
pressing 1 again.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object on the inside rear window
can damage the antenna or
defogger. Repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not stick anything to the rear 1. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. OFF
window. 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 10. AQS (Air Quality Sensor)
3. Defrost Automatic Operation
4. Fan Control The system automatically controls
5. Rear Window Defogger the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
6. Recirculation order to heat or cool the vehicle to
7. SYNC (Synchronized the desired temperature.
Temperatures) When the AUTO indicator appears
8. MODE (Air Delivery Mode in the display, the system is in full
Control) automatic operation. If the air

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
delivery mode or fan setting is Press the SYNC knob to change the [ (Floor) : Air is directed to the
manually adjusted, the AUTO dual zone and single zone display floor outlets, with some air directed
indicator turns off and the Driver on the DIC. Press the SYNC button to the rear outlets. Keep the area
Information Center (DIC) display will during the dual zone mode to link all under the front seats clear to allow
show the selected settings. climate settings to the driver setting. the flow of air to the rear
To place the system in A (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise compartment.
automatic mode: or counterclockwise to increase or - (Defog) : Clears the windows of
1. Press AUTO. decrease the fan speed. The fan fog or moisture. Air is directed to the
must be turned on to run the air windshield and floor outlets.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the conditioning compressor. AUTO
system time to stabilize. Then mode is cancelled when the fan 1 (Defrost) : Clears the
adjust the temperature, as control knob is turned. Press AUTO windshield of fog or frost more
needed for best comfort. to return to automatic operation. quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield.
OFF : Turns the system off. MODE (Air Delivery Mode
Control) : Press to change the Do not drive the vehicle until all the
Temperature Control : Turn windows are clear.
clockwise or counterclockwise to direction of the airflow. Changing
increase or decrease the the air delivery mode while in AUTO A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press A/C
temperature of the air flowing from cancels the automatic operation and to turn the air conditioning on and
the system. the system goes into manual mode. off. When A/C is pressed, a #
Press AUTO to return to automatic indicator light appears in the DIC to
SYNC (Synchronized operation.
Temperatures) : The temperature show that the air conditioning is on.
can be adjusted separately for the Select from the following: AUTO mode is cancelled when A/C
is pressed.
driver and the passenger. Adjust the Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the
SYNC knob to increase or decrease instrument panel outlets. M (Recirculation) : Press to turn
the passenger temperature. on recirculation. An indicator light
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided comes on to show that the
between the instrument panel and
recirculation is on. Press the button
floor outlets.
again to return to outside air mode.
Air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
It helps to quickly cool the air inside 1 (Rear Window Defogger) : Ionizer
or help to reduce outside air and Press to turn the rear window and
odors from entering the vehicle. outside mirror defogger on or off. An
Using the recirculation mode for indicator light comes on to show
extended periods may cause the that the feature is on.
windows to fog. If this happens, The rear window defogger turns off
select the defrost mode. automatically within 15 minutes.
AQS (Air Quality Sensor) : Press It can also be turned off by
to turn AQS on or off. An indicator pressing 1 again.
comes on to show that AQS is on.
AQS automatically pulls outside air Caution
inside the vehicle or changes to the
recirculation mode to prevent Using a razor blade or sharp
contaminants from entering the object on the inside rear window
vehicle. can damage the antenna or The ionizer system releases the ion.
Using the AQS mode for extended defogger. Repairs would not be It provides antibacterial effect to
periods may cause the windows to covered by the vehicle warranty. climate control and vehicle interior.
fog. If this happens, turn off AQS Do not stick anything to the rear When the ignition is switched on,
and turn to the outside air mode. window. the ionizer is activated
Rear Window and Outside automatically.
Mirror Defogger The ionizer is deactivated when the
ignition is switched off.
For vehicles with a rear window and
outside mirror defogger, they only
work when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Sensors Rear Climate Control

System
Rear air conditioning
The temperature sensor is located

on the climate control faceplate.
The solar sensor located on top of The climate control system uses the
the instrument panel near the sensor information to adjust the
windshield monitors the solar heat. temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode To turn on the rear air conditioning
for best comfort. control system, press the REAR A/C
button located on the center of the
Do not cover the sensors or the
instrument panel.
automatic climate control system will
not work properly. Indicator light on the ON/OFF will
illuminate.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Air Vents
Set the fan speed to the desired Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
speed with the rear fan speed air outlets to open or close off the
switch. airflow.
Move the sliding knob (1) on the air
You can also control the direction of outlets up and down or left and right Operation Tips
airflow through adjustable vents. to direct the airflow. . Clear away any ice, snow,
To turn off the rear air conditioning or leaves from air inlets at the
control system, press the REAR A/C base of the windshield that could
button once more on the centre of block the flow of air into the
the instrument panel (indicator light vehicle.
on the ON/OFF button is not
. Keep the path under the front
illuminated) or set the fan speed to
the "0" position with the rear fan seats clear of objects to help
speed switch. circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Check with your dealer before

adding equipment to the outside
Maintenance 2. Lower the loosened glove box
housing.
of the vehicle.
Passenger Compartment 3. Remove the glove box.
. Do not insert any objects in the
outlets, as failure of the
Air Filter
mechanism may occur. The filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
Scheduled Maintenance 0 296.
The passenger compartment air
filter can be accessed by removing
the entire glove box.
4. Remove the air filter cover

screw.
1. Remove the six screws from

around the glove box.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
5. Replace the air conditioner

filter.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
174 Driving and Operating
Driving and Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Descent Control
System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Operating Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Parking over Things
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 206
Continuous Damping
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Control (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Driving Information Automatic Level Control . . . . . . 206
Engine Exhaust
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Cruise Control
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 195 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Running the Vehicle While
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Driver Assistance Systems
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 209
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Automatic Transmission Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . 211
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 196 Side Blind Zone
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 178 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . 198
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 179 Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Manual Transmission Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 181 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 199 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 214
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Drive Systems Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Starting and Operating All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Filling a Portable Fuel
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 185 Brakes Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Ignition Positions (Keyless Antilock Brake
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Trailer Towing
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 General Towing
Ignition Positions (Key Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Driving Characteristics and
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 203
Retained Accessory Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Automatic Engine Start/Stop Traction Control/Electronic Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 225

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Driving and Operating 175
Conversions and Add-Ons Driving Information . Become familiar with vehicle

features before driving, such as
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 programming favorite radio
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to
judgment and do not let other driving.
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen
governments have enacted laws to the floor.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
your area. to children.
To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate
keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary { Warning
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Refer to the Infotainment section for Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
more information on using that Warning (Continued) include:
system, including pairing and using . Keep enough distance between
a cell phone. Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or you and the vehicle in front
possible death. These simple of you.
Defensive Driving
defensive driving techniques . Avoid needless heavy braking.
Defensive driving means “always could save your life. . Keep pace with traffic.
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear If the engine ever stops while the
the safety belt. Safety Belts 0 57. Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake
Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the
{ Warning are important factors in helping to brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
control a vehicle while driving.
Assume that other road users engine stops, there will be some
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other power brake assist but it will be
Braking used when the brake is applied.
drivers) are going to be careless
and make mistakes. Anticipate Braking action involves perception Once the power assist is used up, it
what they might do and be ready. time and reaction time. Deciding to can take longer to stop and the
In addition: push the brake pedal is perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
time. Actually doing it is
. Allow enough following
distance between you and
reaction time. Steering
the driver in front of you. Average driver reaction time is Hydraulic Power Steering
about three-quarters of a second. In
. Focus on the task of driving. that time, a vehicle moving at This vehicle has hydraulic power
(Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m steering. It may require
(66 ft), which could be a lot of maintenance. Power Steering
distance in an emergency. Fluid 0 243.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If power steering assist is lost Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
because the engine stops or . off the edge of a road onto the
There are some situations when
because of a system malfunction, shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
the vehicle can be steered but may these tips:
be more effective than braking.
require increased effort. See your 1. Ease off the accelerator and
dealer if there is a problem. . Holding both sides of the
then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn
way, steer the vehicle so that it
Caution 180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the
a hand.
pavement.
If the steering wheel is turned . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
until it reaches the end of its 2. Turn the steering wheel about
allows steering while braking.
travel, and is held in that position one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
for more than 10 seconds, Off-Road Recovery pavement edge.
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be 3. Turn the steering wheel to go
loss of power steering assist. straight down the roadway.
Curve Tips
Loss of Control
. Take curves at a reasonable Skidding
speed. There are three types of skids that
. Reduce speed before entering a correspond to the vehicle's three
curve. control systems:
. Maintain a reasonable steady . Braking Skid — wheels are not
speed through the curve. rolling.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of . Steering or Cornering Skid —
the curve before accelerating too much speed or steering in a
gently into the straightaway. curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering,
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, Warning (Continued)
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any After driving through a large
Defensive drivers avoid most skids puddle of water or a car/vehicle
by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide. wash, lightly apply the brake
existing conditions, and by not pedal until the brakes work
overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help normally.
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
Flowing or rushing water creates
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions: Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
. Ease your foot off the Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle to be carried away. If this
accelerator pedal and steer the vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle
way you want the vehicle to go. ability to stop and accelerate.
occupants could drown. Do not
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types
ignore police warnings and be
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive
occurs. through flowing water.
deep-standing or flowing water.
. Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning Hydroplaning
can be longer and vehicle Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
control can be affected when can build up under the vehicle's
They might not work as well in a
traction is reduced by water, tires so they actually ride on the
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
material on the road. Learn to pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
recognize warning clues — such lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is
as enough water, ice, or packed (Continued) hydroplaning, it has little or no
snow on the road to make a contact with the road.
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
There is no hard and fast rule about . Keep the interior

hydroplaning. The best advice is to temperature cool. Warning (Continued)
slow down when the road is wet. . Keep your eyes moving — scan could result in a loss of braking.
Other Rainy Weather Tips the road ahead and to the sides. Shift the transmission to a lower
Besides slowing down, other wet . Check the rearview mirror and gear to let the engine assist the
weather driving tips include: vehicle instruments often. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
. Allow extra following distance.
Hill and Mountain Roads
. Pass with caution.
Driving on steep hills or through
{ Warning
. Keep windshield wiping mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
equipment in good shape. on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for or with the ignition off is
. Keep the windshield washer fluid driving in these conditions include: dangerous. This can cause
reservoir filled. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in overheating of the brakes and
. Have good tires with proper good shape. loss of steering. Always have the
tread depth. Tires 0 260. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, engine running and the vehicle
tires, cooling system, and in gear.
. Turn off cruise control.
transmission.
Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going . Stay in your own lane. Do not
down steep or long hills. swing wide or cut across the
Always be alert and pay attention to center of the road. Drive at
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a { Warning speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest. Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills;
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane
Other driving tips include: can cause brake overheating, can (stalled car, accident).
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. reduce brake performance, and
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. Pay attention to special road If equipped, Traction Control should . Turn on the hazard warning
signs (falling rocks area, winding be turned on. Traction Control/ flashers.
roads, long grades, passing or Electronic Stability Control 0 204. . Tie a red cloth to an outside
no-passing zones) and take The Antilock Brake System (ABS) mirror.
appropriate action. improves vehicle stability during
Winter Driving
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
{ Warning
Driving on Snow or Ice on dry pavement. Snow can trap engine exhaust
Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 201. under the vehicle. This may
Drive carefully when there is snow cause exhaust gases to get
or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on inside. Engine exhaust contains
road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for carbon monoxide (CO) which
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in
cause unconsciousness and even
fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a
Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy death.
freezing rain until roads can be when the surrounding roads are If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
treated with salt or sand. clear. Avoid sudden steering . Clear away snow from
maneuvers and braking while
Drive with caution, whatever the around the base of your
on ice.
condition. Accelerate gently so vehicle, especially any that
traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery is blocking the exhaust pipe.
quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. . Check again from time to
and makes the surface under the
Blizzard Conditions time to be sure snow does
tires slick, so there is even less
not collect there.
traction. Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the (Continued)
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive vehicle unless there is help nearby.
wheels will spin and polish the To get help and keep everyone in
surface under the tires even more. the vehicle safe:

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If it takes some time for help to

Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run Warning (Continued)
the engine, push the accelerator
. Open a window about 5 cm damage. Spin the wheels as little
pedal slightly so the engine runs
(2 in) on the side of the faster than the idle speed. This as possible and avoid going
vehicle that is away from keeps the battery charged to restart above 56 km/h (35 mph).
the wind to bring in fresh air. the vehicle and to signal for help
. Fully open the air outlets on with the headlamps. Do this as little Rocking the Vehicle to Get
or under the instrument as possible to save fuel. it Out
panel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Turn the steering wheel left and
. Adjust the climate control right to clear the area around the
system to a setting that Slowly and cautiously spin the front wheels. Turn off any traction
circulates the air inside the wheels to free the vehicle when system. Shift back and forth
vehicle and set the fan stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. between R (Reverse) and a low
speed to the highest setting. forward gear, spinning the wheels
See “Climate Control If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the as little as possible. To prevent
Systems.” transmission wear, wait until the
traction system off and use the
Engine Exhaust 0 194. rocking method. Traction Control/ wheels stop spinning before shifting
Electronic Stability Control 0 204. gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm { Warning lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
the vehicle and then shut the engine
If the vehicle's tires spin at high Slowly spinning the wheels in the
off and close the window most of
speed, they can explode, and you forward and reverse directions
the way to save heat. Repeat this causes a rocking motion that could
until help arrives but only when you or others could be injured. The
free the vehicle. If that does not get
feel really uncomfortable from the vehicle can overheat, causing an
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
cold. Moving about to keep warm engine compartment fire or other
might need to be towed out. If the
also helps. (Continued) vehicle does need to be towed out,
Towing the Vehicle 0 284.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)

open, you will find the label
attached below the door
It is very important to know how lock post.
much weight the vehicle can reduce stopping distance,
carry. This weight is called the damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading
vehicle capacity weight and the life of the vehicle. Information label shows the tire
includes the weight of all size of the original equipment
occupants, cargo and all Tire and Loading Information tires and the recommended cold
nonfactory-installed options. Label tire inflation pressures. For
Certification label on the vehicle more information on tires and
show how much weight it may inflation, Tires 0 260, Tire
properly carry. Pressure 0 261.
“Steps for Determining Correct
{ Warning Load Limit–
Do not load the vehicle any 1. Locate the statement "The
heavier than the Gross combined weight of
Vehicle Weight Rating occupants and cargo should
(GVWR), or either the never exceed XXX kg or
maximum front or rear Gross XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). placard.
This can cause systems to Label Example
2. Determine the combined
break and change the way the A vehicle-specific Tire and weight of the driver and
vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label is passengers that will be
cause loss of control and a attached to the center pillar riding in your vehicle.
crash. Overloading can also (B-pillar). With the driver door
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and
weight of the driver and manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available (700 lbs).
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.”
the available amount of Trailer Towing 0 221.
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = Example 2
650 lbs.)
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
5. Determine the combined
for Example 2 = 453 kg
weight of luggage and cargo Example 1
(1,000 lbs).
being loaded on the vehicle.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo for Example 1 = 453 kg Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
and luggage load capacity (1,000 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
calculated in Step 4. 2. Subtract Occupant 3. Available Cargo Weight
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 113 kg (250 lbs).
6. If your vehicle will be towing
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
weight of the driver, passengers, Never exceed the GVWR for the
and cargo should never exceed vehicle, or the Gross Axle
the vehicle's capacity weight. Weight Rating (GAWR) for either
the front or rear axle.
Certification Label
If the vehicle is carrying a heavy
load, it should be spread out.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.
Example 3
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight heavier than the Gross
for Example 3 = 453 kg Vehicle Weight Rating
(1,000 lbs). (GVWR), or either the
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example maximum front or rear Gross
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the lower This can cause systems to
(1,000 lbs). area of the center pillar (B-Pillar) break and change the way the
3. Available Cargo Weight on the driver side of the vehicle. vehicle handles. This could
= 0 kg (0 lbs). The label tells the gross weight cause loss of control and a
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and capacity of the vehicle, called crash. Overloading can also
Loading Information label for the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating reduce stopping distance,
specific information about the (GVWR). The GVWR includes damage the tires, and shorten
vehicle's capacity weight and the weight of the vehicle, all the life of the vehicle.
seating positions. The combined occupants, fuel, and cargo.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
{ Warning Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every
strike and injure people in a time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash. . Do not tow a trailer during
Caution break-in. Trailer Towing
. Put things in the cargo
The vehicle does not need an 0 221 for the trailer towing
area of the vehicle. In the capabilities of the vehicle
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
and more information.
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines: Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow, increased.
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that Ignition Positions
starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle. (Keyless Access)
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for The keyless ignition control knob
. Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or can be turned to four different
so. During this time the new positions.
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet The keyless access transmitter
broken in. Hard stops with should be inside the vehicle when
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean trying to push and turn the knob.
vehicle. premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
. Do not leave a seat
folded down unless (Continued)
needed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Do not turn the engine off when the

vehicle is moving. This will cause a { Warning
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
If the vehicle must be shut off in an systems and disable the airbags.
emergency: While driving, only shut the
1. Brake using a firm and steady vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
deplete power assist, requiring
and must be shut off while driving,
increased brake pedal force.
switch the ignition to ACC/
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). ACCESSORY.
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, This can be done while the
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ vehicle is moving. After shifting
position allows you to use some
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
accessories, and to turn off the
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain brakes and steer the vehicle to
engine.
active. Retained Accessory Power a safe location.
(RAP) 0 191. 3 (ON/RUN) : This position is for
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
driving and preheating for diesel
The keyless ignition control knob to P (Park), and turn the
engine. It is the position the ignition
cannot be removed from the vehicle. ignition to OFF. On vehicles
switch returns to after the engine
The keyless access transmitter must with an automatic transmission,
starts, and the control knob is
be inside the vehicle to start the the shift lever must be in
released. This position can also be
engine. P (Park) to turn the ignition
used for service and diagnostics,
switch to the OFF position.
and to verify the proper operation of
4. Set the parking brake. Parking the malfunction indicator lamp as
Brake 0 201. may be required for emission
inspection purposes.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The battery could be drained if you The ignition switch can bind in the
leave the ignition in the ACC/ Caution LOCK/OFF position with your
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position wheels turned off center. If this
with the engine off. You may not be Using a tool to force the key to happens, move the steering wheel
able to start the vehicle if the battery turn in the ignition could cause from right to left while turning the
is allowed to drain for an extended damage to the switch or break the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
period of time. key. Use the correct key, make doesn't work, then the vehicle needs
sure it is all the way in, and turn it service.
4 (START) : This position starts the only with your hand. If the key
engine. The brake pedal must be Do not turn the engine off when the
cannot be turned by hand, see
applied to start the engine. vehicle is moving. This will cause a
your dealer.
loss of power assist in the brake
Ignition Positions (Key and steering systems and disable
The key must be fully extended to the airbags.
Access) start the vehicle. If the vehicle must be shut off in an
The ignition switch has four different
LOCK (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ emergency:
positions.
LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is 1. Brake using a firm and steady
stopped, turn the ignition switch to pressure. Do not pump the
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. brakes repeatedly. This may
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) deplete power assist, requiring
will remain active. Retained increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This
This is the only position from which can be done while the vehicle
you can remove the key. This locks is moving. After shifting to
the steering wheel, ignition, and neutral, firmly apply the brakes
automatic transmission. Push in the and steer the vehicle to a safe
ignition switch as you turn the key location.
toward you.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift ON (ON/RUN) : This position is for Starting the Vehicle
to P (Park) with an automatic driving and preheating for diesel
transmission, or Neutral with a engine. The ignition switch stays in Automatic Transmission
manual transmission. Turn the this position when the engine is Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
ignition to LOCK/OFF. running. This position can be used N (Neutral). The engine will not start
4. Set the parking brake. Parking to operate the electrical in any other position. To restart the
Brake 0 201. accessories. This position can also vehicle when it is already moving,
be used for service and diagnostics, use N (Neutral) only.
and to verify the proper operation of
{ Warning the malfunction indicator lamp as
may be required for emission Caution
Turning off the vehicle while
inspection purposes.
moving may cause loss of power Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
assist in the brake and steering To shift out of P (Park), turn the vehicle is moving. If you do, you
systems and disable the airbags. ignition to ON/RUN and apply the could damage the transmission.
While driving, only shut the brake pedal. Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle off in an emergency. The battery could be drained if you vehicle is stopped.
leave the key in the ACC/
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position Manual Transmission
and must be shut off while driving, with the engine off. You may not be
able to start the vehicle if the battery Press the brake pedal, shift to
turn the ignition to ACC/ N (Neutral), and apply the parking
ACCESSORY. is allowed to drain for an extended
period of time. brake. Hold the clutch pedal to the
ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This floor and start the engine. The
position provides power to some of START : This position starts the vehicle will not start if the clutch
the electrical accessories. It unlocks engine. When the engine starts, pedal is not all the way down.
the steering wheel and ignition. To release the key. The ignition switch
move the key from ACC/ will return to ON/RUN for normal
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push driving.
in the key and then turn it to
LOCK/OFF.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Starting Procedure (Key 3. If the engine still will not start,

Access) Caution or starts but then stops, it could
be flooded with too much
1. Turn the key to the ACC Holding the key in START for gasoline. Try pushing the
position, and move the steering longer than 15 seconds at a time accelerator pedal all the way to
wheel slightly to release the will cause the battery to be the floor and holding it there as
steering wheel lock. drained much sooner. And the you hold the key in START for
Note excessive heat can damage the about three seconds. If the
If your vehicle has diesel engine, starter motor. Wait about vehicle starts briefly but then
turn the ignition control knob to the 15 seconds between each try to stops again, do the same thing,
help avoid draining the battery or but this time keep the pedal
ON position for preheating until N
damaging the starter. down for five or six seconds.
goes out.
This clears the extra gasoline
With the accelerator pedal from the engine.
released, turn the ignition to 2. If the engine does not start,
START. When the engine wait about 15 seconds and try
again to start the engine by Caution
starts, let go of the key. The
idle speed will slow down as turning the ignition to START.
Wait about 15 seconds If you add electrical parts or
the engine warms. Do not race accessories, you could change
the engine immediately after between each try.
the way the engine operates. Any
starting it. Operate the engine When the engine has run about resulting damage would not be
and transmission gently to 10 seconds to warm up, the covered by the vehicle warranty.
allow the oil to warm up and vehicle is ready to be driven. Add-On Electrical
lubricate all moving parts. Do not run the engine at high
Equipment 0 225.
speed when it is cold.
If the weather is below freezing
(0 °C or 32 °F), let the engine
run for a few minutes to
warm up.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Starting Procedure (Keyless 3. If the engine still will not start,

Access) Caution or starts but then stops, it could
be flooded with too much
If the transmitter is not in the Holding the key in START for gasoline. Try pushing the
vehicle, or something is interfering longer than 15 seconds at a time accelerator pedal all the way to
with the transmitter, the Drive will cause the battery to be the floor and holding it there as
Information Center (DIC) will display drained much sooner. And the you hold the ignition control
a message. Key and Lock excessive heat can damage the knob in START for about
Messages 0 116. starter motor. Wait about three seconds. If the vehicle
Note 15 seconds between each try to starts briefly but then stops
If your vehicle has diesel engine, help avoid draining the battery or again, do the same thing, but
turn the ignition control knob to the damaging the starter. this time keep the pedal down
ON position for preheating until N for five or six seconds. This
clears the extra gasoline from
goes out. 2. If the engine does not start,
the engine.
1. With the accelerator pedal wait about 15 seconds and try
released, press the brake again to start the engine by
turning the ignition control knob Caution
pedal, and turn the ignition
control knob to START. If the to START. Wait about
15 seconds between each try. If you add electrical parts or
ignition control knob does not accessories, you could change
turn, try pushing in and turning When the engine has run about the way the engine operates. Any
it again. When the engine 10 seconds to warm up, the resulting damage would not be
begins cranking, let go of the vehicle is ready to be driven. covered by the vehicle warranty.
ignition control knob. The idle Do not run the engine at high Add-On Electrical
speed will slow down as the speed when it is cold.
Equipment 0 225.
engine warms. Do not race the If the weather is below freezing
engine immediately after (0 °C or 32 °F), let the engine
starting it. Operate the engine run for a few minutes to
and transmission gently to warm up.
allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Retained Accessory Automatic Engine Start/ Deactivation

Power (RAP) Stop Feature
These vehicle accessories may be Stop-start system
used for up to 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned to the LOCK/OFF The stop-start system helps to save
position: fuel and to reduce the exhaust
emission. The engine turns off
. Outside Mirror automatically when the vehicle is at
. Power Windows low speed or standstill. The engine
will restart automatically as soon as
. Sunroof (if equipped) the clutch is depressed.
. Radio
Activation
The outside mirror, power windows,
and sunroof will function until a door The stop-start system is activated
as soon as ignition is ON. Deactivate the stop-start system
is opened.
manually by pressing the eco
The radio will function until the button.
driver door is opened.
The deactivation is indicated by the
If no door is opened after the LED in the button going off.
ignition is turned to the LOCK/OFF
position, all accessories will be Automatic engine stop
turned off after 10 minutes. . Shift the selector lever to N
. Release the clutch pedal
The engine will be turned off while
the ignition ON.
The engine stop is indicated by the
needle on the AUTOSTOP position
in the tachometer.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
During an automatic engine stop, . Fan control knob of manual Restart of the engine by the
the heating performance, power climate control is not in step 4 stop-start system
steering and brake performance will (max airflow)
maintain. If one of the following conditions
. A/C button of automatic climate occurs during engine stop, the
Air conditioning system may or may control is not pressed engine will be restarted
not inhibit the stop and start system . The brake vacuum is sufficient automatically by the stop-start
according to the cooling system.
performance. . The vehicle has moved since the
last automatic engine stop . The stop-start system is
Conditions for an automatic manually deactivated
engine stop Restart of the engine by the . The bonnet is opened
driver
. The stop-start system is not . The driver’s safety belt is
manually deactivated Depress the clutch pedal to restart unfastened and the driver's door
the engine. is opened
. The bonnet is fully closed
The engine start is indicated by the . The engine temperature is
. The driver’s door is closed or the needle on the idle speed position in too low
driver’s safety belt is fastened the tachometer.
. The battery is sufficiently . The battery is low
If the selector lever is shifted out of
charged and in good condition N before depressing the clutch first, . The brake vacuum is not
. The engine is warmed up # illuminates. sufficient
. The engine coolant temperature The indicator is goes out as soon as . The vehicle starts to move
is not too low the clutch pedal is depressed. . The ambient temperature is too
. The ambient temperature is not low or high
too low or high . The defrosting function is
. The defrosting function is not activated
activated . Fan control knob of manual
climate control is in step 4 (max
airflow)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

. A/C button of automatic climate Torque Lock
control is pressed Warning (Continued)
Torque lock is when the weight of
It is dangerous to get out of the the vehicle puts too much force on
Shifting Into Park vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the parking pawl in the
Use this procedure to shift into in P (Park) with the parking brake transmission. This happens when
P (Park): firmly set. The vehicle can roll. parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
1. Hold the brake pedal down and Do not leave the vehicle when the done properly and then it is difficult
set the parking brake. engine is running. If you have left to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
Parking Brake 0 201. the engine running, the vehicle torque lock, set the parking brake
can move suddenly. You or others and then shift into P (Park). To find
2. Hold the button on the shift
could be injured. To be sure the out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
lever and push the lever toward
the front of the vehicle into vehicle will not move, even when listed previously.
P (Park). you are on fairly level ground, If torque lock does occur, the
always set the parking brake and vehicle may need to be pushed
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. move the shift lever to P (Park). uphill by another vehicle to relieve
4. Remove the key (if equipped). Shifting Into Park 0 193. If you the parking pawl pressure, so you
are towing a trailer, Driving can shift out of P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle With the Characteristics and Towing
Engine Running Tips 0 218. Shifting out of Park
{ Warning If you have to leave the vehicle with
To shift out of P (Park):
the engine running, the vehicle must 1. Apply the brake pedal.
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running. be in P (Park) and the parking 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
It could overheat and catch fire. brake set.
3. Press the shift lever button.
(Continued) Release the button and check that
4. Move the shift lever.
the shift lever cannot be moved out
of P (Park).

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If you still are unable to shift out of

P (Park):
Parking over Things Engine Exhaust
That Burn
1. Fully release the shift lever { Warning
button.
{ Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon
2. Hold the brake pedal down and
press the shift lever button Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be
again. hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and
3. Move the shift lever.
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death.
If you still cannot move the shift or other things that can burn.
lever from P (Park), see your dealer Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
for service. . The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
Parking (parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
If the vehicle has a manual underbody airflow or tail
transmission, before getting out of pipes).
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and apply the electric . The exhaust smells or
parking brake. Parking Brake 0 201. sounds strange or different.
Once the shift lever has been . The exhaust system leaks
placed into R (Reverse) with the due to corrosion or damage.
clutch pedal pressed in, turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF, remove the . The vehicle exhaust system
key (if equipped), and release the has been modified,
clutch. damaged, or improperly
repaired.
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
(Continued)
is pulling a trailer, Driving
Characteristics and Towing
Tips 0 218.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Diesel Particulate Filter

Warning (Continued) { Warning
The diesel particulate filter system
. There are holes or openings filters harmful soot particles out of Be sure the following precautions
in the vehicle body from the exhaust gases. The system are taken because the exhaust
damage or aftermarket includes a self-cleaning function that parts are raised to high
modifications that are not runs automatically during driving. temperature during regeneration
completely sealed. The filter is cleaned by burning off of DPF.
If unusual fumes are detected or the soot particles at high . Things that can burn could
if it is suspected that exhaust is temperature.
touch hot exhaust parts
coming into the vehicle: This process takes place under your vehicle and
. Drive it only with the automatically under set driving ignite. Do not place your
windows completely down. conditions and may take more than vehicle over papers, leaves,
15 minutes. The emission of smells dry grass or other things
. Have the vehicle repaired and smoke during this process is that can burn.
immediately. normal. . Turn the ignition OFF as
Never park the vehicle with the Under certain driving conditions, soon as your vehicle enters
engine running in an enclosed e.g. short distances, the system a garage.
area such as a garage or a cannot clean itself automatically. . Do not go near the hot
building that has no fresh air If the control indicator (DPF lamps)
exhaust parts including
ventilation. L illuminates or flashes, it is exhaust tail pipe.
necessary to activate the cleaning
process of Diesel Particulate Filter
by continuing driving safely until
DPF lamps off at the cluster. In
case, constant driving will be better
for cleaning process.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Running the Vehicle Automatic { Warning

While Parked Transmission
It is better not to park with the It is dangerous to get out of the
engine running. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
If the vehicle is left with the engine firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move. Do not leave the vehicle when the
Shifting Into Park 0 193, Engine engine is running. If you have left
Exhaust 0 194. If the vehicle has a the engine running, the vehicle
manual transmission, Parking 0 194. can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, Driving Characteristics and vehicle will not move, even when
Towing Tips 0 218. you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
There are several different positions Shifting Into Park 0 193, Driving
for the automatic transmission. Characteristics and Towing
P (Park) : This position locks the Tips 0 218.
front wheels. It is the best position
to use when starting the engine Make sure the shift lever is fully in
because the vehicle cannot move P (Park) before starting the engine.
easily. The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. The regular brakes must be
applied first and then the shift lever
button pressed before you can shift
from P (Park) when the ignition key
is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
of P (Park), ease pressure on the N (Neutral) only. Also, use D (Drive) : This position is for
shift lever and push the shift lever N (Neutral) when the vehicle is normal driving, and allows the
all the way into P (Park) as you being towed. transmission to shift into all forward
maintain brake application. Then gears. It provides the best fuel
press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
{ Warning economy.
Downshifting the transmission in
gear. Shifting out of Park 0 193. Shifting into a drive gear while the slippery road conditions could result
R (Reverse) : Use this gear to engine is running at high speed is in skidding. “Skidding” under Loss of
back up. dangerous. Unless your foot is Control 0 177.
firmly on the brake pedal, the
Caution vehicle could move very rapidly. Caution
You could lose control and hit
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the people or objects. Do not shift Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle is moving forward could into a drive gear while the engine vehicle in one place on a hill
damage the transmission. The is running at high speed. using only the accelerator pedal
repairs would not be covered by may damage the transmission.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to The repair will not be covered by
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle Caution the vehicle warranty. If you are
is stopped. stuck, do not spin the tires. When
Shifting out of P (Park) or stopping on a hill, use the brakes
N (Neutral) with the engine to hold the vehicle in place.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to running at high speed may
get out of snow, ice or sand without damage the transmission. The
damaging the transmission, If the repairs would not be covered by
Vehicle Is Stuck 0 181.
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
N (Neutral) : In this position, the engine is not running at high
engine does not connect with the speed when shifting the vehicle.
wheels. To restart the engine when
the vehicle is already moving, use

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Manual Mode . The transmission will not allow 3. Once the vehicle is moving,
shifting to the next lower gear if select the desired drive gear or
Manual Shift Mode (MSM) the vehicle speed is too high. move the shift lever to the
(Automatic Transmission) In manual mode, downward shifts D (Drive) position.
To use this feature, if equipped: are made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the Fuel Economy Mode
1. Move the shift lever from
vehicle stops, 1 (First) gear is The vehicle may have a fuel
D (Drive) into the manual gate.
automatically selected. economy mode. When engaged,
2. Push the shift lever forward fuel economy mode can improve the
toward the plus (+) to upshift or 2 (Second) Gear Start Feature
vehicle's fuel economy.
rearward toward the minus (−) When accelerating the vehicle from
to downshift. a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
In manual shift mode all forward you may want to select 2 (Second)
gears can be selected. gear. A higher gear, and light
application of the gas pedal, may
While using the MSM feature the allow you to gain more traction on
vehicle will have operation similar to slippery surfaces.
a manual transmission. You can use
this for sport driving or when driving With the Manual Shift Mode, the
hilly roads to stay in gear longer or vehicle can accelerate from a stop
to downshift for more power or for in 2 (Second).
engine braking. 1. Move the shift lever from
The transmission will only allow you D (Drive) into the manual gate.
to shift into gears appropriate for the 2. With the vehicle stopped, move
vehicle speed: Pressing the ECO button on the
the shift lever forward to select
instrument panel will engage fuel
. The transmission will not 2 (Second). The vehicle will
economy mode. When activated,
automatically shift to the next start from a stop position in
the eco light in the instrument
higher gear without moving the 2 (Second).
shift lever.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
cluster will come on. Fuel Economy

Light 0 113. Pressing the button a
Manual Transmission 2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal
as you let up on the accelerator
second time will turn fuel economy pedal and shift into 2 (Second).
mode off. Then, slowly let up on the clutch
When fuel economy mode is on: pedal as you press the accelerator
pedal.
. The transmission will upshift
sooner, and downshift later. 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth),
6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
. The torque converter will lock– 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the
up sooner, and stay on longer. same way you do for 2 (Second).
. The gas pedal will be less Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
sensitive. you press the accelerator pedal.
. The vehicle's computers will If vehicle speed drops below
more aggressively shut off fuel 32 km/h (20 mph), or if the engine is
to the engine under deceleration. not running smoothly, you should
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal downshift to the next lower gear.
Do not use fuel economy mode and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly You may have to downshift two or
while towing. let up on the clutch pedal as you more gears to keep the engine
press the accelerator pedal. running smoothly or for good
You can shift into 1 (First) when you performance.
are going less than 32 km/h To stop, let up on the accelerator
(20 mph). If you have come to a pedal and press the brake pedal.
complete stop and it is hard to shift Just before the vehicle stops, press
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in the clutch pedal and the brake
Neutral and let up on the clutch. pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Press the clutch pedal back down. Neutral : Use this position when
Then shift into 1 (First). you start or idle the engine.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
R (Reverse) : To back up, press

down on the clutch pedal and shift
Drive Systems When using a compact spare tire on
an AWD vehicle, the system
into R (Reverse). Let up on the automatically detects the compact
clutch pedal slowly while pressing All-Wheel Drive spare and disables AWD. To restore
the accelerator pedal. If your vehicle has active on AWD operation and prevent
demand all-wheel drive (AWD), the excessive wear on the system,
Caution AWD system operates automatically replace the compact spare with a
without any action required by the full-size tire as soon as possible.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the driver. If the front drive wheels begin Compact Spare Tire 0 280.
vehicle is moving forward could to slip, the rear wheels will
damage the transmission. The automatically begin to drive the
repairs would not be covered by vehicle as required. There may be a
the vehicle warranty. Shift to slight engagement noise during hard
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle use but this is normal.
is stopped. The AWD warning light blinks when
AWD system is temporarily
Also, use R (Reverse) along with disabled. All-Wheel-Drive Light
the parking brake for parking the 0 108. If the light blinks briefly, and
vehicle. then goes out, this is normal and
does not indicate a system fault.
However if the light blinks
continuously, see your dealer.
The light comes on to indicate that
there is a malfunction in the AWD
system. If it happens, see your
dealer.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a

computer senses the wheels are
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
slowing down. If one of the wheels
Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
will separately work the brakes at
pump or motor operating and feel
each wheel.
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is
electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure normal.
prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while ABS allows you to steer and brake
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard. at the same time. In many
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls braking.
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
Parking Brake
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning stop, even with ABS.
Light 0 107.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The vehicle has an Electric Parking the parking brake status light is parking brake by the EPB system
Brake (EPB). The switch for the flashing. See your dealer. Electric may take a longer period of time
EPB is in the center console. The Parking Brake Light 0 107. than normal when this light is on.
EPB can always be activated, even If the EPB is applied while the Continue to hold the switch until the
if the ignition is OFF. To prevent vehicle is in motion, a chime will parking brake status light remains
draining the battery, avoid repeated sound. The vehicle will decelerate on. If the parking brake warning light
cycles of the EPB system when the as long as the switch is held in the is on, see your dealer.
engine is not running. up position. Releasing the EPB If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
The system has a parking brake switch during the deceleration will wheels should be blocked to
status light and a parking brake release the parking brake. If the prevent vehicle movement.
warning light. Electric Parking Brake switch is held in the up position until
Light 0 107. In case of insufficient the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB Release
electrical power, the EPB cannot be EPB will remain applied. To release the EPB, place the
applied or released. If the parking brake status light ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
Before leaving the vehicle, check flashes continuously, the EPB is ON/RUN position, apply and hold
the parking brake status lamp to only partially applied or released, the brake pedal, and push down
insure the parking brake is applied. or there is a problem with the EPB. momentarily on the EPB switch.
If this light flashes continuously, If you attempt to release the EPB
EPB Apply release the EPB, and attempt to without the brake pedal applied, a
The EPB can be applied any time apply it again. If this light continues chime will sound and the press
the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is to flash, do not drive the vehicle. brake pedal light will appear. The
applied by momentarily lifting up on See your dealer. EPB is released when the parking
the EPB switch. Once fully applied, brake status light is off.
If the parking brake warning light is
the parking brake status light will be on, the EPB has detected an error If the parking brake warning light is
on. While the brake is being applied, in another system and is operating on, the EPB has detected an error
the status lamp will flash until full with reduced functionality. To apply in another system and is operating
apply is reached. If the light does the EPB when this light is on, lift up with reduced functionality. To
not come on, or remains flashing, on the EPB switch and hold it in the release the EPB when this light is
you need to have the vehicle up position. Full application of the on, push down on the EPB switch
serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if and hold it in the down position.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
EPB release may take a longer Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)
period of time than normal when this
light is on. Continue to hold the The Brake Assist feature is This vehicle has an HSA feature,
switch until the parking brake status designed to assist the driver in which may be useful when the
light is off. If the light is on, see your stopping or decreasing vehicle vehicle is stopped on a grade
dealer. speed in emergency driving sufficient enough to activate HSA.
conditions. This feature uses the This feature is designed to prevent
stability system hydraulic brake the vehicle from rolling, either
Caution control module to supplement the forward or rearward, during vehicle
Driving with the parking brake on power brake system under drive off. After the driver completely
can overheat the brake system conditions where the driver has stops and holds the vehicle in a
quickly and forcefully applied the complete standstill on a grade, HSA
and cause premature wear or
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly will be automatically activated.
damage to brake system parts.
stop or slow down the vehicle. The During the transition period between
Make sure that the parking brake stability system hydraulic brake when the driver releases the brake
is fully released and the brake control module increases brake pedal and starts to accelerate to
warning light is off before driving. pressure at each corner of the drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
vehicle until the ABS activates. braking pressure for a maximum of
Automatic EPB Release Minor brake pedal pulsation or two seconds to ensure that there is
pedal movement during this time is no rolling. The brakes will
The EPB will automatically release if normal and the driver should automatically release when the
the vehicle is running, placed into continue to apply the brake pedal as accelerator pedal is applied within
gear and an attempt is made to the driving situation dictates. The the two-second window. It will not
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration Brake Assist feature will activate if the vehicle is in a drive
when the EPB is applied, to automatically disengage when the gear and facing downhill, or if the
preserve parking brake lining life. brake pedal is released or brake vehicle is facing uphill and in
pedal pressure is quickly R (Reverse).
decreased.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Ride Control Systems If cruise control is being used and

traction control or ESC begins to
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
limit wheel spin, cruise control will light will:
Traction Control/ disengage. Cruise control may be . Flash when TCS is limiting
Electronic Stability turned back on when road wheel spin.
Control conditions allow.
. Flash when ESC is activated.
The vehicle has a Traction Control Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is . Turn on and stay on when either
System (TCS) and an Electronic
started and begins to move. The system is not working.
Stability Control (ESC) system.
These systems help limit wheel slip systems may be heard or felt while If either system fails to turn on or to
they are operating or while
and assist the driver in maintaining activate, d comes on and stays on
control, especially on slippery road performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there to indicate that the system is
conditions. inactive and is not assisting the
is a problem with the vehicle.
TCS activates if it senses that any driver in maintaining control. The
of the drive wheels are spinning or It is recommended to leave both vehicle is safe to drive, but driving
beginning to lose traction. When this systems on for normal driving should be adjusted accordingly.
happens, TCS applies the brakes to conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets If d comes on and stays on:
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. If 1. Stop the vehicle.
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 181 and
ESC activates when the vehicle “Turning the Systems Off and On” 2. Turn the engine off and wait
senses a difference between the later in this section. 15 seconds.
intended path and the direction the 3. Start the engine.
vehicle is actually traveling. ESC
selectively applies braking pressure Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
to any one of the vehicle wheel and stays on, the vehicle may need
brakes to assist the driver in more time to diagnose the problem.
keeping the vehicle on the If the condition persists, see your
intended path. dealer.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If cruise control is being used when To turn off TCS and ESC, press Descent Control
ESC activates, the cruise control the g. The ESC Off light g comes
automatically disengages. The
System (DCS)
on and stays on in the instrument
cruise control can be re-engaged cluster. The DCS allows the vehicle to travel
when road conditions allow. Cruise at a low speed without applying the
Control 0 207. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when brake.
the g is pressed, the system will not
Turning the Systems Off The vehicle will automatically
turn off until the wheels stop
and On decelerate to a low speed and
spinning.
remain there when DCS is
To turn TCS and ESC on again, turned on.
press and release the g. The ESC Use only when descending steep
Off light g in the instrument cluster grades while driving off-road. Do not
turns off. use when driving on normal road
surfaces.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. Accessories Some noise or vibration from the
The button for TCS and ESC is on and Modifications 0 227. brake system may be heard or felt
the center stack. when DCS is active. This is normal.
Active Rollover Protection
Caution This function is part of the ESC
system. When the vehicle moves in
Do not repeatedly brake or an extremely unstable manner, this
accelerate heavily when TCS is function helps the vehicle maintain
off. The vehicle driveline could be normal stability.
damaged.
Turn the system on by pressing the
DCS button located on the center
stack. The green DCS light comes
on steady when the system is on.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The amber DCS light flashes when The system is fully automatic and
the system is not ready due to high uses a computer controller to
temperature through severe or continuously monitor vehicle speed,
repeated braking. The light will turn wheel to body position, lift/dive, and
off when the system cools. steering position of the vehicle. The
The amber DCS light comes on controller then sends signals to
The green DCS light flashes on the steady if there is a system each shock absorber to
instrument panel while driving at malfunction. See your dealer for independently adjust the damping
speeds below 50 km/h (30 mph) to service. level to provide the optimum
show the system is operating. vehicle ride.
DCS will not activate at speeds Limited-Slip Differential Automatic Level Control
above 50 km/h (30 mph), even if the Vehicles with a limited-slip
button is pressed. differential can give more traction on This feature keeps the rear of the
snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. vehicle level as the load changes.
Caution It works like a standard differential The system is automatic and no
most of the time, but when traction adjustments are necessary.
DCS is designed for driving down is low, this feature allows the drive
steep off-road hills. Unnecessary wheel with the most traction to
use of DCS can cause move the vehicle.
malfunctions in the brake system
or ESC. Do not use DCS when Continuous Damping
driving on normal road surfaces. Control (CDC)
The CDC feature provides superior
To turn the system off, press the vehicle ride and handling under a
DCS button again and the DCS light variety of passenger and loading
turns off. Applying the brake or conditions.
accelerator will also cause DCS to
turn off.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Cruise Control Warning (Continued)

RES/+ (Accelerate/Resume) :
Press to make the vehicle resume
For vehicles with cruise control, a to a previously set speed or
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or Cruise control can be dangerous accelerate.
more can be maintained without on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can SET/- (Set/Coast) : Press to set the
keeping your foot on the
cause excessive wheel slip, and speed and activate cruise control or
accelerator. Cruise control does not
you could lose control. Do not use make the vehicle decelerate.
work at speeds below 40 km/h
(25 mph). cruise control on slippery roads. Q (Cancel) : Press to disengage
the cruise control without erasing
When the brakes are applied, or the
the set speed from memory.
cancel button pressed, the cruise
control turns off. Setting Cruise Control
If the vehicle is in cruise control If the cruise button is on when not in
when the traction control system, use, it could get bumped and go into
if equipped, begins to limit wheel cruise when not desired. Keep the
spin, the cruise control automatically cruise control switch off when cruise
disengages. The cruise control can is not being used.
be turned back on, when road
conditions are safe again. 1. Press J to turn cruise
control on.
{ Warning 2. Get up to the speed desired.
3. Press SET/- and release it. The
Cruise control can be dangerous
The cruise control buttons are cruise control light comes on in
where you cannot drive safely at
located on the left side of the the instrument panel cluster to
a steady speed. Do not use show that the cruise control
steering wheel.
cruise control on winding roads or is on.
in heavy traffic. J (On/Off) : Press to turn the
cruise control on or off. 4. Take your foot off the
(Continued)
accelerator pedal.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Resuming a Set Speed . Press and hold the RES/+ until Passing Another Vehicle While
If the cruise control is set at a the desired speed is reached, Using Cruise Control
desired speed and then the brakes and then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to
are applied, or Q is pressed, the . To increase the vehicle speed in increase the vehicle speed. When
cruise control is disengaged without small amounts, briefly press you take your foot off the pedal, the
erasing the set speed from memory. RES/+ and then release it. Each vehicle will slow down to the
time this is done, the vehicle previously set cruise control speed.
Once the vehicle speed is about goes about 2 km/h (1.2 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly Using Cruise Control on Hills
faster.
press RES/+. The vehicle returns to How well the cruise control works
the previously set speed and stays The accelerate feature only works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
there. after the cruise control is turned on
speed, load, and the steepness of
by pressing SET/-.
If RES/+ is held, the vehicle speed the hills. When going up steep hills,
continues to increase until the Reducing Speed While Using you might have to step on the
button is released, the brake pedal Cruise Control accelerator pedal to maintain the
is applied, or Q is pressed. Do not If the cruise control system is vehicle speed. When going
already activated: downhill, you might have to brake or
hold in the RES/+ button, unless
shift to a lower gear to keep the
you want the vehicle to go faster. . Press SET/- until the lower vehicle speed down. When the
Increasing Speed While Using speed desired is reached, then brakes are applied the cruise control
Cruise Control release it. is disengaged.
If the cruise control system is . To decrease the vehicle speed in Disengaging Cruise Control
already activated: small amounts, briefly press
SET/- . Each time this is done, There are two ways to end cruise
. Use the accelerator pedal to get control:
the vehicle goes about 2 km/h
to a higher speed. Press SET/-, (1.2 mph) slower. . Step lightly on the brake pedal
then release the button and the
or press the clutch pedal, if you
accelerator pedal.
have a manual transmission.
. Press Q.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
. Press J. Driver Assistance { Warning

Erasing Speed Memory Systems The Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
The cruise control set speed is system does not replace driver
erased from memory by pressing J Rear Vision vision.
or if the vehicle is turned off. Camera (RVC)
RVC does not:
The RVC system is designed to
. Detect objects that are
help the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind outside the camera’s field of
the vehicle. When the key is in the view, below the bumper,
ON/START position and the driver or underneath the vehicle.
shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse), . Detect children,
the video image automatically pedestrians, bicyclists,
appears on the LCD Module or pets.
Display.
Do not back the vehicle by only
Once the driver shifts out of looking at the RVC screen, or use
R (Reverse), the video image the screen during longer, higher
automatically disappears from the speed backing maneuvers or
LCD Module Display. where there could be cross-traffic.
You're judged distances using the
screen will differ from actual
distances.
If you do not use proper care
before backing up, you could hit a
vehicle, child, pedestrian,
bicyclist, or pet, resulting in
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Rear vision camera location When the system does not seem
Warning (Continued) to work properly
vehicle damage, injury, or death. The RVC system might not work
Even though the vehicle has the properly or display a clear image if:
RVC system, always check . The RVC is turned off.
carefully before backing up by . It is dark.
checking behind and around the
vehicle. . The sun or the beam of
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.
Turning the rear vision
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
Camera System Off or On When the builds up on the camera lens.
key is in the ON/START position
and the driver shifts the vehicle into Clean the lens, rinse it with
R (Reverse), the video image will The camera is located in the rear of water, and wipe it with a soft
appear when the CAM button is the vehicle. cloth.
pressed on the infotainment system. The area displayed by the camera is . The back of the vehicle is in an
limited and does not display objects accident. The position and
that are close to either corner or mounting angle of the camera
under the bumper. The area can change or the camera can
displayed can vary depending on be affected. Be sure to have the
vehicle orientation or road camera and its position and
conditions. The distance of the mounting angle checked at your
image that appears on the screen dealer.
differs from the actual distance. . There are extreme temperature
changes.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) This system is turned on whenever chime will sound. If the distance is
the ignition switch is ON and the less than 30 - 40 cm, the signal will
On vehicles with RCTA, a red
transmission is shifted to be continuous.
warning triangle with an arrow may
R (Reverse).
also display on the RVC screen to Front and rear parking assist
warn of traffic coming from either The chime sounds once when system
direction, behind the vehicle. When shifting to R (Reverse). This
an object is detected, three beeps indicates a normal condition. If there The parking assistance system
sound on the left or right side, are several chimes when shifting to assists the driver during forward and
depending on the direction of the reverse, there is a malfunction with backward movement of the vehicle
detected vehicle. This system the system and the warning light by alarming if any object is sensed
detects objects coming from up to can come on. If this happens, between the vehicle and the
20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side consult your dealer to repair the obstacle.
behind the vehicle. Use caution problem as soon as possible. The system registers distance using
while backing up when towing a sensors in each of the front and rear
trailer, as the RCTA detection zones bumpers.
that extend out from the back of
This system is automatically turned
your vehicle do not move further
on whenever the ignition switch
back when a trailer is towed
is ON.
Vehicle Personalization 0 119.
Note
The front and rear sensors are
Ultrasonic Parking Assist activated together when shifting the
Rear parking assists system gear to "R" position.
The parking assistance system aids If the shifting lever is not in "R"
the driver during backward position, only front sensor is
movement of the vehicle by chiming activated.
if any object is sensed behind the You can figure out the distance
vehicle. between your vehicle and obstacles
using the chime. The closer the
vehicle is to an object the faster the

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If the vehicle approaches an Side Blind Zone SBZA Detection Zones

obstacle to the front or rear, a series
of signals sound. The interval
Alert (SBZA)
between the signals becomes If equipped, the Side Blind Zone
shorter as the distance is reduced. Alert system is a lane-changing aid
The system is deactivated when the that assists drivers with avoiding
vehicle's speed is greater than crashes that occur with moving
25 km/h (15 mph). vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas. The SBZA warning The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
display will light up in the approximately one lane over from
corresponding outside side mirror both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
and will flash if the turn signal is on. (11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
{ Warning and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
zone starts at approximately the
SBZA does not alert the driver to middle of the vehicle and goes back
vehicles rapidly approaching 5 m (16 ft).
outside of the side blind zones,
pedestrians, bicyclists, How the System Works
or animals. It may not provide The SBZA symbol lights up in the
alerts when changing lanes under side mirrors when the system
all driving conditions. Failure to detects a moving vehicle in the next
To activate the system, press the
use proper care when changing lane over that is in the side blind
park assist button on the instrument
lanes may result in injury, death, zone. This indicates it may be
panel. The indicator button will
or vehicle damage. Before unsafe to change lanes. Before
light up.
making a lane change, always making a lane change, check the
Pressing the button again check mirrors, glance over your SBZA display, check mirrors, glance
deactivates the system and the shoulder, and use the turn over your shoulder, and use the turn
indicator light turns off. signals. signals.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Left Side Mirror Display SBZA can be disabled through objects. This is normal system
vehicle personalization. Vehicle operation; the vehicle does not need
Personalization 0 119. If SBZA is service.
disabled by the driver, the SBZA SBZA may not operate when the
mirror displays will not light up. SBZA sensors in the left or right
When the System Does Not corners of the rear bumper are
Seem to Work Properly covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
Right Side Mirror Display SBZA displays may not come on cleaning instructions, see "Washing
when passing a vehicle quickly, for the Vehicle". Exterior Care 0 287.
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a If the DIC still displays the system
trailer. The SBZA detection zones unavailable message after cleaning
that extend back from the side of both sides of the vehicle toward the
the vehicle do not move further back rear corners of the vehicle, see your
when a trailer is towed. Use caution dealer.
while changing lanes when towing a
trailer. SBZA may alert to objects If the SBZA displays do not light up
When the vehicle is started, both attached to the vehicle, such as a when vehicles are in the blind zone
outside mirror SBZA displays will trailer, bicycle, or object extending and the system is clean, the system
briefly come on to indicate the out to either side of the vehicle. This may need service. Take the vehicle
system is operating. When the is normal system operation; the to your dealer.
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left vehicle does not need service. When SBZA is disabled for any
or right side mirror display will light
SBZA may not always alert the reason other than the driver turning
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
driver to vehicles in the side blind it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
that blind zone. If the turn signal is
zone, especially in wet conditions. option will not be available on the
activated in the same direction as a
The system does not need to be personalization menu. Vehicle
detected vehicle, this display will
serviced. The system may light up Personalization 0 119.
flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes. due to guardrails, signs, trees,
shrubs, and other non-moving

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Fuel knocking is heard when using
Rear
System Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Fuel
Use the recommended fuel for
knocking rated
gasoline
gasoline
the engine
is heard
rated
needs
at 95
at 95
when
RONusingor higher,
RON or higher,
service.
System
If equipped, the RCTA system uses Use
proper thevehicle
recommendedmaintenance. fuel for the engine needs service.
If
a equipped,
triangle with theanRCTA
arrowsystem
displayeduses proper vehicle maintenance. Use of Seasonal Fuels
a triangle
on the RVC with an arrow
screen to warndisplayed
of traffic Use of Seasonal Fuels
Caution Use summer and winter fuels in the
on the RVC
behind your screen
vehicle to warn
that mayofcross
traffic Use summerseason.
appropriate and winter fuelsorin the
Driving
behind
your your vehicle
vehicle's that may
path while in cross
Caution
An advice to motorist that correct appropriate
starting could season. Driving
be affected or
if the
your
R vehicle'sInpath
(Reverse). while beeps
addition, in will An advice to motorist that correct starting could
incorrect fuel isbeused.
affected
Drive if the
the
use and regular maintenance of
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound. incorrectwith
vehicle fueltheis used.
engineDrive
runningthe until
use vehicle
the and regular maintenance
and driving behavior, of
sound. vehicle
the fuel with the engine
is a half tank or running
less, then until
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 209. the vehicle
such as avoidingand driving
aggressivebehavior,
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 209. such as travelling
driving, avoiding aggressive
at lower speeds, the
refuelfuel is
with a half
the tank
current or less,
seasonal thenfuel.
driving, travelling
correctly at lower
inflating tires, speeds,
reducing refuel with the current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
correctlyofinflating
periods idling, not tires, reducing
carrying Prohibited Fuels
Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA- Gasolines containing oxygenates,
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15 periods
excessive of idling,
weight, not
will carrying
improve the
excessive weight,and will reduce
improvethe the Gasolines
such containing
as ethers oxygenates,
and ethanol, as well
fuel consumption
such
as as ethers and
reformulated ethanol,
gasolines areas well
fuel consumption
CO2 emissions ofand theirreduce
vehicles. the
as reformulated
available in somegasolines
cities. If are
these
214 Driving and Operating CO2 emissions of their vehicles. available incomply
gasolines some with cities.
theIf these
Recommended Fuel gasolines
previously comply
described with the
specification,
Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other IO/G
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Fuel
Recommended
Gasoline Engine
Fuel previously
knocking
then they is described
heard
are
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
then
gasoline
However,theyrated
are
when
acceptable
E85acceptable
at 95 RON
(85%
specification,
using
to use.
to
ethanol)oruse.
higher,
and
System
Gasoline Engine
Use the recommended
Use regular unleaded gasoline with
fuel for However,
the
other engine
fuels E85
needs (85%
containing ethanol)
service.
more and
than
If equipped, the RCTA system uses proper vehicle maintenance. other
15% fuels
ethanol containing
must be more
used than
only in
a triangle with an arrow displayed Use regular
a posted octaneunleaded
ratinggasoline
of 95 RON withor Use of Seasonal Fuels
MK-Localizing-Other 15%
flex ethanol
fuel must
vehicles. be used only in
on the RVC IO/GMSA-
screen to warn of traffic a posted
higher. octane
If the octanerating of 95
rating is RON
less or
flex
Use fuel vehicles.
summer and winter fuels in the
behind yourIO/GMSA-
vehicle that may cross higher.
than 95IfRON, Caution
the octane
an audibleratingknocking
is less
MK-Localizing-Other appropriate season. Driving or oils or en
your vehicle's path while in than 95
noise RON,
may an audible
be heard. If thisknocking
occurs, Caution plant-bas
An aadvice
noise may beto heard.
motorist If that
this correct
occurs, starting could be affected if the
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will use gasoline rated at 95 RON or rape seed
ting sound. useaand incorrect fuel is used. Drive the
use
higher as regular
gasoline asmaintenance
soon rated at 95 RON
possible. ofor
If heavy Do not use fuel containing and simila
the vehicle
higher as soon andasdriving
possible. behavior,
If heavy vehicle with the engine running until
ting Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 209. methanol. It can corrode metal
such as is avoiding aggressive the fuel is a half tank or less, then The flow
TA) Fuel knocking
driving, rated
gasoline
heard when
travellingat 95atRON
using
lowerorspeeds,
higher,
parts in the fuel system and also
refuel with the current seasonal fuel. fuel are te
damage plastic and rubber parts.
TA) Fuel
Use the recommended fuel for knocking
the engineisinflating
correctly
gasoline
heard service.
needs when
tires, using
reducing Prohibited Fuels
That damage would not be Diesel fue
es proper vehicle maintenance. periods rated
of idling,at 95not RON or higher,
carrying covered under the vehicle low-tempe
d Use the recommended fuel for the
Use engine
of needs
Seasonal service.
Fuels Gasolines containing oxygenates,
es excessive weight, will improve the warranty. therefore
ffic proper vehicle maintenance. such as ethers and ethanol, as well
dss Caution Use summer
fuelofconsumption
Seasonal and Fuels
winter
and reducefuels inthe the during the
appropriate season. Driving or as reformulated gasolines are
ffic CO2 emissions of their vehicles. that you f
Use summer
couldand winter fuels if thein the available in somethat cities.
are Ifnot
these
ss An advice toCaution
motorist that correct starting be affected Some gasolines
before the
ill appropriate
incorrect fuelseason. is used.Driving
Drive the or gasolines comply
reformulated for low with the
emissions can
use and regular maintenance of season.
starting
Recommended could be affected if the
ill
An advice to motorist that correct
the vehicle and driving behavior, vehicle with the engineFuel running until previously
contain an described specification,
octane-enhancing
use and regular maintenance of incorrect fuel is used. Drive
the fuel is a half tank or less, then the then they
additive called are acceptable to use.
9. such as avoiding aggressive Fuel Ad
the vehicle and driving behavior, Gasoline
vehicle
refuel with
Engine
withthe thecurrent
engineseasonal
running until fuel. However, E85 (85% ethanol)
methylcyclopentadienyl and
manganese
9. driving, travelling at lower speeds, the fuel is a half tank or less, then other fuels containing more than
such as avoiding aggressive Use regular unleaded gasoline with tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use Gasoline
correctly inflating tires, reducing refuel
Prohibitedwithoctane
the
Fuels current seasonal fuel. 15% ethanol
driving, travelling at lower speeds, a posted rating of 95 RON or gasolines withmust
MMT beasused
theyonlycan in additives
periods of idling, not carrying flex fuelspark
vehicles.
correctly inflating tires, reducing Gasolines
higher.
Prohibited If thecontaining
octane
Fuels oxygenates,
rating is less reduce plug life and affect and fuel s
excessive weight, will improve the emission control system
periods of idling, not carrying such
than 95 as RON,
ethersan and ethanol,
audible as well
knocking forming. C
fuel consumption and reduce the Gasolines containing oxygenates, performance. The malfunction
excessive weight, will improve the as reformulated
noise may be heard. gasolines
If thisare occurs, intake val
CO2 emissions of their vehicles. such as ethers andcities.
ethanol, as well indicator lamp may turn on. If this control sy
fuel consumption and reduce the available
use a gasoline in some rated at 95 If these
RON or
as reformulated gasolines are occurs, see your dealer for service. Some gas
CO2 emissions of their vehicles. gasolines
higher as soon comply as with the If heavy
possible.
available in some cities. If these sufficient
Recommended Fuel previously
gasolines
described
comply
specification,
with theto use. Diesel Engine
then they are acceptable keep fuel
Recommended
Gasoline Engine Fuel previously
However, E85 described specification,
(85% ethanol) and Diesel engine must be operated clean. To
then they are acceptable to use. only on commercially available detergenc
Use regularEngine
unleaded gasoline with other fuels containing more than
Gasoline However,
15% ethanol E85must (85%beethanol)
used andin
only diesel fuel meeting the the GM a
a posted octane rating of 95 RON or other fuels containing more than
Use regular unleaded gasoline with flex fuel vehicles. specifications of DIN EN 590. Do treatment
higher. If the octane rating is less 15% ethanol must be used only in
a posted octane rating of 95 RON or not use marine diesel oils, heating
than 95 RON, an audible knocking flex fuel vehicles.
higher.
noise may If the
beoctane
heard.rating
If this isoccurs,
less
than 95 RON, an audible knocking
use a gasoline rated at 95 RON or
noise may be heard. If this occurs,
higher as soon as possible. If heavy
use a gasoline rated at 95 RON or
higher as soon as possible. If heavy

{{
parts in he fu l sy tem and lso Dies l fue s with mp oved
Caution turn he k y to LOCK to prime.
8533167) - 2015 - 2nd crc - 8/18/14
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2014 -- 1st
9507207) 2016Edition
- crc -- 9/22/15
10/9/13
W a r n i g a p r o x i m a t e l y f i v e s c o np
d s , a
(
n
Black plate (36,1)
d )
dFoarmvgheicplaswtichandirsubceornpal,ts. low-tempratueproetisare
9-36 Driving and Operating
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13
p ( )
9-42 Driving
Cruise Control and(GMK-Localizing-Other
Operating Driving and Operating 215
Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
9-42 Driving
IO/GMSA-
oils or entirely orWarning
partially
and Operating plant-based diesel fuels, such as
{ fuel tank at every engine oil change
For vehicles with Caution
cruise control, a or every 15 000 km (9,000 mi),
oils or use
Cruiseentirely
control or partially fuel tank at every engine oil change
or can be dangerous Water
Fuel for Diesel Engines or everyin 15Fuel (Diesel)
Prohibited
speedCaptiva
Chevrolet Fuels
of about 40 km/h
Caution
Owner (25 mph)
Manual or methylcyclopentadienyl
Do
rapenot
seed
(GMK-Localizing-Other marine
oil biodiesel
IO/GMSA- manganese
oils,
diesel, Aquazole whichever occurs first.
Do not use fuel containing plant-based
where you diesel
cannot fuels,
drive such asat
safely Black plate
000 km (36,1)
(9,000 mi),
tricarbonyl
heating (MMT).
oils, AquazoleDo not
and use
similar Driving and Operating of water at 215
more can be maintained without and similar diesel-water emulsions. Water in occurs
Fuel (Diesel)
Fuel
8533167)
Only
-
Gasolines
usefor
2015
Prohibited
methanol. Diesel
- 2nd
Fuels
diesel
It
crc
containing
fuel
can
-
Engines
8/18/14
oxygenates,
that
corrode complies
metal
methylcyclopentadienyl
Do
rapenotseed
gasolines
a
use oil
steady
diesel-water
marine
with or bio
MMT
speed.
diesel
Do
emulsions.
manganese
oils,
diesel,
as they
not Aquazole
usecan
Diesel fuels Drain diesel
whichever fuel filter first.
such keeping your foot on the
Do not
Gasolines
with SANS
use fueland
as ethers containing
342.
containing
ethanol,
oxygenates, as well tricarbonyl
heating
The
and flow oils,
similar and(MMT).
Aquazole Do not
filterability
diesel-water andofuse
similar
diesel
emulsions. Filling
every the
enginefuel Tank
oil change.
Only
as
parts use
accelerator. in the
reformulated
methanol. diesel
It fuel
Cruise
can fuelsystem
gasolines
corrodethat
control and
complies alsonot
does
are
metal reduce
must
cruise
gasolines notspark
diesel-water be
control
with plug
diluted on life
MMT
emulsions. with
as and
winding they affect
fuelsroads
Diesel canforfuels
or Drain diesel filter of water at
Fuel
suchdamage as forethers Diesel
plastic and and Engines
ethanol,
rubber as well
parts. winter
oils
fuel
emission
petrol
in or
are
heavymonths.
entirely Make
or
temperature-dependent.
control
engines. traffic. system sure
partially that you Filling
fuel
every
1.
tank
engine
Place the
at oil Tank
every
a container
engine oil change
change. underneath
with
work
GM
available
Only
(25
parts
9-36
as That
Sulphur
gasolines
damage
SANS
at
use
speeds
recommends
in the
reformulated
damage
mph).
342.
inDriving
diesel
Diesel
some
comply
plastic
Caution
fuel below
fuel
would
(50
the
cities.
system
gasolines
ppm
with
and that
use
and
not
40
the
rubber
km/h
of
Ifand
complies
or be
Low
these
are also
Operating
less).
parts.
The
reduce
must
fill theflow
not
plant-based
performance.
Diesel
fuel
emission
petrol
the
TheCruise
are
tank and
spark
be with
fuels
engines.
start
ow of the
control
and 
filterability
plug
diluted
diesel
The
with cold
can
life
winterwith and
fuels,
malfunction
improved
control system
lterabilityweather
be
of
fuelsuch
diesel
affect
fuels foras
before
season.
dangerous
of diesel
or the
every
filter
1.whichever
15 { 000
housing.
Place a container
km
Warning (9,000 mi),
underneath
GM
available
with
Srandard
When
Sulphur
gasolines
recommends
previously
Do SANS
covered
Thatnot the
damage
in342.
useunder
Grade
described
fuel
brakes
Diesel
comply
the
would
(50
the
some cities. If these
Diesel
are
ppm
with
use
vehicle
containing (500
applied,
not
the orbe
of
specification,
Low
ppm)
less). or the
rape
indicator
fuel
onare
Diesel
and
The
occurs, 
seed
low-temperature
performance.
ow
oil
lampThe or
may bio
slippery
fuels
similar and
see
roads.
with

your
diesel,
turn on. Ifare
properties
malfunction
On such
improved
diesel-water
lterability
dealer
Aquazole
this
roads,
emulsions.
of
for diesel
service.
the filter
2. Fuel
Turn vapors {
occurs first.
the housing.
drain
and Warning
plug, on the
fuel fires left of
burn
should
thenwarranty.
they only are Itbe used
acceptable ifspecification,
Low to Sulphur
use. therefore
indicator available
lamp may on
turn the
on. market
Ifarethis
Cruise
GM
cancel
Srandard recommends
methanol.
previously
covered button
Grade Control
can
described
under the
pressed,corrode
Diesel
the use
vehicle the
(500of Low
metal
cruise
ppm) When
fast temperatures
changes
low-temperature
fuel are {
Warning
are
in properties
tire low,
traction refuel
can the filter
2.Filling
violently
Turn
Fuel the
vapors
housing,
theand
anddrain Tank
can plug,cause on
fueltofires injury
the leftorof
Diesel
Sulphur
However,
parts
control
should
then theyis
in not
Diesel
E85
the
turns
only are available.
fuel
off.(50
(85%
beacceptable ppm
system ethanol)
used if LowtoSulphur or andless).
and
also
use.
The
occurs,
during
with
cause flow
diesel see
the and your
fuel
excessive filterability
winter dealer
with months. of
for
guaranteed
wheel diesel
service.
Make
slip, andsure counter-clockwise drainburn off the
warranty.
Standard
other
For fuels
vehicles Grade
containing
with Diesel
cruise (500
more ppm)
than
control, a Fuel
therefore
When
fuel
that youfor Diesel
available
temperatures
are temperature-dependent.
fill the tank
onEngines
are
with
the
low,market
winterrefuelfuel the
death.filter
violently housing,
and canbuttonscause injury or
damage
Diesel is not plasticavailable. and rubber parts. winter properties. Thewater.
cruiseThe filter is drained areas
However,
Note:
Some
If
should
15%
speed
other
That
Diesel
the
theethanol
vehicle
only
fuels
reformulated
when
Diesel
Note:
damage
(50
the
is
the
E85
of use
gasolines
about
not
be is(85%
of
must
containing
ppm for
traction
use
usedLow
that
in
40
would
or
available.
of Low low
cruise
be
km/h
less)
control
ethanol)
ifSulphur
are
Low
used
more
not has
emissions
Sulphur
not
control
(25
be
and
Sulphur
only
mph)
than
an
system,
in or
can
you
Dodiesel
during
with
Cruise
Fuel
before
Diesel
content
cruise
Diesel
winter
that
where
could
not
youfor
use
the
control
the
engines
greater
control
fuels
properties.
fill
you
losewith
Diesel
winter
fuel
Diesel
start
with
the
cannot
control.
can
must
than
on
tank
fuel
months.
be
ofimproved
thebe
5%
with
slippery
with
drive
Do
aMake
guaranteed
operated
in this
winter
not use
BioDiesel
dangerous
Engines
cold weather
safely
sure
vehicle.
roads. fuel
at
.
death.
soon
located To
water.on as help
The
{
control
counter-clockwise
diesel
the Warning
avoid
right
filter fuel
to drain
injuries
isside emerges
drained of theas
off the
to you
flex
more
Some
15% fuel
covered can
ethanolvehicles.
gasolinesbemust
under maintained
that
the be are
used
vehicle without
not only in season.
only onengines
commercially
low-temperature available . and
from
steering the
wheel.others,
port. read and follow
environmental
contain
ifkeeping
Dieselequipped,
(50an bene
octane-enhancing
ppm beginsor less) tot the
as limit
has it improves
wheel
an can before
Diesel
a steady the startmust
speed. ofproperties
the
Do be cold
not are
weather
operated
use soon To as
Fuel vapors helpdiesel avoid fuel
and fuel fires emerges
injuries to you
Chevrolet
Note:
flex
Captiva
reformulated
vehicle the
fuel
warranty.
your
Owner
use
vehicles.
emissions
foot
of
for Low
low on
Manual
and Sulphur
emissions
it
also has diesel
therefore
IO/GMSA-
fuel meeting the
available on the market from
all
the
the instructions
port.
onburnthe
spin, the cruise control automatically only
season.on commercially available 3. Retighten
and the
others, drainread plug
and byfollow
additive called
{ Jviolently
P e r f o m t h i s o p e r a t i o n h r e o
9507207)environmental
- 2016 (50
Diesel - an
crcppm- 9/22/15bene
or less) t ashas it improves
an not cruise controlofon winding roads or (On/Off): Press to turn the or
accelerator.
contain
a vehicle
disengages.
Cruise
The tCaution
octane-enhancing
bene as
control
it improves
cruise control
does
manganese the
can Fuel
specifications
during
diesel Additives
the
fuel winterDIN
meeting EN 590.
months.
the Make The sure fueland
turning
all the
pump canisland.
it clockwise.
instructions
cause
or off.plugonbythe
injury
environmental
vehicle emissions benefit and as
it it
also improves
has in heavy traffic. cruise
3. control
Retighten on drain
the
work
additive
long
be
vehicle
tricarbonyl
a(25
Do
Some vehicle
at
term
turned
mph).
not
speeds
called
back
emissions
use
gasolines
{
durability
(MMT).
bene
below
Caution
on,
fuelt that asand
Doof
itwhen
containing
the
40
itnot
are also
improves
km/h
engine.
not
road
usehas
manganese the
flow
Fuel and
specifications
that
Gasoline
are
filterability
youAdditives
fill
insufficient
Cruise
theoftank
should
control
DIN
atcan
ofwith
contain
low
EN
be
diesel
590.
winter fuels
detergent
temperatures,
dangerous
Thefuel
4.
death.
. Turn
fuel
turning
With
RES/+
off
pump
theit engine the
clockwise.
(Accelerate/Resume):
engine
island.
off, turnwhen the
a vehicle
conditions
gasolines
long term benefit
are
with
durability safe
MMT as it
of improves
again.
as the they can
engine. the flow
before and
additives filterability
the start
that helpof of
the diesel
cold
prevent fuels
weather
engine . To
Driving help
refueling.
ignition
. andto ON, avoid
Operating
wait injuries to you
215
methanol. Itfuelcanlow corrode metal Turn off the engine when
C r u i s e c o n t r l c a n b e d a n g e r o u s
reformulated
tricarbonyl
Do not use (MMT).for Doofemissions
not engine.
use or can as a result
Gasoline
on slippery of roads.
should crystallized
contain
lowOn paraffins.
detergent
such roads, Press
4. Withandto make
the others, the
engine read vehicle
off, turn resume
the
When
long
reduce term the
spark brakes plugcontaining
durability are
life applied,
the
and affect the are
andinsufficient
season. fuel system at deposits temperatures,
from to aapproximately five and
seconds, follow
and
parts
contain
gasolines
cancel
methanol. in anthe
button It { fuel
octane-enhancing
with canMMT system
pressed,corrodeas theyand
the also
can
cruise
metal Diesel
additives
fast fuels
changes thatwith help
in improved
tireprevent
traction engine
can .previously
Keep
refueling.
ignition to sparks,
ON, set wait flames,
speed or and
t h f a v i o t h m k t
emission control Caution
system as a
forming.result of
Cleanor crystallized
fuel paraffins.
injectorsare and turn all
theatthekey instructions
tomaterials
LOCK toon the
prime.
damage
additive
reduce sparkplastic
called plug and life rubber
and parts.
affect low-temperature
oils or entirely properties
partially fuel smoking
accelerate.
approximately
. tank every five
engineseconds, away
oil and
change
control
performance.
That
turns
parts in the fuel
damage
methylcyclopentadienyl { off.
The
Caution
would
system
malfunction
Caution not
and also
be
manganese
and
cause
Diesel
therefore
fuel
intake fuels
Fuel system
excessive
Additives
valves with
available
deposits
wheel
willimproved
allow
on thethe
from
slip, and
emission
market
Keep
fuel
Perform
from
sparks,
pump
this
fuel.
island.
operation flames, three andor
TsUpheatddofmaeablgehutw4od0uokledmsn/nhoot(tb2ce5mphly)or
emission
Use
damage of
If the vehicle
control
fuel
plasticthat
ismay
system
does
and
in cruise not
rubber comply
controlparts. plant-based
forming.
low-temperature
you could Clean diesel
lose fuel fuels,
injectors
properties
control. such
Do are and
not asuse or
The turn
SET/‐every the
cruise 15
smoking key000
control
(Set/Coast): tokm LOCK (9,000
buttons
materials Press to prime.
mi),
are
away
to set
indicator
covered
tricarbonyl lamp
under
(MMT). turn
themalfunction
Do vehiclenot on. useIf this control
during thesystem
winter tobio work
months. properly.
Be sure to more
. times
Turn
Perform off
this while
the
operation the
engine engine
when
three is
or
performance.
to
That SANS damage 342 The
can
would lead not to be engine rape
Gasoline
intake
therefore
cruise seed
valves oil
should
available
control or
willon allow
on diesel,
contain the
slippery the Aquazole
detergent
emission
market
roads. whichever
the .speed
located Doon
from occurs
the
not
and fuel.right
leave
activatefirst.
side
thecruiseof the
fuel the
pump
Use of fuel that does notnot
Usenot ofthe fuel that does as comply comply
when
occurs,
Do see
use traction
your
fuel control
dealer
containing forsystem,
service. Some
use gasoline
winter fuel does
before not
the contain
start of to off, to avoid air entering
warranty.
gasolines
indicator
power
covered
to SANS loss,with
lamp
under
342 canMMT
may
increased
the
lead turn
vehicle they
totolimitwear
engine Ifcan
on.engine this
or and
during
control similar
additives the thatdiesel-water
winter
system help prevent
tomonths.
work emulsions.
Be engine
properly. sure morerefueling.
steering
control ortimes
makewhile
wheel.
unattended. the engine is
the vehicle
MK-Localizing-Other SANS
ifmethanol.
equipped,
IO/GMSA- 342
It cancan
begins lead
corrode to metalwheel sufficient
the cold quantities
weather season.of additives
Use of to fuel
. to line.
Do not leave the fuelthe pump
reduce
engine
occurs,
Diesel
power
warranty. spark
damage
see
Engine
loss, plug
your
increased andlife
dealer and
may
wear for affect
affect
service.
or engine and
use
Some fuel
winter system
gasolinefuel deposits
before
does the
not from
start
contain of off,
Filling
. Keep
decelerate. avoid
the air
Tank
sparks, entering
flames, and
power
spin,
parts the
in loss,
cruise
the increased
fuel control
system wear
and or
automatically
also The
keep
diesel flow
fuel
fuels and filterability
injectors
with and
manufacturer of diesel
intake valves J (On/Off):
. Do not
unattended. Press
use a to
cell turn
phone the
emission
your
damage control
warranty.
and may system
affect your warranty. the cold Checkfuelthe
line. dieselmaterialsfuel filter away at shorter
Someengine
disengages.
Diesel
Diesel
damage gasolines
damage
Engine
engineplastic
The
must that
and
cruise
and be are
may not
operated
rubber affect
control can
parts.
forming.
fuel areToweather
sufficient
guaranteed
clean.
Clean
quantities season.
fuel
makewinter up
injectors
properties
for this
Useand
of additives
lack
of to
of cruise smoking
control
while on or
refueling. off.
performance.
reformulated
be
Some
onlyyour
That
indicator
Diesel
contain
onwarranty.
turned
conditions
gasolines back
commercially
damagelamp
engine
an meeting
The
for on, low
would
may that
mustdiesel
octane-enhancing
are
malfunction
emissions
when
turn
be are not
available
not on.be
road can
operated If this
diesel
intake
keep
eliminates
Diesel
guaranteed
controlTo
clean.
Driving
fuels
detergency,
valves
fuel
fuels the
system
make
and
withwill
injectors
withneed
consult
winter to
manufacturer
allow
and
for
your
improved
properties
upwork
Operatingfor this
the
intakeemission
additives.
dealer
properly.
valves
lack of215
for
intervals
Check
to
. the
extreme
RES/+. Do
intervals
Do
from
if
while
the
{
if diesel
not vehicle
operating
use
fuel.
(Accelerate/Resume):
not
the
fuel
re-enter
vehicle
refueling.
a cell
Warning
is subjected
filter phone
conditions
is the
at shorter
vehicle
subjected
Do notfuel
reformulated
diesel
covered
occurs,
use
see under forsafe
marine
your low
the the
dealer
again.
emissions
vehicle for
oils, can
service. the GM
low-temperature
eliminates
Some gasoline approved
the need additive
properties
doesyourfor are
additives.
not contain such
Press. Do
asto high
makenothumidity
leave
the vehicle the fuel
(primarily pump
resume in
only on oils
heating
additive commercially
called or of diesel-water available detergency, consult dealer for to extreme
Fuel while
vapors operating
pumping
and fuelconditions
fuel.
fires burn
contain
specifications
warranty. an octane-enhancing
DIN EN 590. Do treatment.
therefore Add this on
available additive
of the to the
market .previously
coastal
to a Do not re-enter
unattended.
areas), extremely
set speed thehigh
orvehicle
or
emulsions.
diesel Diesel fuels
fuel meeting the must not be sufficient
the GM approved quantities additiveadditives to such as high
violently and humidity
can cause (primarily
injury in
(Continued) or
Diesel
additive
oils
not
diluted or
use Engine
called
entirely
marine
with fuels or partially
diesel
for petrol oils, heating
engines. fuel
during tank
keep fuel at every
theinjectors
winter engine
months.
and oil
Make
intake changesure . while
accelerate. pumping fuel.
specifications of DIN EN 590. Do treatment. Add this additive to valves
the coastal
death. areas),
Do not use extremely
a cell phone high or
plant-based diesel fuels, such as or every
that
clean. you To 15
fill
make 000tank
the km for
up (9,000
withthis mi),
winter
lack fuel
of (Continued)
Diesel
not
The use engine
marine must
diesel be operated
oils, heating while refueling.Press
SET/‐ (Set/Coast): to set
rapeflow
Some and
gasolines
seed oil filterability
or bio thatdiesel, areofnot diesel
Aquazole fuel whichever occurs of first.
onlytemperature-dependent.
are on commercially
reformulated for low emissions available can before
detergency, the start consult theyourcolddealer
weather for the ..speed
To help
Do not and avoid
activate
re-enter
injuries
cruise
the
to you
vehicle
and
diesel similar
fuel diesel-water
meeting the emulsions. season.
the GM approved additive and others, read and follow
metal control or make the vehicle
Diesel fuels
contain with improves low-
an octane-enhancing Filling the AddTank
while
all thepumping
instructions fuel.on the
d also The flowcalled
specifications
temperature
additive andproperties
filterability
of DIN EN areof590.diesel
Do
therefore treatment. this additive to the decelerate.
r parts. fuel
not
availableare
use temperature-dependent.
marine
on the diesel
market oils,
during heating
the Fuel Additives fuel pump island. (Continued)
e
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl
Diesel fuels(MMT). with improved Do not use {
Gasoline shouldWarning contain detergent . Turn off the engine when
gasolines
low-temperature with MMT as theyare
properties can additives that help prevent refueling.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires engine
burn
reduce
therefore sparkavailableplug life on and the market affect and fuel system deposits from or . Keep sparks, flames, and
violently and can cause injury
emission
during thecontrol winter system months. Make sure forming. Clean fuel injectors and smoking materials away
performance.
that you fill theThe tank malfunction
with winter fuel death.
intake valves will allow the emission from fuel.
t indicator . To
before thelamp startmay of the turncold on.weather
If this control help avoid
system to work injuries
properly. to you
ons can occurs,
season.see your dealer for service. and others, read . Do not leave the fuel pump
Some gasoline does notand follow
contain
ng all the instructions on the to unattended.
sufficient quantities of additives
Diesel Engine
nganese Fuel Additives keep fuel fuelinjectors
pump island. and intake valves . Do not use a cell phone
Diesel engine must be operated clean.
. Turn To make off the up engine
for this when
lack of while refueling.
se Gasoline should contain detergent
only on commercially available detergency, refueling. consult your dealer for .
can additives Do not re-enter the vehicle
diesel fuelthat meeting help prevent the engine the GM approved additive
affect and fuel system while pumping fuel.
specifications of deposits
DIN EN 590. fromDo . KeepAdd
treatment. sparks, flames, to
this additive and the
forming. Clean fuel
not use marine diesel oils, heating injectors and smoking materials away (Continued)
on intake valves will allow the emission from fuel.
If this control system to work properly.
service. . Do not leave the fuel pump
Some gasoline does not contain
sufficient quantities of additives to unattended.
keep fuel injectors and intake valves .
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel allow fuel to evaporate into the
Warning (Continued) door on the driver side of the atmosphere. Malfunction Indicator
vehicle. If equipped, the fuel door is Lamp 0 104.
. Keep children away from locked when the vehicle doors are
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel. locked. Press K on the RKE { Warning
transmitter to unlock. To open the
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel fuel door, push and release the If a fire starts while you are
cap is opened too quickly. rearward center edge of the door. refueling, do not remove the
This spray can happen if the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
tank is nearly full, and is To remove the fuel cap, turn it
shutting off the pump or by
more likely in hot weather. slowly counterclockwise. The fuel
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is notifying the station attendant.
Open the fuel cap slowly Leave the area immediately.
and wait for any hiss noise released too soon, it will spring back
to stop, then unscrew the to the right. To avoid fuel contact on
cap all the way. the painted surface of the vehicle
when filling the fuel tank, place the Caution
tethered cap on the fuel filler door.
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not sure to get the right type of cap
top off or overfill the tank and wait a from your dealer. The wrong type
few seconds after you have finished of fuel cap may not fit properly,
pumping before removing the may cause the malfunction
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
indicator lamp to light, and could
surfaces as soon as possible.
damage the fuel tank and
Exterior Care 0 287.
emissions system. Malfunction
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it Indicator Lamp 0 104.
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Filling a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

Container
. Do not smoke while General Towing
{ Warning pumping fuel. Information
. Do not use a cellular phone
Never fill a portable fuel container Only use towing equipment that has
while pumping fuel.
while it is in the vehicle. Static been designed for the vehicle.
electricity discharge from the Contact your dealer or trailering
container can ignite the fuel dealer for assistance with preparing
vapor. You can be badly burned the vehicle for towing a trailer.
and the vehicle damaged if this See the following trailer towing
occurs. To help avoid injury to you information in this section:
and others: . For information on driving while
. Dispense fuel only into towing a trailer, see “Driving
approved containers. Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
. Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
or on any surface other than . For information on equipment to
the ground. tow a trailer, see “Towing
. Bring the fill nozzle in Equipment.”
contact with the inside of For information on towing a
the fill opening before disabled vehicle, Towing the Vehicle
operating the nozzle. 0 284. For information on towing
Contact should be the vehicle behind another vehicle
maintained until the filling is such as a motor home, Recreational
complete. Vehicle Towing 0 284.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Driving Characteristics braking, durability, and fuel . During the first 800 km
economy. With the added weight, (500 miles) that a trailer is
and Towing Tips the engine, transmission, wheel towed, do not drive over 80 km/h
assemblies, and tires are forced to (50 mph) and do not make starts
{ Warning work harder and under greater at full throttle. This reduces wear
loads. The trailer also adds wind on the vehicle.
The driver can lose control when resistance, increasing the pulling
pulling a trailer if the correct . Vehicles with automatic
requirements. For safe trailering, transmissions can tow in D
equipment is not used or the correctly use the proper trailering (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is
vehicle is not driven properly. For equipment. recommended. Manual Mode
example, if the trailer is too
The following information has 0 198. Use a lower gear if the
heavy, the brakes may not work
important trailering tips and rules for transmission shifts too often. For
well — or even at all. The driver your safety and that of your vehicles with a manual
and passengers could be passengers. Read this section transmission, it is better not to
seriously injured. The vehicle may carefully before pulling a trailer. use the highest gear.
also be damaged; the resulting
Pulling a Trailer . Use the cruise control when
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer towing.
Here are some important points:
only if all the steps in this section . Turn off the fuel economy mode
. There are many laws, including (ECO) when towing.
have been followed. Ask your
speed limit restrictions that apply
dealer for advice and information . Obey speed limit restrictions. Do
to trailering. Check for legal
about towing a trailer with the not drive faster than the
requirements.
vehicle. maximum posted speed for
. Do not tow a trailer at all during trailers, or no more than 90 km/h
the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) (55 mph), to reduce wear on the
The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is the new vehicle is driven. The
equipped with the proper trailer vehicle.
engine, axle, or other parts could
towing equipment. To identify the be damaged.
trailering capacity of the vehicle,
Trailer Towing 0 221. Trailering
changes handling, acceleration,

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Driving with a Trailer Following Distance Making Turns

Towing a trailer requires experience. Stay at least twice as far behind the
Get familiar with handling and vehicle ahead as you would when Caution
braking with the added trailer driving the vehicle without a trailer.
weight. The vehicle is now longer This can help to avoid situations Making very sharp turns while
and not as responsive as the that require heavy braking and trailering could cause the trailer to
vehicle is by itself. sudden turns. come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Check all trailer hitch parts and Passing Avoid making very sharp turns
attachments, safety chains,
More passing distance is needed while trailering.
electrical connectors, lamps, tires,
and mirror adjustments. If the trailer when towing a trailer. Because the
has electric brakes, start the vehicle rig is longer, it is necessary to go When turning with a trailer, make
and trailer moving and then apply much farther beyond the passed wider turns than normal. Do this so
the trailer brake controller by hand vehicle before returning to the lane. the trailer won't strike soft
to be sure the brakes are working. Backing Up shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees
During the trip, check regularly to be or other objects. Avoid jerky or
Hold the bottom of the steering sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
sure that the load is secure, and the wheel with one hand. Then, to move
lamps and trailer brakes are working advance.
the trailer to the left, move that hand
properly. to the left. To move the trailer to the Turn Signals When Towing a
Towing with a Stability Control right, move your hand to the right. Trailer
System Always back up slowly and, The arrows on the instrument panel
if possible, have someone flash whenever signaling a turn or
When towing, the sound of the guide you.
stability control system might be lane change. Properly hooked up,
heard. The system is reacting to the the trailer lamps also flash, telling
vehicle movement caused by the other drivers the vehicle is turning,
trailer, which mainly occurs during changing lanes, or stopping.
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
When towing a trailer, the arrows on When towing at high altitude on Parking on Hills
the instrument panel flash for turns steep uphill grades, consider the
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. For this reason you may
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
{ Warning
think other drivers are seeing the altitudes. If the engine is turned off Parking the vehicle on a hill with
signal when they are not. It is immediately after towing at high the trailer attached can be
important to check occasionally to altitude on steep uphill grades, the dangerous. If something goes
be sure the trailer bulbs are still vehicle may show signs similar to wrong, the rig could start to move.
working. engine overheating. To avoid this, People can be injured, and both
let the engine run while parked, the vehicle and the trailer can be
Driving on Grades preferably on level ground, with the
damaged. When possible, always
Reduce speed and shift to a lower automatic transmission in P (Park)
for a few minutes before turning the park the rig on a flat surface.
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the engine off. For vehicles with manual
transmission is not shifted down, the transmissions, let the engine run If parking the rig on a hill:
brakes might have to be used so while parked, preferably on level
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
much that they would get hot and no ground, with the transmission out of
not shift into P (Park) yet for
longer work well. gear and the parking brake applied,
vehicles with an automatic
for a few minutes before turning the
Vehicles with an automatic transmission, or into gear for
engine off. If the overheat warning
transmission can tow in D (Drive) vehicles with a manual
comes on, Engine
but M (Manual Mode) is transmission. Turn the wheels
Overheating 0 242.
recommended. Shift the into the curb if facing downhill
transmission to a lower gear if the or into traffic if facing uphill.
transmission shifts too often under 2. Have someone place chocks
heavy loads and/or hilly conditions. under the trailer wheels.
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is better not to use 3. When the wheel chocks are in
the highest gear. place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb
the load.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then operation are automatic It depends on how the rig is used.
apply the parking brake and transmission fluid, engine oil, axle For example, speed, altitude, road
shift into P (Park) for vehicles lubricant, belts, cooling system, and grades, outside temperature and
with an automatic transmission brake system. It is a good idea to how much the vehicle is used to pull
or into gear for vehicles with a inspect these before and during a trailer are all important. It can
manual transmission. the trip. depend on any special equipment
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all on the vehicle, and the amount of
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal Engine Cooling When Trailer later in this section for more
Towing information.
while you:
. Start the engine. The cooling system may temporarily Maximum trailer weight is calculated
overheat during severe operating assuming only the driver is in the
. Shift into a gear. conditions. Engine tow vehicle and it has all the
. Release the parking brake. Overheating 0 242. required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
2. Let up on the brake pedal. equipment, passengers and cargo in
Trailer Towing
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is the tow vehicle must be subtracted
clear of the chocks. Before pulling a trailer, there are from the maximum trailer weight.
three important considerations that
4. Stop and have someone pick have to do with weight: Use the following chart to determine
up and store the chocks. how much the vehicle can weigh,
. The weight of the trailer based upon the vehicle model and
Maintenance When Trailer . The weight of the trailer tongue options.
Towing *The Gross Combination Weight
. The total weight on the vehicle's
The vehicle needs service more tires Rating (GCWR) is the total
often when pulling a trailer. See the allowable weight of the completely
Maintenance Schedule booklet for Weight of the Trailer loaded vehicle and trailer including
more information. Things that are How heavy can a trailer safely be?
especially important in trailer

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
any passengers, cargo, equipment Weight Rating). The effect of

and conversions. The GCWR for the additional weight may reduce the
vehicle should not be exceeded. trailering capacity more than the
Ask your dealer for our trailering total of the additional weight.
information or advice. It is important that the vehicle does
not exceed any of its ratings —
Weight of the Trailer Tongue GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight.
an important weight to measure The only way to be sure it is not
because it affects the total gross exceeding any of these ratings is to
weight of the vehicle. The Gross weigh the vehicle and trailer.
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any Total Weight on the Vehicle's
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
cargo carried in it, and the people weight-distributing hitch is being Tires
who will be riding in the vehicle. used, the trailer tongue (A) should Be sure the vehicle's tires are
If there are a lot of options, weigh 10-15 percent of the total inflated to the upper limit for cold
equipment, passengers or cargo in loaded trailer weight (B). tires. These numbers can be found
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue on the Certification label or Vehicle
After loading the trailer, weigh the
weight the vehicle can carry, which Load Limits 0 182. Make sure not to
trailer and then the tongue,
will also reduce the trailer weight the go over the GVW limit for the
separately, to see if the weights are
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, vehicle, or the GAWR, including the
proper. If they are not, adjustments
the tongue load must be added to weight of the trailer tongue. If using
might be made by moving some
the GVW because the vehicle will a weight distributing hitch, make
items around in the trailer.
be carrying that weight, too. Vehicle sure not to go over the rear axle
Load Limits 0 182 for more Trailering may be limited by the limit before applying the weight
information about the vehicle's vehicle's ability to carry tongue distribution spring bars.
maximum load capacity. weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Towing Equipment
Hitches
It is important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by and rough roads are
a few reasons why the right hitch is
needed.
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that 2. Make sure the hitch is ready to 3. If the hitch is not ready to be
does not attach to the bumper. be installed. installed, the tension must be
. The red marking on the set by pulling the knob out and
. Will any holes be made in the turning it clockwise as far as it
body of the vehicle when the knob points towards the
green mark on the hitch. will go.
trailer hitch is installed? If there
are, then be sure to seal the . There is a gap of 6 mm
holes later when the hitch is (0.24 in) between the knob
removed. If the holes are not and the hitch.
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
. The key is in the lock.
carbon monoxide (CO) from the
exhaust can get into the vehicle.
Engine Exhaust 0 194.
Installing the Hitch
1. Remove the hitch cover and
store in a safe place.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
5. Remove the key and install the 1. Pull the knob out and turn it
protective cover. clockwise as far as it will go.
Check that the hitch is correctly 2. Pull the hitch downward out of
installed: the coupling housing and store
. The red marking on the knob it in a safe place.
points toward the white marking 3. Insert the plug in the housing.
on the hitch.
Safety Chains
. There is no gap between the
knob and the hitch. Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
. The hitch is seated firmly in the safety chains under the tongue of
housing. the trailer to help prevent the tongue
4. Insert the hitch into the housing . The hitch must be locked and from contacting the road if it
and push up firmly until you becomes separated from the hitch.
the key removed.
hear the knob snap into place Always leave just enough slack so
against the hitch. Removing the Hitch the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs to
have its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Because the vehicle has antilock

brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's
Conversions and
brake system. If you do, both brake Add-Ons
systems will not work well, or at all.
Trailer Wiring Harness Add-On Electrical
All of the electrical circuits required
Equipment
When TSC is applying the brakes,
for the trailer lighting system can be the ESC indicator light flashes to
accessed at the driver side rear notify the driver to reduce speed.
Caution
lamp connector. This connector is Traction Control/Electronic Stability
located under the carpet at the rear Some electrical equipment can
Control 0 204. If the trailer continues damage the vehicle or cause
corner of the cargo compartment. to sway, ESC will reduce engine components to not work and
torque to help slow the vehicle.
Trailer Sway would not be covered by the
TSC will not function if ESC is vehicle warranty. Always check
Control (TSC) turned off. with your dealer before adding
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway electrical equipment.
Control (TSC) feature as part of the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Add-on equipment can drain the
system. If while towing, the system vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
detects that the trailer is swaying, vehicle is not operating.
the vehicle's brakes are applied
without the driver pressing the brake The vehicle has an airbag
pedal. system. Before attempting to add
anything electrical to the vehicle,
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 70, Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
226 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
General Information Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 249
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 227 Different Size Tires and
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Accessories and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Vehicle Checks Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Doing Your Own Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 252 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Center High-Mounted If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 252 Tire Sealant and
Engine Compartment License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 252 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Storing the Tire Sealant and
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 238
Electrical System Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Automatic Transmission Electrical System Overload . . . 253 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 280
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 280
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Engine Compartment Fuse
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 240 Jump Starting
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 240 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 242 Towing the Vehicle
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 243 Wheels and Tires Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Recreational Vehicle
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Appearance Care
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 247 Tire Pressure Monitor Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Headlamp Aiming Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 227
General Information certified parts, including control

module or software modifications, is
Vehicle Checks
For service and parts needs, visit not covered under the terms of the
your dealer. You will receive vehicle warranty and may affect Doing Your Own
genuine parts and trained and remaining warranty coverage for Service Work
supported service people. affected parts.
Accessories and
GM Accessories are designed to { Warning
complement and function with other
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your It can be dangerous to work on
dealer to accessorize the vehicle your vehicle if you do not have
Adding non-dealer accessories or the proper knowledge, service
using genuine GM Accessories
making modifications to the vehicle manual, tools, or parts. Always
installed by a dealer technician.
can affect vehicle performance and follow owner manual procedures
safety, including such things as Adding Equipment to the
and consult the service manual
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70.
for your vehicle before doing any
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and service work.
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability If doing some of your own service
control. These accessories or work, use the proper service
modifications could even cause manual. It tells you much more
malfunction or damage not covered about how to service the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty. than this manual can.
Damage to suspension components This vehicle has an airbag system.
caused by modifying vehicle height Before attempting to do your own
outside of factory settings will not be service work, Airbag System
covered by the warranty. Check 0 71.
Damage to vehicle components Keep a record with all parts receipts
resulting from modifications or the and list the mileage and the date of
installation or use of non-GM any service work performed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
228 Vehicle Care
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
To open the hood:
2. Go to the front of the vehicle
and lift up on the secondary
hood release lever.
3. Lift the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
1. Pull the handle with this symbol
sure all the filler caps are
on it. It is located under the
properly installed.
instrument panel on the driver
side of the vehicle. 2. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches.
3. Check to make sure the hood
is firmly closed. Repeat the
process if necessary.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 229
Engine Compartment Overview

2.4 DOHC - LHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
230 Vehicle Care
2.4 DOHC - RHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 231
3.0 DOHC - LHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
232 Vehicle Care
3.0 DOHC -RHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 233
DIESEL - LHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
234 Vehicle Care
DIESEL - RHD

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 235
1. Engine air filter Checking engine oil leve

2. Power steering fluid container
3. Engine oil cap
4. Brake fluid container
5. Engine coolant container
6. Clutch fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Washer fluid container
10. Dipstick for engine oil level 6. Check oil level, as shown on
the dipstick. Oil should be
11. Auxiliary fuse block 1. Park vehicle on level ground. between MIN and MAX .
2. Turn off the engine and give If oil level is not clear, read the
Engine Oil the oil 5 minutes to drain back opposite side of gauge instead.
Keep your engine properly into the oil pan. If this is not Different dipsticks are used
lubricated by keeping the engine oil done, the oil dipstick might not depending on engine variant.
at the correct level. show the actual level.
It is normal for an engine to 3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
consume some engine oil. clean.
Check the oil level at regular 4. Re-insert dipstick completely.
intervals such as every time you 5. Pull the dipstick out again.
stop for fuel.
In order to get an accurate reading,
the oil must be warm and the
vehicle must be on level ground.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
236 Vehicle Care
Changing engine oil and filter

Warning (Continued)
Wash exposed areas with soap { Warning
and water or hand cleaner.
Before attempting to do the work,
be sure you are fully acquainted
{ Warning with doing this job.
Have a repairer do this work if
Adding too much oil can affect you are not confident of
engine operation. completing the task safely. We
Do not allow oil to go above MAX recommend an authorised
mark on dipstick. repairer.
7. If the oil level is below MIN,
add enough oil of the same Overfilling reservoir can damage Otherwise, you could be injured
grade as is currently in the your vehicle by: or damage the vehicle.
engine to raise the oil level to
MAX. Do not fill over Increasing oil consumption.
Engine oil looses its ability to
MAX mark. Fouling spark plugs. lubricate when contaminated. Be
sure to change your engine oil
{ Warning Building excessive carbon
deposits in the engine. according to maintenance schedule.
Engine oil is an irritant and, Be sure to replace the engine oil
if ingested, can cause illness or filter each time you change
death. engine oil.
Keep out of reach of children. Under severe conditions, change oil

and oil filter more frequently than is
Avoid repeated or prolonged recommended in the standard
contact with skin. maintenance schedule.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 237
Severe conditions include, but are

not limited to: Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
. Frequent cold starts. keep this and other toxic See your local, authorised waste
. Considerable travel in materials out of the reach of management facility.
stop-and-go traffic. children. Used engine oil and filter contain
. Frequent short trips. Engine oil can irritate the skin and harmful elements that may be
. can cause illness and even death unhealthy to you and threat to the
Frequent driving when outside
temperature remains below if swallowed. environment.
freezing.
. Prolonged idling. Selecting the right engine oil
Caution
. Frequent low-speed driving. Use and ask for engine oils with the
Use of unauthorised or low quality dexos certification mark. Oils
. Driving in dusty areas. meeting the requirements of the
engine oil or chemical engine
treatments (additives) can vehicle should have the dexos
{ Warning damage the engine. certification mark on the container.
Engine oil and its containers can Consult a repairer before This certification mark indicates that
be hazardous to your health. attempting to use additives. We the oil has been approved to the
recommend that you consult an dexos specification.
Avoid repeated or prolonged
authorised repairer.
contact with engine oil.
Clean your skin and nails with
soap and water, or hand cleaner Caution
after handling engine oil. Also
(Continued) Do not dispose of used engine oil
and filter with your household
waste.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
238 Vehicle Care
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity system to work properly, the system
grade for the vehicle. SAE 0W-30, must be reset every time the oil is
0W-40, or 5W-40 can also be used. changed.
Do not use other viscosity oils such When the system has calculated
as SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, that oil life has been diminished, it
or 20W-50. indicates that an oil change is
This vehicle was filled at the factory In an area of extreme cold, where necessary. A change engine oil
with dexos-approved engine oil. the temperature falls below -29°C lamp displays. Change the oil as
(-20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should soon as possible within the next
be used. An oil of this viscosity 1,000 km (600 miles). It is possible
Caution
grade will provide easier cold that, if driving under the best
Use only engine oil that is starting for the engine at extremely conditions, the oil life system might
approved to the dexos low temperatures. When selecting indicate that an oil change is not
specification or an equivalent an oil of the appropriate viscosity necessary for up to a year. The
engine oil of the appropriate grade, be sure to always select oil engine oil and filter must be
that meets the required changed at least once a year and,
viscosity grade. Engine oils
specification. at this time, the system must be
approved to the dexos
reset. Your dealer has trained
specification will show the dexos
symbol on the container. Failure
Engine Oil Life System service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
to use the recommended engine This vehicle has a computer system important to check the oil regularly
oil or equivalent can result in that indicates when to change the over the course of an oil drain
engine damage not covered by engine oil and filter. This is based interval and keep it at the proper
the vehicle warranty. If you are on engine revolutions, engine level.
unsure whether the oil is temperature and mileage. Based on
driving conditions, the mileage at If the system is ever reset
approved to the dexos
which an oil change is indicated can accidentally, the oil must be
specification, ask your service changed at 5,000 km (3,000 miles)
provider. vary considerably. For the oil life
since the last oil change.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 239
After you change the oil, the oil life If the change engine oil lamp comes If the change engine oil lamp comes
monitor will need to be reset. See back on and stays on when you back on and stays on when you
an authorised repairer for service. start your vehicle, the engine oil life start your vehicle, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the system has not reset. Repeat the
How to Reset the Engine Oil procedure. procedure.
Life System
Diesel engine
The engine oil life system calculates Caution
when to change your engine oil and 1. Remove key from ignition
filter based on vehicle use. Anytime switch for more than Remember to reset the engine oil
your oil is changed, reset the one minute. Then turn on life system whenever the engine
system so it can calculate when the ignition key (do not start oil is changed.
next oil change is required. engine).
To reset the engine oil life system, 2. Perform the following Recommended engine oil and
do one of the following: procedure:
maintenance schedule
. Using the scan tool. Your 2.1. Press the accelerator
pedal to the floor and hold Recommended engine oil
authorised repairer will reset the
system using scan tool after it on the floor for Recommended Fluids and
changing the engine oil. Consult 2 seconds. Lubricants 0 301.
a repairer. 2.2. Release the accelerator Maintenance schedule
. Using accelerator pedal pedal and take your foot
off of the pedal for Scheduled Maintenance 0 296.
Petrol engine 2 seconds.
1. Turn the ignition key to ON/
Automatic Transmission
2.3. Repeat this sequence (1,
START with the engine off. 2) two more times (for a Fluid
2. Fully press and release the total of three times) within It is not necessary to check the
accelerator pedal three times one minute. automatic transmission fluid level.
within five seconds. If you have a problem e.g. leak,
3. Turn the key to LOCK. have it remedied by a repairer.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
240 Vehicle Care
Note Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Caution

Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle. Always use the
The engine needs clean air to
fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
operate properly.
and Lubricants.
Recommended Fluids and Do not operate your vehicle
Lubricants 0 301. without the air cleaner element
installed.
Manual Transmission Driving without the air cleaner
Fluid element properly installed can
damage your engine.
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
If you have a problem e.g. leak, Engine Coolant
have it remedied by a repairer. 1. Shake the air cleaner element In countries with moderate climate
Note to remove surface dust. the coolant provides freeze
Use of the incorrect fluid may 2. Clean the inside of the air protection down to approx. -30 °C.
damage the vehicle. Always use the cleaner housing. In countries with extremely cold
fluid listed in Recommended Fluids 3. Cover the open filter housing climate the coolant provides freeze
and Lubricants. with a damp cloth while protection down to approx. -40 °C.
cleaning the element. Maintain a sufficient concentration
4. Clean air filter element by of anti-freeze.
blowing compressed air
through it in the direction Caution
opposite normal airflow.
Only use approved anti-freeze.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 241
Coolant level
{ Warning Caution
Caution Never remove the coolant Plain water or the wrong mixture
reservoir cap when the engine can damage the cooling system.
Too low a coolant level can cause
and radiator are hot. It could Do not use plain water, alcohol or
engine damage.
cause serious injury. The engine methanol anti-freeze in coolant
must be cool before opening the system.
cap. Carefully open the cap,
relieving the pressure slowly. The engine may overheat or even
catch fire.
Fill up with a mixture of
demineralised water and anti-freeze
approved for the vehicle. Install the Caution
cap tightly. Have the anti-freeze Coolant can be hazardous
concentration checked and have the material.
cause of the coolant loss remedied
by a repairer. Avoid repeated or prolonged
contact with coolant.
Note
If the coolant level falls below the Clean your skin and nails with
When the engine is cool, the coolant MIN mark, refill the radiator with soap and water after coming in
level should be between the MIN 56:44 mix of de-mineralised water contact with coolant.
and MAX mark on the coolant and correct antifreeze. Keep out of reach of children.
reservoir. The level of coolant rises
In order to protect your vehicle in
as the engine warms and drops Coolant can irritate the skin and
extremely cold weather, use mix of
back as the engine cools. can cause illness or death if
48 percent water and 52 percent
antifreeze. swallowed.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
242 Vehicle Care
If the fan is operating, but engine

Caution { Warning temperature does not fall, perform
the following:
It is not needed to add coolant If steam is visible, move away
more frequently than the from vehicle until engine is cool. 1. Stop the engine.
recommended interval. Steam can cause serious burns. 2. Carefully open the bonnet.
If you are adding coolant often, 3. Allow the engine to cool.
this may be a sign that your Note
4. Check the coolant level.
engine needs maintenance. Using A/C while driving up long hills
or in heavy traffic can cause the If the coolant level is low, check for
Contact a repairer for a check of leaks for following components:
engine overheating.
the cooling system.
If the fan is not operating and steam 1. Radiator.
is visible, perform the following: 2. Radiator hoses.
Engine Overheating
1. Turn off engine. 3. Radiator connections.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge pointer is in the red area, or if 2. Move away from vehicle 4. Heater hoses.
you have any other reason to without opening the bonnet.
5. Heater hose connections.
suspect the engine may be 3. Allow engine to cool.
overheating: 6. Water pump.
4. When steam is no longer
1. Stop the vehicle. visible, carefully open bonnet. If you find a leak or other damage,
or if the coolant is still leaking,
2. Turn off the air conditioning. 5. Consult a repairer as soon as consult a repairer immediately.
3. Let the engine idle for a few possible.
minutes. If the fan is operating and steam is { Warning
4. Be sure the cooling fan is not visible, perform the following:
Scalding hot coolant steam could
operating. 1. Carefully open the bonnet.
be blown out under pressure,
2. Idle engine until cool. which could cause serious injury.
3. Check coolant level. (Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 243
4. Wipe the dipstick with a

Warning (Continued) clean rag. Caution
Never remove the coolant 5. Replace the cap and Extremely small amounts of
reservoir cap when engine and completely tighten it. contamination can cause steering
radiator are hot. 6. Remove the cap again and system damage and cause it to
look at the fluid level on the not work properly.
dipstick.
Power Steering Fluid Do not allow contaminates to
Diesel & 3.0 Petrol contact the fluid side of the
reservoir cap or from entering the
When the engine is hot, the level
reservoir.
should be at the hot MAX level.
When the engine is cold, the fluid
level should be between MIN and Caution
MAX on the dipstick.
2.4 Petrol Do not operate vehicle without
the required amount of power
When the engine is hot, the level steering fluid.
should be in HOT range.
To do so can damage power
When the engine is cold, the fluid steering system of your vehicle,
level should be in COLD range on leading to costly repairs.
1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/ the dipstick.
OFF and let the engine
compartment cool down.
{ Warning
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean. An overflow of the fluid may
cause the fluid to burn or discolor
3. Unscrew the cap and pull it
paintwork.
straight up.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
244 Vehicle Care
To refill windshield washer fluid

Warning (Continued) reservoir:
Do not overfill the reservoir. . Use only commercially available
ready-to-use washer fluid for that
An engine fire can cause purpose.
personal injuries and damage
your vehicle and other property. . Do not use tap water. Minerals
present in tap water may plug
the windshield washer lines.
Washer Fluid . If air temperature is likely to go
below freezing, use windshield
washer fluid which has sufficient
anti-freezing property. <Brake fluid>
Brake Fluid
Brake and clutch fluid
{ Warning
Brake/clutch fluid is poisonous
and corrosive. Avoid contact with
eyes, skin, fabrics and painted
Fill with windshield washer fluid that surfaces.
contains anti-freeze.
<Clutch fluid>

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 245
The brake/clutch fluid level must be

between the MIN and the MAX Caution Caution (Continued)
marks.
Using brake fluid other than GM Use your local, authorised waste
When filling up, ensure maximum recommended brake fluid may management facility.
cleanliness as contamination of the cause corrosion to components of
brake fluid can lead to brake system Used brake/clutch fluid and their
brake system. Corrosion may containers are hazardous. They
malfunctions. Have the cause of the make the brake system not work
loss of brake fluid remedied by a can damage your health and the
well and could cause a crash. environment.
repairer.
Only use brake fluid approved for
the vehicle. Caution Caution
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 301. An overflow of brake/clutch fluid Brake fluid is harsh and can
on the engine may cause the fluid irritate skin and eyes.
to burn.
Caution Do not allow the brake/clutch fluid
Do not overfill the reservoir. to contact your skin or eyes. If it
Make sure you thoroughly clean
An engine fire can cause does, immediately wash the
around the brake/clutch fluid
personal injuries and damage affected area thoroughly with
reservoir cap before removing
your vehicle and other property. soap and water, or hand cleaner.
the cap.
Contamination of the brake/clutch
fluid system can affect system Caution Battery
performance, leading to costly Battery
repairs. Do not dispose of used brake/
clutch fluid with your household Vehicles without stop-start system
waste. will be equipped with a lead acid
battery. Vehicles with stop-start
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
246 Vehicle Care
system will be equipped with an Batteries do not belong in Meaning of symbols:

AGM battery which has higher household waste. They must be . No sparks, naked flames or
performance than lead acid battery. disposed of at an appropriate smoking.
recycling collection point.
Replacing the battery . Always shield eyes. Explosive
Laying up the vehicle for more than gases can cause blindness or
Note 4 weeks can lead to battery
Any deviation from the instructions injury.
discharge. Disconnect the clamp
given in this paragraph may lead to from the negative terminal of the . Keep the battery out of reach of
a temporary deactivation of the stop vehicle battery. children.
start system. Only use batteries that . The battery contains sulfuric
allow the fuse box to be mounted Ensure the ignition is switched off
before connecting or disconnecting acid which could cause
above the battery. In vehicles with
the vehicle bat7tery. blindness or serious burn
stop-start system, ensure to have
injuries.
the AGM (Absorbent Glass Mat) Battery Power Protection 0 127.
battery replaced with an AGM . See the Owner's Manual for
battery again. An AGM battery can further information.
be identified by the label on the . Explosive gas may be present in
battery. We recommend the use of the vicinity of the battery.
an original GM battery.
Note { Warning
Using an AGM battery different from
the original GM battery might result Keep smoking materials away
in a lower performance of the stop from a battery to avoid flames or
start system. We recommend that sparks when the battery is
you have the battery replaced by checked because the explosive
your authorized repairer. gas could be occurred.
The vehicle battery is (Continued)
maintenance free.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 247
includes a self-cleaning function that

Warning (Continued) runs automatically during driving. { Warning
The filter is cleaned by burning off
If the battery explodes, it can be the soot particles at high Be sure the following precautions
result in damages of your vehicle temperature. This process takes are taken because the exhaust
and serious injury or death. place automatically under set parts are raised to high
Avoid skin contact with battery driving conditions and may take temperature during regeneration
acid because it can damage by more than 15 minutes. The emission of DPF.
contained highly corrosive and of smells and smoke during this Things that can burn could touch
toxic sulfuric acid. process is normal. hot exhaust parts under your
If you accidentally get it on your Under certain driving conditions, vehicle and ignite. Do not place
skin, flush the place with water e.g. short distances, the system your vehicle over papers, leaves,
cannot clean itself automatically. dry grass or other things that
and get medical help immediately.
If the filter requires cleaning or can burn.
Keep batteries out of the reach of
previous driving conditions did not Turn the ignition OFF as soon as
children because it contains enable automatic cleaning, DPF
sulfuric acid and gas. your vehicle enters a garage.
indicator illuminates or flashes. The
Do not allow battery acid to indicator will go off the self-cleaning Do not go near the hot exhaust
contact your skin, eyes, clothing operation is complete. parts including exhaust tail pipe.
or paint. Stopping the journey or switching off
Do not open and tilt the battery. the engine during cleaning is not Wiper Blade Replacement
recommended.
Properly functioning windshield
Diesel Fuel Filter wipers are essential for clear vision
and safe driving. Regularly check
Diesel particulate Filter the condition of the wiper blades.
Replace hard, brittle or cracked
The diesel particulate filter system blades or those that smear dirt on
filters harmful soot particles out of the windshield.
the exhaust gases. The system

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
248 Vehicle Care
Foreign material on the windshield

or wiper blades can reduce the
Replacing wiper blades Headlamp Aiming
effectiveness of the wipers. If the Headlamp aim has been preset and
blades are not wiping properly, should need no further adjustment.
clean both the windshield and the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
blades with a good cleaner or mild the headlamp aim may be affected.
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly If adjustment to the headlamps is
with water. necessary, see your dealer.
Repeat the process, if necessary.
There is no way to remove traces of
silicone from glass. Therefore never
apply silicone polish or wax polish
to your vehicle's windshield or you
will get streak, blade chatter or
blade noise that impairs the driver's 1. Press and hold the wiper blade
vision. retaining clip.
Do not use solvents, gasoline, 2. Pull the wiper blade off the
kerosene, or paint thinner to clean wiper arm.
wipers. These are harsh and can 3. Install a new wiper blade onto
damage the blades and painted the arm.
surfaces.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 249
Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

For the proper type of replacement Signal and Parking
bulbs, Replacement Bulbs 0 252. Lamps
For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized 2. Remove the three screws (A)
gas inside and can burst if you retaining the headlamp
assembly.
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure 3. Pull the headlamp assembly
to read and follow the instructions straight forward releasing the
Driver Side Shown, Passenger retaining studs from the
on the bulb package.
Side Similar grommets.
A. Turn Signal Lamp 4. Remove the dust cover from
B. Low-Beam Headlamp the back of the headlamp
housing by turning
C. High-Beam Headlamp
counterclockwise
Headlamps a quarter turn.
To replace one of these bulbs: 5. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp by releasing the
1. Open the hood. Hood 0 228. spring clamp and pulling the
socket straight out of the lamp
assembly.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
250 Vehicle Care
6. Remove the bulb from the Fog Lamps

socket.
To replace one of these bulbs:
7. Install the new bulb in the
socket. 1. Open the hood. Hood 0 228.
8. Install the bulb socket into the 2. Remove the headlamp
lamp assembly and attach the assembly. Headlamps, Front
spring clamp. Turn Signal and Parking
Lamps 0 249.
9. Install the dust cover in the
back of the headlamp housing
by turning clockwise
a quarter turn.
10. Reverse the steps to install the 2. Turn the bulb socket (C)
headlamp assembly. counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp
Front Turn Signal Lamps assembly (A).
To replace one of these bulbs: 3. Remove the bulb (B) from the
1. Remove the headlamp socket (C) by turning
assembly. counterclockwise and pulling
straight out.
4. Install the new bulb into the
3. Remove the connector
socket (C) and reinstall the
retaining tab (A).
socket into the headlamp
assembly (A) by turning it 4. Disconnect the wiring harness
clockwise. connector from the bulb (C) by
pressing the connector
5. Install the headlamp assembly.
release (B) and pulling
straight back.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 251
5. Remove the old bulb from the Taillamps, Turn Signal,

from the fog lamp assembly by
squeezing the bulb release
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
tabs and pulling straight out. Lamps
6. Push the new bulb into the bulb
assembly until it locks into
place.
7. Install the wiring harness
connector to the bulb. Be sure
the connector release (B) locks
into place.
8. Install the connector 2. Remove the two screws
retaining tab (A). retaining the taillamp assembly
9. Replace the headlamp in place.
assembly. 3. Pull the lamp assembly straight
Driver Side Shown, Passenger rearward releasing the
Side Similar retaining studs from the
grommets.
A. Back-up Lamp
4. Turn the bulb socket
B. Stoplamp/Taillamp(LED) counterclockwise to remove it.
C. Turn Signal Lamp 5. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
To replace one of these to remove it from the bulb
lamps:(Except LED lamp) socket.
1. Open the liftgate. Liftgate 0 33. 6. Install the new bulb into the
bulb socket.
7. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
to reinstall.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
252 Vehicle Care
8. Install the lamp assembly into Replacement Bulbs

the vehicle. Make sure to align
the retaining studs to the Bulb
Exterior Lamp
grommets. Number
9. Install two screws to secure Back-Up Lamp W16W
lamp assembly in place on the Front Fog Lamp PSX24W
vehicle.
Front Turn PY21W
Signal Lamp
Side Turn Signal Lamps
High Beam H7LL
If the side turn signal lamp in the
Headlamp
outside rearview mirror is not
operated, have the checked by 2. Remove two screws and the License Plate Lamp W5W
repairer. lamp assembly. Low Beam H7LL
3. Turn the bulb socket Headlamp
Center High-Mounted counterclockwise to remove it Rear Turn WY21W
Stoplamp (CHMSL) from the lamp assembly. Signal Lamp
If the CHMSL is not operated, have 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the Center W5W (5ea)
the checked by repairer. bulb socket. High-Mounted
5. Push the replacement bulb Stoplamp (CHMSL)
License Plate Lamp straight into the bulb socket
The licence plate lamps for this and turn the bulb socket For replacement bulbs not listed
vehicle are on the trunk lid. clockwise to install it into the here, contact your dealer.
lamp assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs:
6. Install the bulb socket back into
1. Open the liftgate. Liftgate 0 33.
the lamp housing.
7. Install the lamp cover using two
screws.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 253
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit

An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
greatly reduces the chance of circuit a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. possible.
of the identical size and rating.
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, Engine
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block 0 254,
same amperage fuse can be Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 258.
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
254 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is located on the right side of the
engine compartment, near the
battery.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. BATT1 Instrument Panel
Fuse Block Main
Fuses Usage
Feed 1
ABS Antilock Brake
BATT2 Instrument Panel
System
Fuse Block Main
A/C Heater, Ventilation, Feed 2
and Air Conditioning
BATT3 Instrument Panel
System
Fuse Block Main
AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump Feed 3

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 255
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

BCM Body Control HTD Heated Washer STRTR Starter
Module WASH/MIR Fluid/Heated Mirrors
TCM Transmission
ECM Engine Control IGN COIL A Ignition Coil A Control Module
Module
IGN COIL B Ignition Coil B TRLR Trailer Parking
ECM Engine Control PRK LP Lamps
LO Low-Beam
PWR TRN Module/Powertrain
BEAM LH Headlamp (Left)
ENG SNSR Miscellaneous Relays Usage
LO Low-Beam
Engine Sensors SPARE Spare Relay
BEAM RH Headlamp (Right)
EPB Electric Parking RELAY
PRK LP LH Parking Lamps (Left)
Brake SPARE Spare Relay
PRK LP RH Parking Lamps RELAY
FAN1 Cooling Fan 1
(Right)
FRT FOG Not Used AUX PUMP Auxiliary Pump
PRK LP Parking Lamps RELAY Relay
FRT WPR Front Wiper Motor RH/ (Right)/Liftgate
LIFTGATE FRT Not Used
FUEL/VAC Fuel Pump/ FOG RLY
Vacuum Pump PWM FAN Pulse Width
Modulation Fan FUEL/VAC Fuel Pump/Vacuum
HDLP Headlamp Washer PUMP RLY Pump Relay
WASHER REAR Rear Window
DEFOG Defogger HDLP Headlamp Washer
HI High-Beam WSHR RLY
BEAM LH Headlamp (Left) REAR WPR Rear Wiper Motor
HI High-Beam
HI High-Beam SPARE Not Used BEAM RLY Headlamps
BEAM RH Headlamp (Right)
STOP Stoplamps LO Low-Beam
HORN Horn LAMP BEAM RLY Headlamps

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
256 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage
PWR/ Powertrain
TRN RLY
REAR Rear Window
DEFOG Defogger
RLY
STOP Stoplamps
LAMP RLY
STRTR RLY Starter
WPR Wiper Control
CNTRL RLY
WPR Wiper Speed
SPD RLY

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 257
Auxiliary engine room fuse block (Diesel only)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
258 Vehicle Care

Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
located on the right side of the lower
console.
Pull the latch of the fuse box cover
straight back to access the fuses.
The vehicle may not have all of the Fuses Usage

fuses, relays, and features shown.
RVC Rear View
Camera

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 259
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

SCRPM Selective BCM (STOP) Body Control FSCM Fuel System
Catalytic Module Control Module
Reduction Power (Stop Lamp)
FSCM/ Fuel System
Module
BCM Body Control VENT SOL Control Module/
APO JACK Auxiliary Power (TRN SIG) Module (Turn Vent Solenoid
(CONSOLE) Outlet Jack Signal)
HEATING Heating Mat
APO JACK Auxiliary Power BCM (VBATT) Body Control MAT SW Switch
(REAR Outlet Jack Rear Module (Battery
HTD SEAT Heated Seat
CARGO) Cargo Voltage)
PWR/ Power/Rear Air
AUDIO/KEY Audio System/ CIGAR Cigarette REAR A/C Conditioning
CAPTURE Key Capture
CLSTR Instrument HVAC BLWR Heating,
AWD/VENT All-Wheel Drive/ Cluster Ventilation, and
Ventilation Air Conditioning
DC/DC DC/DC
Blower
BCM (CTSY) Body Control CONVERTER Converter
Module IPC Instrument Panel
DRL Daytime Running
(Courtesy) Cluster
Lamps
BCM Body Control ISRVM/RCM Inside Rearview
DR/LCK Driver Door Lock
(DIMMER) Module (Dimmer) Mirror/Remote
DRVR Driver Compass
BCM (INT Body Control
PWR SEAT Power Seat Module
LIGHT) Module (Interior
TRLR FOG Light), Trailer DRV/ Driver Power L/GATE Lift Gate
Fog Lamps PWR WNDW Window
LOGISTIC Logistic Mode
BCM Body Control F/DOOR LOCK Fuel Door Lock MODE
(PRK/TRN) Module (Parking/
FRT WSR Front Washer
Turn Signal)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
260 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

OSRVM Outside Rear SPARE Spare
View Mirror Tires
S/ROOF Sunroof
PA KS PA KS Drive over objects slowly and at
S/ROOF BATT Sunroof Battery right angles, if possible. Driving over
PASS Passenger sharp objects can cause tire and
SSPS Speed Sensitive
PWR WNDW Power Window wheel damage. When parking, avoid
Power Steering
PWR DIODE Power Diode contacting the curb.
STR/WHL SW Steering Wheel
PWR MODING Power Moding Switch Regularly check the tires for
damage. See your dealer if there is
RR FOG Rear Defogger TRLR Trailer damage or unusual wear.
RR Rear TRLR BATT Trailer Battery
HEAT SEAT Heated Seat
XBCM Export Body
Winter Tires
RUN 2 Power Battery Control Module Winter tires improve driving safety
Key On Run at temperatures below 7 °C and
should, therefore, be used on all
RUN/CRNK Run Crank Relays Usage
wheels.
RVS/ RVS/Heating, ACC/RAP RLY Accessory/Run
HVAC/DLC Ventilation, and Accessory Power Tire Designations
Air Conditioning/ CIGAR APO Cigarette and
Data Link e.g., 215/60 R 16 95 H
JACK RLY Auxiliary Power
Connection Outlet 215 = Tire width, mm
SDM (BATT) Safety Diagnosis RUN/ Run/Crank 60 = Cross-section ratio (tire height
Module (Battery) CRNK RLY to tire width), %
SDM (IGN 1) Safety Diagnosis R = Belt type : Radial
RUN RLY Run
Module RF = Type : RunFlat
(Ignition 1)
16 = Wheel diameter, inches

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 261
95 = Load index e.g., 95 is

equivalent to 690 kg
H = Speed code letter
Speed code letter:
Q = up to 160 km/h
S = up to 180 km/h
T = up to 190 km/h
H = up to 210 km/h
V = up to 240 km/h
W = up to 270 km/h If you want to see the tire pressure, Tire pressures label is on the
press T shortly until the tire driver’s door frame.
Tire Pressure pressure is displayed. The recommended tire pressure is
Check the pressure of cold tires at shown on the Tire and Loading
least every 14 days and before any Information label. Vehicle Load
long journey. Do not forget the Limits 0 182.
spare tire. The tire pressure data refers to cold
Unscrew the valve cap. tires. It applies to summer and
winter tires.
Always inflate the spare tire to the
pressure specified for full load.
Incorrect tire pressures will impair
safety, vehicle handling, comfort,
and fuel economy and will increase
tire wear.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
262 Vehicle Care
Check the inflation pressures when Stop immediately and check tire.
the tires are cold. Warm tires Tire Pressure Monitor
produce inaccurate readings. Tires System 0 262.
can become warm after driving
more than 1.6 km (1 mi) and stay Tire Pressure Monitor
warm for up to three hours after the
vehicle has stopped.
System
{ Warning
If the pressure is too low, this can
result in considerable tire warmup
and internal damage, leading to Check tire pressure at next
tread separation and even to tire opportunity using suitable gauge.
blow-out at high speeds. If equipped, the tire pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor monitoring system light illuminates
System 0 262. yellow.
Check Control This light comes on when the
If tire pressure is too low, the ignition is turned on and goes off
display indicates which tire to shortly after the engine starts.
check, e.g.: If the light comes on while driving,
one or more of the tires is
significantly underiflated.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place,
check the tires, and inflate the tires
to the recommended pressure on
the tire inflation pressure label.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 263
When the system detects a Tread Depth If there is more wear at the front
malfunction, the light blinks for than the rear, swap round front
about one minute and then stays on Check tread depth at regular wheels and rear wheels periodically.
for the remainder of the ignition intervals. Tires should be replaced Ensure that the direction of rotation
cycle. for safety reasons at a tread depth of the wheels is the same as before.
of 2-3 mm (4 mm for winter tires).
The malfunction light comes on until Tires age, even if they are not used.
the problem is corrected. Have the We recommend tire replacement
vehicle checked by a repairer. every 6 years.
Tire Pressure Monitor Tire Rotation

Operation Tires should be rotated every
If equipped, the Tire Pressure 12 000 km (7,500 mi).
Monitor System (TPMS) checks the Tires are rotated to achieve a
pressure of all four tires once per
more uniform wear for all tires.
minute when the vehicle exceeds a
certain speed. The first rotation is the most
important.
All tires must have pressure sensors
and be filled to the recommended Anytime unusual wear is
The legally permissible minimum noticed, rotate the tires as soon
pressure for the system to operate
tread depth (1.6 mm) has been as possible, check for proper tire
properly.
reached when the tread has worn
If tires without sensors are installed down as far as one of the tread
inflation pressure, and check for
on the vehicle, the TPMS system is wear indicators (TWI). Their position damaged tires or wheels. If the
not operational. Retrofitting of is indicated by markings on the unusual wear continues after the
sensors is possible. sidewall. rotation, check the wheel
alignment.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
264 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are Buying New Tires

properly tightened. See “Wheel
This vehicle was delivered with
Nut Torque” under Capacities radial tires. We recommend using
and Specifications 0 307. radials of the same size, design,
tread wear, temperature and speed
{ Warning rating when replacing them.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
{ Warning
make wheel nuts become loose Tires could explode during
after time. The wheel could come improper service. Attempting
off and cause an accident. When to mount or dismount a tire
When rotating the tires, always changing a wheel, remove any could cause injury or death.
use the correct rotation pattern rust or dirt from places where the
Only your dealer or authorized
shown here. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
tire service center should
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Do not include the spare tire in mount or dismount the tires.
towel can be used; however, use
the tire rotation.
a scraper or wire brush later to
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
remove all rust or dirt.
{ Warning
pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the Mixing tires of different sizes,
Loading Information Label after wheel hub with wheel bearing brands, or types may cause
the tires have been rotated. Tire grease after a wheel change or loss of control of the vehicle,
Pressure 0 261, Vehicle Load tire rotation to prevent corrosion resulting in a crash or other
Limits 0 182. or rust build-up. Do not get vehicle damage. Use the
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel correct size, brand, and type
System. Tire Pressure Monitor mounting surface or on the of tires on all wheels.
Operation 0 263. wheel nuts or bolts.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 265
Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued)

steering pull. Some slight pull to the
left or right, depending on the crown
Wheels of the road and/or other road
If wheels or tires are installed that developed for the vehicle, and surface variations such as troughs
are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a or ruts, is normal.
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle GM certified technician.
So, consider requesting an
performance, including its braking, alignment check only if the vehicle
ride and handling characteristics, Buying New Tires 0 264, is significantly pulling to one side or
stability, and resistance to rollover Accessories and the other, or if you notice unusual
may be affected. If the vehicle has Modifications 0 227. tire wear. If the vehicle is vibrating
electronic systems such as antilock when driving on a smooth road, the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, Wheel Alignment and Tire tires and wheels may need to be
traction control, electronic stability
control, or All-Wheel Drive, the Balance rebalanced.
performance of these systems can The tires and wheels were aligned See your authorised repairer for
also be affected. and balanced at the factory to proper diagnosis.
provide the longest tire life and best
{ Warning overall performance.
Adjustments to wheel alignment and
If different sized wheels are used, tire balancing are not necessary on
there may not be an acceptable a regular basis.
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those Your vehicle’s suspension and
wheels are selected. This steering systems need some time to
increases the chance of a crash settle from the shipping process,
and serious injury. Only use GM and adjust to the way you drive and
the amount of passengers and
specific wheel and tire systems
cargo you carry with you. GM
(Continued) recommends that you drive your
new vehicle at least 800 kilometres
before evaluating your vehicle for

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
266 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains . Always drive slowly when you used in a skid. Stop pressing the
are using tire chains. accelerator pedal and steer to
. If you hear the chains contacting straighten the vehicle. It may be
the vehicle, stop and re-tighten very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
the chains. to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
. If the contact continues, slow
down until it stops.
{ Warning
If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause
It is unusual for a tire to blow out permanent damage to the tire.
while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been
are maintained properly. Tires driven on while severely
0 260. If air goes out of a tire, it is underinflated or flat may cause a
much more likely to leak out slowly. blowout and a serious crash.
Remove any wheel coverings, if the
But if there is ever a blowout, here Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
vehicle has them, before fitting
are a few tips about what to expect that has been driven on while
chains to the vehicle to avoid
scratching them. and what to do: severely underinflated or flat.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire Have your dealer or an authorized
. Follow the chain manufacturer's tire service center repair or
instructions. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off replace the flat tire as soon as
. Only use tire chains on 215/ the accelerator pedal and grip the possible.
70R16 size front tires. Do not steering wheel firmly. Steer to
use chains on the other tire maintain lane position, and then
sizes. gently brake to a stop, well off the
. Re-tighten the chains after road, if possible.
driving about 1 km (0.5 miles). A rear blowout, particularly on a
. SAE class S-type chains are curve, acts much like a skid and
proper type for this vehicle. may require the same correction as

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 267
This vehicle may come with a

{ Warning Warning (Continued) jack and spare tire or a tire sealant
and compressor kit. To use the
Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a jacking equipment to change a
it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To spare tire safely, follow the
dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from instructions below. Tire Changing
appropriate safety equipment and moving: 0 274. To use the tire sealant and
training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. compressor kit, Tire Sealant and
the vehicle, it is designed only for Compressor Kit 0 268.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for 2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
anything else, you or others could
manual transmission in use the following example as a
be badly injured or killed if the guide to assist you in the placement
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
is provided with the vehicle, only 3. Turn off the engine and do
use it for changing a flat tire. not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 4. Do not allow passengers to
and wheel damage by driving slowly remain in the vehicle.
to a level place, well off the road, 5. Place wheel blocks,
if possible. Turn on the hazard if equipped, on both sides of
warning flashers. Hazard Warning the tire at the opposite
Flashers 0 124. corner of the tire being
changed.
{ Warning 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
Changing a tire can be
The following information explains
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
how to repair or change a tire.
off the jack and roll over or fall
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
268 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and Warning (Continued)

the tread area of the tire. It can also
be used to inflate an under
Compressor Kit inflated tire.
recommended pressure. Do not
{ Warning exceed the recommended
pressure.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed or has a large puncture, the tire is
area with poor ventilation is too severely damaged for the tire
dangerous. Engine exhaust may { Warning sealant and compressor kit to be
effective.
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
contains carbon monoxide (CO) Storing the tire sealant and Read and follow all of the tire
which cannot be seen or smelled. compressor kit or other sealant and compressor kit
It can cause unconsciousness equipment in the passenger instructions.
and even death. Never run the compartment of the vehicle could The kit includes:
engine in an enclosed area that cause injury. In a sudden stop or
has no fresh air ventilation. collision, loose equipment could
Engine Exhaust 0 194. strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
{ Warning
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
Overinflating a tire could cause compressor kit, there may not be a
the tire to rupture and you or spare tire, tire changing equipment,
others could be injured. Be sure and on some vehicles there may not
to read and follow the tire sealant be a place to store a tire.
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
(Continued) punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 269
Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant and

Read and follow the safe handling Compressor Kit to Temporarily
instructions on the label adhered to Seal and Inflate a
the sealant canister. Punctured Tire
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
1. Pressure Gauge Sealant Canister” following.
2. Pressure Deflation Button There is only enough sealant to seal
(White) one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
3. Selector Switch assembly must be replaced. See
4. On/Off Button (Orange) “Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
5. Tire Sealant Canister
6. Air Only Hose (Black Hose/
White Tip)
7. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear Hose/
Orange Tip)
8. Power Plug

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
270 Vehicle Care
When using the tire sealant and 4. Remove the valve stem cap 9. Press the on/off (4) button to
compressor kit during cold from the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and
temperatures, warm the kit in a counterclockwise. compressor kit on.
heated environment for five minutes. 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (7) The compressor will inject
This will help to inflate the tire onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire.
faster. clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (1) will
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the initially show a high pressure
and wheel damage by driving slowly accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes
to a level place. Turn on the hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from the sealant into the tire. Once
warning flashers. Hazard Warning other accessory power outlets. the sealant is completely
Flashers 0 124. Power Outlets 0 95. dispersed into the tire, the
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 266. Do not pinch the power plug pressure will quickly drop and
Do not remove any objects that cord in the door or window. start to rise again as the tire
have penetrated the tire. inflates with air only.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
1. Remove the tire sealant and must be running while using 10. Inflate the tire to the
compressor kit from its storage the air compressor. recommended inflation
location. Storing the Tire pressure using the pressure
Sealant and Compressor gauge (1). The recommended
Kit 0 274. inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7) Information label. Tire
and the power plug (8). Pressure 0 261.
3. Place the kit on the ground. The pressure gauge (1) may
Make sure the tire valve stem 8. Turn the selector switch (3) read higher than the actual tire
is positioned close to the counterclockwise to the pressure while the compressor
ground so the hose will Sealant + Air position. is on. Turn the compressor off
reach it. to get an accurate pressure

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 271
reading. The compressor may Be careful while handling the Do not exceed the speed on
be turned on/off until the tire sealant and compressor kit this label until the damaged tire
correct pressure is reached. as it could be warm after is repaired / replaced or
usage. 80 km/h.
Caution 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from 17. Return the equipment to its
the accessory power outlet in original storage location in the
If the recommended pressure the vehicle. vehicle.
cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (7) 18. Immediately drive the vehicle
vehicle should not be driven counterclockwise to remove it 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
farther. The tire is too severely from the tire valve stem. sealant in the tire.
damaged and the tire sealant and 14. Replace the tire valve 19. Stop at a safe location and
compressor kit cannot inflate the stem cap. check the tire pressure. Refer
tire. Remove the power plug from 15. Replace the sealant/air hose to Steps 1 through 11 under
the accessory power outlet and (7), and the power plug (8) “Using the Tire Sealant and
unscrew the inflating hose from back in their original location. Compressor Kit without Sealant
the tire valve. to Inflate a Tire (Not
Punctured).”
11. Press the on/off button (4) to If the tire pressure has fallen
turn the tire sealant and more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
compressor kit off. below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
The tire is not sealed and will the vehicle. The tire is too
continue to leak air until the 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate severely damaged and the tire
vehicle is driven and the to the recommended inflation sealant cannot seal the tire.
sealant is distributed in the tire, pressure, remove the
therefore, Steps 12 through If the tire pressure has not
maximum speed label from the dropped more than 68 kPa
18 must be done immediately sealant canister (5) and place it
after Step 11. (10 psi) from the recommended
in a highly visible location.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
272 Vehicle Care
inflation pressure, inflate the If a Tire Goes Flat 0 266.

tire to the recommended 1. Remove the tire sealant and
inflation pressure. compressor kit from its storage
20. Wipe off any sealant from the location. Storing the Tire
wheel, tire or vehicle. Sealant and Compressor
21. Dispose of the used sealant Kit 0 274
canister (5) and sealant/air 2. Unwrap the air only hose (6)
hose (7) assembly at a local and the power plug (8).
dealer or in accordance with 3. Place the kit on the ground.
local regulations and practices.
Make sure the tire valve stem
22. Replace it with a new canister is positioned close to the
available from your dealer. ground so the hose will
23. After temporarily sealing a tire reach it.
using the tire sealant and 4. Remove the tire valve stem
compressor kit, take the cap by turning it
vehicle to an authorized dealer counterclockwise.
within a 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired 5. Attach the air only hose (6)
or replaced. onto the tire valve stem and
turn it clockwise until tight.
Using the Tire Sealant and
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
Compressor Kit without
accessory power outlet in the
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not vehicle. Unplug all items from
Punctured) other accessory power outlets.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
To use the air compressor to inflate Power Outlets 0 95.
and wheel damage by driving slowly
a tire with air only and not sealant: to a level place. Turn on the hazard Do not pinch the power plug
warning flashers. Hazard Warning cord in the door or window.
Flashers 0 124.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 273
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
must be running while using Information label. Tire the accessory power outlet in
the air compressor. Pressure 0 261. the vehicle.
The pressure gauge (1) may 13. Disconnect the air only hose
read higher than the actual tire (6) from the tire valve stem, by
pressure while the compressor turning it counterclockwise, and
is on. Turn the compressor off replace the tire valve stem cap.
to get an accurate reading. The 14. Replace the air only hose (6)
compressor may be turned on/ and the power plug (8) back in
off until the correct pressure is its original location.
reached.
15. Place the equipment in the
If you inflate the tire higher original storage location in the
than the recommended vehicle.
pressure you can adjust the
excess pressure by pressing
the pressure deflation
8. Turn the selector switch (3)
button (4) until the proper
clockwise to the Air Only
pressure reading is reached.
position.
This option is only functional
9. Press the on/off (4) button to when using the air only
turn the compressor on. hose (6).
The compressor will inflate the 11. Press the on/off button (4) to
tire with air only. turn the tire sealant and
10. Inflate the tire to the compressor kit off.
recommended inflation Be careful while handling the
pressure using the pressure tire sealant and compressor kit
gauge (1). The recommended as it could be warm after
inflation pressure can be found usage.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
274 Vehicle Care
The tire sealant and compressor kit 4. Replace with a new canister To store the tire sealant and
has an accessory adapter located in which is available from your compressor kit, reverse the steps.
a compartment on the bottom of its dealer.
housing that may be used to inflate 5. Attach the hose to the canister Tire Changing
air mattresses, balls, etc. and tighten. Removing the Spare Tire and
Removal and Installation of the 6. Slide the new canister into Tools
Sealant Canister place. Make sure it sits in the
To remove the sealant canister: compressor housing socket.
1. Unwrap both hoses. 7. Replace both hoses to their
original location.
Storing the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and
compressor kit:
1. Open the liftgate. Liftgate 0 33.
2. Lift the cover.
2. Slide the canister away from

the compressor housing.
3. Unscrew the hose connected
to the canister. 3. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 275
To remove the jack and tools: To remove the spare tire:

1. Open the liftgate.
2. Lift the floor cover to the locate
the wing bolt.
In some models, jack handle type is

applied to the vehicle.
1. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to
{ Warning remove the hole cover above
the rear bumper.
Storing a jack, a tire, or other 2. Use the wheel wrench to
equipment in the passenger 3. Turn the wing bolt
counterclockwise to remove it loosen the bolt to lower the
compartment of the vehicle could spare tire.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or from the jack.
collision, loose equipment could 4. Remove the jack and tool bag. 3. Unhook the cable on the tire
carrier located below the rear
strike someone. Store all these in 5. Remove the straps holding the bumper.
the proper place. tool bag.
4. Remove the spare tire.
6. Remove the tools from the bag.
The jack and tools are located in the Stow the jack and tools securely so
luggage compartment below the they do not rattle while the car is
rear bumper. moving.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
276 Vehicle Care
Removing the Flat Tire and 3. Use the wheel wrench to jacking flange under the body.
Installing the Spare Tire loosen all the wheel nuts. Do Do not place the jack under a
not remove any of the nuts until body panel. The lower body
1. Do a safety check before the wheel is off the ground. panel has an arrow to aid in
proceeding. If a Tire Goes locating the jacking location.
Flat 0 266. 4. Attach the wheel wrench to the
jack bolt head and rotate the 6. Put the spare tire near you.
Call a garage or motoring wheel wrench clockwise to lift
service for assistance if it is not
safe to jack the vehicle or
the head a little. { Warning
change the tire safely.
Raising the vehicle with the jack
2. Use the wheel wrench or improperly positioned can
screwdriver to remove the damage the vehicle and even
wheel cover if there is one. make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
5. There are notches under the

doors at the front and rear of
the vehicle.
Position the jack vertically at
the front or rear jacking notch
closest to the wheel being
changed. Make sure all of the
jack lift head is touching the

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 277
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed. Never changing a flat tire. If it is used for
get under a vehicle when it is anything else, you or others could
supported only by a jack. be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
{ Warning use it for changing a flat tire.
Raising the vehicle with the jack

improperly positioned can Caution
damage the vehicle and even
7. Turn the wheel wrench or jack make the vehicle fall. To help Make sure that the jack lift head
handle clockwise until the lifting avoid personal injury and vehicle is in the correct position or you
head fits firmly into the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift may damage your vehicle. The
appropriate notch and the tire head into the proper location repairs would not be covered by
is off the ground about
before raising the vehicle. your warranty.
2.5 cm (1 in).
Do not raise the vehicle more
8. Remove all the wheel nuts.
than is necessary to change
the tire.
{ Warning 9. Remove the flat tire.
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
{ Warning it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
Getting under a vehicle when it is appropriate safety equipment and
jacked up is dangerous. If the training. If a jack is provided with
vehicle slips off the jack you could the vehicle, it is designed only for
(Continued) (Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
278 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
12. Place the spare tire on the

wheel-mounting surface.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
10. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel is held against 14. Turn the wheel wrench or jack
the wheel bolts, mounting the hub. handle counterclockwise to
surfaces and spare wheel. lower the vehicle.
11. Install the spare tire. { Warning
{ Warning
{ Warning Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might Wheel nuts that are improperly or
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the come loose. The vehicle's wheel incorrectly tightened can cause
parts to which it is fastened, can could fall off, causing a crash. the wheels to become loose or
make wheel nuts become loose come off. The wheel nuts should
after time. The wheel could come be tightened with a torque wrench
off and cause an accident. When to the proper torque specification
changing a wheel, remove any after replacing. Follow the torque
rust or dirt from places where the specification supplied by the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 279
Storing a Flat Tire and Tools

Warning (Continued)
nuts. Capacities and { Warning
Specifications 0 307 for original
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment wheel nut torque
equipment in the passenger
specifications.
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
Caution strike someone. Store all these in
Improperly tightened wheel nuts the proper place.
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive 15. Tighten the wheel nuts in a 1. Hang the tire carrier on the
brake repairs, evenly tighten the crisscross sequence, as support rod and tighten the bolt
wheel nuts in the proper shown. Capacities and in the hole above the rear
sequence and to the proper Specifications 0 307. bumper to raise the tire carrier.
torque specification. Capacities 16. Install the wheel cover if there Capacities and
and Specifications 0 307. is one. Specifications 0 307.
17. Lower the jack all the way and 2. Hook the cable and reinstall
remove it from under the the hole cover in its original
vehicle. position.
18. Tighten the bolts firmly with the 3. Secure the jack and tools in
wheel wrench or jack handle. their original location.
4. Secure the flat tire in the
luggage compartment.
Do not store the flat tire below
the rear bumper where the
spare tire was located.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
280 Vehicle Care
The compact spare, if equipped, is

Caution
Full-Size Spare Tire
for temporary use only. Replace it
with a full-size tire as soon as If this vehicle came with a full-size
possible. When the compact spare is spare tire, it was fully inflated when
installed, do not take the vehicle new, however, it can lose air over
Compact Spare Tire through an automatic car wash time. Check the inflation pressure
with guide rails. The compact regularly. Tire Pressure 0 261,
Vehicle Load Limits 0 182. For
{ Warning spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel, instructions on how to remove,
and other parts of the vehicle. install, or store a spare tire, Tire
Driving with more than one Changing 0 274.
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and Do not use the temporary spare on Recommended spare tire maximum
handling. This could lead to a other vehicles. speed
crash and you or others could be Do not mix the temporary spare tire ‐ 17 inch : Up to 80 km/h (50 mph)
injured. Use only one compact or wheel with other wheels or tires. ‐ 18, 19 inch : Up to 120 km/h
spare tire at a time. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire (75 mph)
and its wheel together.
After installing the spare tire on the
The compact spare tire was fully vehicle, stop as soon as possible
inflated when the vehicle was new, Caution and check that the spare is correctly
but it can lose air after a time. inflated.
Check the inflation pressure Tire chains will not fit the compact
regularly. Vehicle Load Limits 0 182 spare. Using them can damage Have the damaged or flat road tire
for the correct inflation pressure. the vehicle and the chains. Do not repaired or replaced and installed
use tire chains on the compact back onto the vehicle as soon as
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph) possible so the spare tire will be
when driving with a spare tire. spare.
available in case it is needed again.
The spare tire is for temporary Do not mix tires and wheels of
emergency use only. Replace it with different sizes, because they will not
a regular tire as soon as possible. fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
together.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 281
Jump Starting Caution

ground connection you do not
want. You would not be able to
Battery 0 245. start the vehicle, and the bad
Ignoring these steps could result grounding could damage the
If the vehicle battery has run down, in costly damage to the vehicle
you may want to use another electrical systems.
that would not be covered by the
vehicle and some jumper cables to vehicle warranty. Trying to start To avoid the possibility of the
start the vehicle. Be sure to use the the vehicle by pushing or pulling it vehicles rolling, set the parking
following steps to do it safely. brake firmly on both vehicles
will not work, and it could damage
involved in the jump start
the vehicle.
{ Warning procedure. Put the shift lever in
P (Park) before setting the
Batteries can hurt you. They can 1. Check the other vehicle. parking brake.
be dangerous because: It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system. Caution
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
Caution If any accessories are left on or
. They contain gas that can plugged in during the jump
explode or ignite. If the other vehicle does not have starting procedure, they could be
. They contain enough a 12-volt system with a negative damaged. The repairs would not
electricity to burn you. ground, both vehicles can be be covered by the vehicle
damaged. Only use a vehicle that warranty. Whenever possible, turn
If you do not follow these steps has a 12-volt system with a off or unplug all accessories on
exactly, some or all of these negative ground for jump starting. either vehicle when jump starting.
things can hurt you.
2. Get the vehicles close enough 3. Turn off the ignition on both
so the jumper cables can vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
reach, but be sure the vehicles accessories plugged into the
are not touching each other. accessory power outlet. Turn
If they are, it could cause a off the radio and all lamps that

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
282 Vehicle Care
are not needed. This will avoid compartment on the underhood

sparks, helping save both fuse block. Engine { Warning
batteries and the radio. Compartment Overview 0 229.
An electric fan can start up even
4. Open the hood on the other To uncover the remote when the engine is not running
vehicle and locate the positive (+) terminal, press the and can injure you. Keep hands,
positive (+) and negative (−) tab on the bottom of the fuse clothing, and tools away from any
terminal locations on that block and lift the cover up. underhood electric fan.
vehicle.
Open the hood on your vehicle
and find the remote positive
and remote negative (−) jump
{ Warning
starting terminals. Using an open flame near a
battery can cause battery gas to
explode. People have been hurt
doing this, and some have been
blinded. Use a flashlight if you
need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You do not need to add
The vehicle is equipped with a water to the battery installed in
remote negative (−) terminal. your new vehicle. But if a battery
This is a stud next to the has filler caps, be sure the right
engine coolant surge tank, amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
located at the back of the add water to take care of that
The vehicle is equipped with a engine compartment. Engine first. If you do not, explosive gas
remote positive (+) terminal. Compartment Overview 0 229. could be present.
This is located in the engine (Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 283
metal engine part or to a Do not let the other end touch

Warning (Continued) remote negative (−) terminal if anything until the next step.
the vehicle has one. The other end of the negative
Battery fluid contains acid that (−) cable does not go to the
can burn you. Do not get it on Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a dead battery. It goes to a
you. If you accidentally get it in heavy, unpainted metal engine
your eyes or on your skin, flush short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts. part or to a remote negative (−)
the place with water and get terminal on the vehicle with the
medical help immediately. Do not connect the negative
(−) cable to the negative (−) dead battery.
terminal on the dead battery 9. Connect the other end of the
{ Warning because this can cause sparks.
6. Connect the red positive (+)
negative (−) cable away from
the dead battery, but not near
cable to the positive (+) engine parts that move. The
Fans or other moving engine
terminal on the vehicle with the electrical connection is just as
parts can injure you badly. Keep
dead battery. Use a remote good there, and the chance of
your hands away from moving sparks getting back to the
parts once the engine is running. positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. battery is much less.
7. Do not let the other end touch 10. Now start the vehicle with the
5. Check that the jumper cables good battery and run the
do not have loose or missing metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the engine for a while.
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles good battery. Use a remote 11. Press the unlock symbol on the
could also be damaged. positive (+) terminal if the remote keyless entry
vehicle has one. transmitter to disarm your
Before you connect the cables, security system, if equipped.
here are some basic things you 8. Now connect the black
should know. Positive (+) will negative (−) cable to the 12. Try to start the vehicle that had
go to positive (+) or to a remote negative (−) terminal of the the dead battery. If it will not
positive (+) terminal if the good battery. Use a remote start after a few tries, it
vehicle has one. Negative (−) negative (−) terminal if the probably needs service.
will go to a heavy, unpainted vehicle has one.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
284 Vehicle Care
Caution Towing the Vehicle vehicle with two wheels on the

ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the Here are some important things to
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled consider before recreational vehicle
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The towing:
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by . What is the towing capacity of
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. the towing vehicle? Be sure to
Always connect and remove the read the tow vehicle
jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed manufacturer's
making sure that the cables do car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck recommendations.
not touch each other or other could damage the vehicle. . What is the distance that will be
metal. travelled? Some vehicles have
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the restrictions on how far and how
Jumper Cable Removal disabled vehicle must be towed. long they can tow.
Reverse the sequence exactly when . Is the proper towing equipment
removing the jumper cables. Recreational Vehicle going to be used? See your
Towing dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations.
towing the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be
vehicle such as behind a motor
towed? Just as preparing the
home. The two most common types
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
of recreational vehicle towing are
the vehicle is prepared to be
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 285
Dinghy Towing To tow the vehicle from the front

with all four wheels on the ground: Caution
Front-wheel-drive and
all-wheel-drive vehicles may be 1. Position the vehicle that will be If the vehicle is towed without
dinghy towed from the front. These towed. performing each of the steps
vehicles can also be towed by 2. Shift an automatic transmission listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
placing them on a platform trailer to P (Park) or a manual automatic transmission could be
with all four wheels off of the transmission into 1 (First) and damaged. Be sure to follow all
ground. For other towing options, set the parking brake. steps of the dinghy towing
see “Dolly Towing” following in this procedure prior to and after
section. 3. Secure the vehicle to the
towing vehicle towing the vehicle.
For vehicles being dinghy towed,
the vehicle should be run at the 4. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
beginning of each day and at each ACCESSORY to unlock the
Caution
RV fuel stop for about five minutes. steering wheel.
This will ensure proper lubrication of 5. Shift an automatic transmission If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
transmission components. to N (Neutral) or a manual while towing the vehicle, it could
transmission to Neutral. be damaged. Never exceed
6. Turn off all accessories. 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
7. To prevent the battery from
draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove the Once the destination has been
2 amp IGN SW fuse from the reached:
instrument panel fuse block 1. Set the parking brake.
and store it in a safe location.
Instrument Panel Fuse 2. Shift an automatic transmission
Block 0 258. to P (Park) or a manual
transmission into 1 (First).
8. Release the parking brake.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
286 Vehicle Care
3. Reinstall the 2 amp IGN SW Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive 2. Shift an automatic transmission
fuse to the instrument panel Vehicles) to P (Park) or a manual
fuse block. transmission into 1 (First).
All-wheel-drive vehicles should not
4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/ be towed with two wheels on the 3. Set the parking brake.
OFF and remove the key from ground. To properly tow these 4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
the ignition. vehicles, they should be placed on straight-ahead position with a
a platform trailer with all four wheels clamping device designed for
Caution off of the ground or dinghy towed towing.
from the front.
Too much or too little fluid can 5. Remove the key from the
damage the transmission. Be Dolly Towing ignition.
sure that the transmission fluid is (Front-Wheel-Drive Vehicles) 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
at the proper level before towing
7. Release the parking brake.
with all four wheels on the
ground. Towing the Vehicle From
the Rear
Caution
Do not tow a vehicle with the front
drive wheels on the ground if one
of the front tires is a compact
spare tire. Towing with two
different tire sizes on the front of
the vehicle can cause severe
damage to the transmission. To tow the vehicle from the front
with the rear wheels on the ground,
do the following:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 287
Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
Locks correct product usage, necessary
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
locks greased after using.
Lubricants 0 301. Caution
Washing the Vehicle Avoid using high-pressure
Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use
could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight. of power washers exceeding
would not be covered by the 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution in damage or removal of paint
vehicle towed from the rear. and decals.
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the The e symbol is on any
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic underhood compartment electrical
parts. If damage occurs, it would center that should not be power
not be covered by the vehicle washed. This could cause damage
warranty. Approved cleaning that would not be covered by the
products can be obtained from vehicle warranty.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
288 Vehicle Care
If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive Moldings
windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for
wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign Caution
Remove any accessories that may matter.
be damaged or interfere with the car Occasional hand waxing or mild Failure to clean and protect the
wash equipment. polishing should be done to remove bright metal moldings can result
Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See in a hazy white finish or pitting.
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning This damage would not be
cleaning agents completely. If they products. covered by the vehicle warranty.
are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to
they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, The bright metal moldings on the
Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint vehicle are aluminum. To prevent
chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur. damage always follow these
avoid surface scratches and water cleaning instructions:
spotting. Caution . Be sure the molding is cool to
Finish Care the touch before applying any
Machine compounding or cleaning solution.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
sealant/wax materials is not . Use a cleaning solution
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
recommended. If painted surfaces approved for aluminum. Some
may damage it. Use only
are damaged, see your dealer to cleaners are highly acidic or
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
have the damage assessed and contain alkaline substances and
that are made for a basecoat/ can damage the moldings.
repaired. Foreign materials such as clearcoat paint finish on the
calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle. . Always dilute a concentrated
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree cleaner according to the
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from manufacturer’s instructions.
industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or . Do not use chrome cleaners.
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 289

. Do not use cleaners that are not . Washer fluids and other cleaning Air Intakes
intended for automotive use. agents in higher concentrations
Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the
between the hood and windshield
vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer.
when washing the vehicle.
and extend the molding finish. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners. Windshield and Wiper Blades
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. Clean the outside of the windshield
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and with glass cleaner.
Stripes . Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a cloth or paper towel soaked with
soft cloth, and a car washing soap illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated. windshield washer fluid or a mild
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, detergent. Wash the windshield
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow thoroughly when cleaning the
instructions under "Washing the Caution blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
Vehicle" previously in this section. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
Failure to clean lamps properly
Lamp covers are made of plastic, can cause damage to the lamp treatments may cause wiper
and some have a UV protective cover that would not be covered streaking.
coating. by the vehicle warranty. Replace the wiper blades if they are
Use only lukewarm water, a soft worn or damaged. Damage can be
cloth, and mild car washing soap to caused by extreme dusty
clean exterior lamps and lenses. Do Caution conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
not clean or wipe them while they snow, and ice.
are dry. Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
Weatherstrips
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers: gloss level and create a Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
non-uniform finish. Clean low weatherstrips to make them last
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and longer, seal better, and not stick or
water only. squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
290 Vehicle Care
may require more frequent

application. Black marks from Caution Caution (Continued)
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur
clean cloth. Recommended Fluids trim may be damaged if the and the repairs would not be
and Lubricants 0 301. vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty.
on roads that have been sprayed
Tires with magnesium, calcium,
Steering, Suspension, and
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to or sodium chloride. These
Chassis Components
clean the tires. chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust. Visually inspect steering,
Always wash the chrome with suspension, and chassis
Caution components for damaged, loose,
soap and water after exposure.
Using petroleum-based tire or missing parts or signs of wear at
dressing products on the vehicle least once a year.
may damage the paint finish and/ Caution Inspect power steering for proper
or tires. When applying a tire hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
dressing, always wipe off any To avoid surface damage, do not chafing, etc.
overspray from all painted use strong soaps, chemicals,
Visually check constant velocity joint
surfaces on the vehicle. abrasive polishes, cleaners,
boots and axle seals for leaks.
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or Body Component Lubrication
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome-plated wheels. Use only
or Chrome Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
approved cleaners. Also, never hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild drive a vehicle with aluminum or fuel door hinge unless the
soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels through an components are plastic. Applying
After rinsing thoroughly with clean automatic car wash that uses silicone grease on weatherstrips
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. silicone carbide tire cleaning with a clean cloth will make them
A wax may then be applied. (Continued) last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 291
Underbody Maintenance Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage. Apply all

cleaners directly to the cleaning
At least twice a year, Spring and Airborne pollutants can fall upon
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
Fall, use plain water to flush dirt and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
on any switches or controls.
debris from the vehicle's underbody. causing blotchy, ring-shaped
Cleaners should be removed
Your dealer or an underbody car discolorations, and small, irregular
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
washing system can do this. If not dark spots etched into the paint
remain on the surface being
removed, rust and corrosion can surface. See “Finish Care”
cleaned for extended periods
develop. previously in this section.
of time.
Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care Cleaners may contain solvents that
If the vehicle is damaged and can become concentrated in the
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, interior. Before using cleaners, read
requires sheet metal repair or
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. and adhere to all safety instructions
replacement, make sure the body
Immediately remove any soils. Note on the label. While cleaning the
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or that newspapers or dark garments interior, maintain adequate
that can transfer color to home ventilation by opening the doors and
replaced to restore corrosion
furnishings can also permanently windows.
protection.
transfer color to the vehicle's
Original manufacturer replacement interior. To prevent damage, do not clean
parts will provide the corrosion the interior using the following
Use a soft bristle brush to remove cleaners or techniques:
protection while maintaining the
dust from knobs and crevices on the
vehicle warranty. . Never use a razor or any other
instrument cluster. Using a mild
Finish Damage soap solution, immediately remove sharp object to remove a soil
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect from any interior surface.
Quickly repair minor chips and
repellent from all interior surfaces or . Never use a brush with stiff
scratches with touch-up materials
permanent damage may result. bristles.
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish Your dealer may have products for . Never rub any surface
damage can be corrected in your cleaning the interior. Use cleaners aggressively or with excessive
dealer's body and paint shop. specifically designed for the pressure.
surfaces being cleaned to prevent

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
292 Vehicle Care

. Do not use laundry detergents or Fabric/Carpet/Suede
dishwashing soaps with Caution
Start by vacuuming the surface
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
use approximately 20 drops per
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating brush attachment is being
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
glass. Abrasive cleaners or used during vacuuming, only use it
A concentrated soap solution will
aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
leave a residue that creates
the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
as possible using one of the
use solutions that contain strong
following techniques:
or caustic soap. Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months . Gently blot liquids with a paper
. Do not heavily saturate the
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
upholstery when cleaning.
to fog. more soil can be removed.
. Do not use solvents or cleaners . For solid soils, remove as much
containing solvents. Speaker Covers as possible prior to vacuuming.
Interior Glass Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean:
gently, so that the speaker will not
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric be damaged. Clean spots with just 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
dampened with water. Wipe droplets water and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
left behind with a clean dry cloth. Microfiber cloth is
Commercial glass cleaners may be Coated Moldings recommended to prevent lint
used, if necessary, after cleaning transfer to the fabric or carpet.
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
the interior glass with plain water.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a 2. Remove excess moisture by
sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does
dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth.
. When heavily soiled, use warm 3. Start on the outside edge of the
soapy water. soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 293
to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
prevent forcing the soil in to the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
fabric. Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
4. Continue gently rubbing the For vehicles with high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood
soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Surfaces
longer any color transfer from microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth
the soil to the cleaning cloth. Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove
5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more
removed, use a mild soap brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft
solution followed only by plain scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a
water. microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution.
clean. Never use window cleaners
If the soil is not completely or solvents. Periodically hand wash
removed, it may be necessary to Caution
the microfiber cloth separately,
use a commercial upholstery
using mild soap. Do not use bleach Soaking or saturating leather,
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
hidden area for colorfastness before especially perforated leather, as
and air dry before next use. well as other interior surfaces,
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring may cause permanent damage.
formation occurs, clean the entire Caution Wipe excess moisture from these
fabric or carpet. surfaces after cleaning and allow
Do not attach a device with a
Following the cleaning process, a them to dry naturally. Never use
suction cup to the display. This
paper towel can be used to blot heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
may cause damage and would
excess moisture. not use cleaners that contain
not be covered by the vehicle
silicone or wax-based products.
warranty.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
294 Vehicle Care
Cargo Cover and

Caution (Continued) Convenience Net Warning (Continued)
the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild cause unintended acceleration
leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine and/or increased stopping
recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and distance which can cause a crash
then dry completely. and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts
gloss, especially on the instrument pedals.
Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions. { Warning Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor
Caution It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your
a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need
Use of air fresheners may cause
provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended
permanent damage to plastics that GM certified floor mats be
and painted surfaces. If an air Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
freshener comes in contact with may not fit properly and may
any plastic or painted surface in interfere with the accelerator or
the vehicle, blot immediately and Floor Mats brake pedal. Always check that
clean with a soft cloth dampened the floor mats do not interfere
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
{ Warning with the pedals.
. Use the floor mat with the
would not be covered by the If a floor mat is the wrong size or correct side up. Do not turn
vehicle warranty. is not properly installed, it can it over.
interfere with the pedals.
. Do not place anything on top of
Interference with the pedals can
the driver side floor mat.
(Continued)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Vehicle Care 295

. Use only a single floor mat on 3. Make sure the floor mat is
the driver side. properly secured and verify
. Do not place one floor mat on that it does not interfere with
top of another. the pedals.
The driver side floor mat is held in

place by a button-type retainer.
Removing and Replacing the

Floor Mats
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock the retainer and
remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer opening over the
carpet retainer and snap into
position.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
296 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information Scheduled

Maintenance Maintenance
Service Information
) : Replace or change.
In order to ensure economical and
General Information safe vehicle operation and to ( : Inspect these items and their
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 296 maintain the value of your vehicle, it related parts. If necessary, correct,
is of vital importance that all clean, replenish, adjust or replace.
Scheduled Maintenance maintenance work is carried out at
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 296 the proper intervals as specified.
Recommended Fluids, Confirmations
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Confirmation of service is recorded
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 in the Service Guide.
The date and mileage is completed
with the stamp and signature of the
servicing repairer.
Make sure that the Service Guide is
completed correctly as continuous
proof of service is essential if any
warranty or goodwill claims are to
be met, and is also a benefit when
selling the vehicle.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Service and Maintenance 297
Kilometers (miles) or time in months, which comes first

by year 1 2 3 4
km ( x 1,000) 15 30 45 60
Service operations miles ( x 1,000) 10 20 30 40
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Drive belt Inspect every 240,000 km or 10 years
Engine oil & engine oil with OLM* Replace every 1 year or ‘change engine oil’ lamp on
filter (1)
without OLM Replace every 1 year or 15,000 km
Cooling system hose & connections ( ( ( (
Engine Coolant (2) ( ( ( (
Fuel filter Gasoline (3) China Replace 40,000 km or 2 years, whichever comes first.
(only external
ASEAN Replace 40,000 km or 2 years, whichever comes first.
filter)
Member (4) If any of these countries have standard maintenance
interval of 15,000 km, then change the filter at
45,000 km
Diesel (5) ASEAN Replace 40,000 km or 2 years, whichever comes first.
Member (6) If any of these countries have standard maintenance
interval of 15,000 km, then change the filter at
45,000 km
Africa Replace 20,000 km or 1 year, whichever comes first.
Fuel line & connections ( ( ( (

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Kilometers (miles) or time in months, which comes first (cont'd)

by year 1 2 3 4
km ( x 1,000) 15 30 45 60
Air cleaner element (7) Except China, Middle East ( ( ( )
and India
China ( ) ( )
Middle East & India ) ) ) )
Spark plugs Replace every 160,000 km

Evaporative emission canister & vapour lines (
Air filter (A/C) (8) ) ) ) )
Exhaust pipe & mounting ( ( ( (
Brake/clutch fluid (9) Replace every 2 years

Front brake pads & discs (10) ( ( ( (
Rear brake pads & discs (10) ( ( ( (
Parking brake ( ( ( (
Brake line & connections (including booster) ( ( ( (
Manual transaxle, transfer case, rear differential : leak ( ( ( (

check
Chassis and underbody bolts & nuts tight/secure ( ( ( (

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

by year 1 2 3 4
km ( x 1,000) 15 30 45 60
Automatic transaxle fluid (11) (12) See the remark (11) (12) below
Tyre condition & inflation pressure (13) See the remark (13) below
Tire Rotation Tires should be rotated every 12,000 km( 7,500 mi).
Wheel alignment (14) Inspect when abnormal condition is noted
Steering wheel and linkage ( ( ( (
Power steering fluid & lines ( ( ( (
Drive shaft boots ( ( ( (
Lubricate locks, hinges & hood latch ( ( ( (

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15

by year 1 2 3 4
km ( x 1,000) 15 30 45 60
(1) If a vehicle without OLM is operated under severe conditions: short distance driving, extensive idling or driving
in dusty conditions, change engine oil and the filter every 6 months or 7,500 km
(2) Replace every 240,000 km or 5 years.
(3) The external gasoline fuel filter may need to be replaced more frequently, if driving in severe dust climate or
off-road driving or towing a trailer for extended periods.
(4) ASEAN Member countries: Thailand, Laos, Vietnam
(5) The diesel fuel filter cartridge may need to be replaced more frequently, based on biodiesel usage, driving in
severe dust climate or off-road driving or towing a trailer for extended periods.
(6) ASEAN Member countries: Thailand, Laos
(7) Inspect every 7,500 km or 6 months if under dusty driving condition. If necessary, correct, clean, or replace.
(8) More frequent maintenance is required if under dusty driving conditions.
(9) Change the brake fluid every 15,000 km or 1 year if the vehicle is mainly driven under severe conditions:
- Driving in hilly or mountainous terrain, or
- Towing a trailer frequently.
(10) More frequent maintenance is required if under severe conditions : short distance driving, extensive idling,
frequent low-speed operation in stop and go traffic or driving in dusty conditions.
(11) Replace every 160,000 km for normal conditions and every 80,000 km for severe conditions.
(12) Inspection is not required. A fluid inspection is only required if there is a transmission failure or a fluid leak.
(13) Tire condition should be inspected before driving and tire pressure should be checked each time you fill your
fuel tank or at least once a month using a tire pressure gauge.
(14) If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.
* OLM : Oil Life Monitoring

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Recommended Engine Oil to use. The Oil Quality

ensures e.g. engine cleanliness,
Fluids, Lubricants, wear protection and oil aging
control, whereas Viscosity Grade
and Parts gives information on the oil’s
thickness over a temperature range.
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants Engine Oil Quality for Service Your vehicle’s Engine was filled at
the factory with dexos™ approved
Gasoline: dexos 1™
Only use products that have been Engine Oil.
tested and approved. Damage Diesel: dexos 2™
Use only Engine Oil that is
resulting from the use of
Selecting the right Engine Oil approved to the dexos™
nonapproved materials will not be
Specification or an equivalent
covered by the warranty. Selecting the right Engine Oil Engine Oil of the appropriate
depends on the proper Oil Viscosity Grade. Failure to use the
{ Warning Specification and SAE Viscosity
Grade.
recommended Engine Oil or
equivalent can result in engine
Operating materials are Use and ask for Engine Oils with damage not covered by the vehicle
hazardous and could be the dexos™ Certification Logo. Oils warranty.
poisonous. Handle with care. Pay meeting the requirements of your
attention to information given on If you are unsure whether your oil is
vehicle should have the dexos™ approved to the dexos™
the containers. Certification Logo on the container. Specification, ask your service
provider.
Engine Oil
Topping up Engine Oil
Engine Oil is identified by its Quality
and its Viscosity Grade. "Quality" Engine Oils of different
and "Specification" are equivalent manufacturers and brands can be
terms in this respect. Engine Oil mixed as long as they comply with
Quality is more important than the required Engine Oil (Quality and
Viscosity when selecting which Viscosity).

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
If Engine Oil of the required Quality Multigrade Oil is indicated by two be used. An Oil of this Viscosity
is not available, a maximum of figures: Grade will provide easier cold
1 Litre ACEA A3/B3(Gasoline) The first figure, followed by a W, starting for the engine at extremely
ACEA A3/B4 or ACEA C3(Diesel) indicates the low temperature low temperatures.
may be used (only once between Viscosity and the second figure When selecting an Oil of the
each oil change). indicates the high temperature appropriate Viscosity Grade be sure
The Viscosity should be of the Viscosity. to always select an Oil that meets
correct rating. the dexos™‚ Specification.
Use of Engine Oil with only ACEA . Down to -25 °C : 5W-30, 5W-40.
A1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 Quality . Down to -25 °C and below :
is prohibited, as it can cause long 0W-30, 0W-40.
term engine damage under certain
operating conditions. The SAE viscosity grade gives
information of the thickness of
Engine Oil Additives the oil.
The use of supplemental Engine Oil Coolant and antifreeze
Additives could cause damage and
invalidate the warranty. Use only organic acid type-long life
coolant (LLC) antifreeze.
Engine Oil Viscosity Grades
In countries with moderate climate
The SAE Viscosity Grade gives SAE 5W-30 is the best Viscosity the coolant provides freeze
information of the thickness of Grade for your vehicle. Do not use protection down to approx. -35 °C.
the Oil. other Viscosity Grade Oils such as
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40 or 20W-50. In countries with cold climate the
coolant provides freeze protection
Cold temperature operation: down to approx. -50 °C. This
If operating your vehicle in an area concentration should be maintained
of extreme cold, where the all year-round.
temperature falls below -25 °C, a
Viscosity Grade SAE 0W-xx should

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Maintain a sufficient concentration Automatic transmission fluid

of anti-freeze.
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
Coolant additives intended to give
additional corrosion protection or Transfer case fluid (AWD)
seal against minor leaks can cause Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
function problems. Liability for fluid.
consequences resulting from the
use of coolant additives will be Differential carrier assembly
rejected. fluid (AWD)
Brake fluid Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
fluid.
Only use our authorised brake fluid
for this vehicle(DOT 4).
Over time, brake fluid absorbs
moisture which will reduce braking
effectiveness. The brake fluid
should therefore be replaced at the
specified interval.
Brake fluid should be stored in a
sealed container to avoid water
absorption.
Ensure brake fluid does not become
contaminated.
Power steering fluid
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
Manual transmission fluid
Only use Castrol BOT 303 fluid.

p ( )
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13 p ( )
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13 p ( )
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13 p ( )
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13
2014Chevrolet
- 1stEdition
Edition ppp ((( ))))
2014
2014--1st
1st Edition ---10/9/13
10/9/13
Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-Other IO/GMSA-
10/9/13
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
2014 - 1st Edition - 10/9/13
Technical
p
Technical
( ) Data
Data 12-1
12-1
Technical
Technical Data
Data 12-1
12-1
Technical
Technical
Technical Data
Data
Data 12-1
12-1
12-1
Technical
304
Technical Data
Technical Data
Data Vehicle
Vehicle Identification
Identification Information
Information on identification plate:
on
on identification
identification plate:
Technical
Technical Data
Data Vehicle
Identification
Information
Information
. Technical
Manufacturer data on 233 Data plate:
identification 12-1
plate:
Technical Data Vehicle Identification
Technical
Information on identification plate:
248 Technical data
Manufacturer
Data
.
Technical
Technical
Technical Data
Data Vehicle
Identification
Technical data
Identification
Identification Plate
Technical data
Vehicle identification
Information
Manufacturer
Information
Information
..
.
ISOVIN
Vehicle
Vehicle
Manufacturer
Vehicle onon
on
plates Identification
Manufacturer
identification
identification
identification
Identification Number
Number
plate:
plate:
plate:
Vehicle
Identification Identification
Plate
. Vehicle
Manufacturer
Vehicle
.. Manufacturer
Identification
Identification Number
Number
Technical Data Manufacturer
..
Vehicle Identification Permissible Gross Vehicle
...................248
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 The technical
Identification data is
Platedetermined
Vehicle Identification in Information
. Vehicle
Permissible
Vehicle data ................................251 on identification
Identification
Gross plate:
Number
Vehicle
Vehicle
Vehicle
Identification
Identification
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Identification
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Identification
The
accordance
Vehicle
technical
Identification
Identification
The technical
identification with
data
data
.................. Plate
is
Plate
Plate
is
European
233
determined
determined
Number in
in
.
. Vehicle
Permissible
Vehicle
Weight
Permissible
Mass
Vehicle
Identification
Gross
Identification
Gross
Identification
Number
Vehicle
Number
Vehicle
Number
Number
Identification Plate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 12-1 The
accordancetechnical with data is
European determined in ...
.
Manufacturer
Permissible
Mass Gross Vehicle
Vehicle
Vehicle
Identification
Data
Identification
Identification Plate 12-1 The
Community
The technical
Vehicle data
accordancetechnical data
...............................
with
standards.
data
235
is
European
is determined
We reserve
determined in
in
. Permissible
Mass Gross Vehicle
Vehicle
Vehicle Data
Identification
Data Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
12-1 The
Identification
accordance
Community
The
The technical
accordance
Community technical
technical with
standards.
withdata
data
data
standards. isPlate
European
is
European We
determined
determined
is determined
We reservereserve inin
in ... Permissible
Mass
Gross
.. Permissible
.
Permissible
Permissible
Vehicle
Mass
Gross
Combination Gross
Gross
Gross
Gross
Identification Vehicle
Mass
Train
Vehicle
Vehicle
Number Weight
Identification
Identification
Capacities andPlate
Plate..................................12-1 the right to make modifications. Mass Combination Mass
.
Vehicle
Vehicle
CapacitiesData
Identification
and 304 accordance
Community
the right to with
standards.
make European
modifications.We reserve . Gross Combination Mass
Vehicle
CapacitiesDataand
Specifications . . . .. .. .................. 12-1 12-3 Theaccordance
accordance
Community
the right
accordance
Specifications
technical to with
with
standards.
make
with European
in the
data European
modifications.
European
is vehicle We
determined reserve in Mass
Mass
Gross
Maximum
. Permissible Combinationpermissible Massfront
Vehicle Data
.
Capacities
Identification and
Specifications Plate .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 12-3 Community
the right
Specifications to make standards.
in modifications.
the We reserve
vehicle
Vehicle
. Identification
. the leftGross
Maximum
Number
Combination Gross Vehicle
(ISOVIN)
permissible Massfront
Vehicle Data
is.also shown
Vehicle Data
behind the windscreen
Capacities
Capacities and
Specifications
Vehicle
Engine Data
Drive
and
Specifications Belt . . Routing
. . . . . . . . . 12-4 Community
... .. . 12-3
12-3
Community
the
the right
Communityright to
Specifications
documents
accordance
Specifications to make
standards.
standards.
always
standards.
with
make in European
in
the
the have We
modifications.We
vehicle
We
modifications.
vehicle
reserve
reserve
priority
reserve over on Gross
Maximum
axle
Mass
side.
axle
Gross
Gross
Maximum
axle
load
loadCombination
Combination
loadCombination
permissible
permissible
Mass
Mass
Mass
front
front
Engine
Capacities
CapacitiesDrive
and
and
Specifications
Engine Drive Belt
Belt . . Routing
. . .
Routing . . . . . ..
. ..
. ..
. . 12-4
12-3
12-4 documents
the
the right
right
Specifications
documents toto always
make
make
always in the have
modifications.
modifications.
havevehicle priority
priority over
over
..
Identification
. Maximum
axle plate
load permissible front
Vehicle
Engine Data
Data .
Specifications
Engine Drive . . .
Belt. . . . . .
Routing .
. .. .. .. .. ...
. ..
. ..
. . 305
12-3
12-4 those
Community
the right
Specifications
documents
those
given
given to makein
standards.
always
in
this
in
this the manual.
have We
modifications.
vehicle
manual.
The
reserve
priority
The over .
Variant Maximum
axle
Maximum
1: load permissible
permissible front
rear
Gross Combination Mass
09Aveo_T255_GenR.fm Page 255 Wednesday, February .
13,..2008 1:49 PM
Engine Drive
Specifications
Specifications
Capacities and Belt
. .. .. Routing
.. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 12-4
12-3
12-3 Specifications
documents
Specifications
those
Vehicle
the right given always
Identification
to makein in in
this the
the vehicle
havevehicle
manual.
Number
modifications. priority
The (VIN) over .. Maximum
Maximum
axle
Maximum load permissible
permissible
permissible rear
front
front
rear
Engine Drive
Performance . .Belt
. . . . Routing
. . . . . . . . . . .. 305 12-4 Specifications
documents
those
Vehicle given always
Identificationin in
this the havevehicle
manual.
Number priority
The (VIN) over . axle
Maximum
axle load
load permissible rear
Engine
Engine Drive
Drive
Specifications Belt
Belt. . Routing
. Routing
. . . . . . . .
. ..
. ..
. .. 12-4
12-4
12-3 those
documents
documents
Vehicle
is on
Specifications given
the vehicle in
always
always
Identification inthis the manual.
have
have Number
identification
vehicle
The priority
vehicle The
priority (VIN)over
over
plate.
identification number is .. Maximum
axle
axle
Maximum
Maximum load
load permissible
permissible
permissible rear
front
rear
Curb Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 those
documents
Vehicle
is on given
the vehicle in this
always
Identification manual.
have Number
identification
located The
inpriority
the vehicle (VIN) over
plate.
floor on the
.
axle
Maximum load permissible The vehicle rear
Engine Dimensions
Drive Belt Routing Vehicle
is
thoseonvehicle
those
The the
given
given Identification
vehicle ininthis this
identification manual.Number
identification
manual. The
plateThe (VIN)
plate.
a also
.
The axle
axleVehicle load
load Identification Number
. . . . . . . ..... . 306 12-4 documents always have priority over
right-hand side under cover
Vehicle Vehicle
is
those
The on the
given
vehicle Identification
vehicle in this
identification Number
identification
manual. plateThe (VIN)
plate.
also .The
. axle
Vehicle
Maximum
Maximum load
loadIdentification
permissible
permissible Number
rear
rear
identification
axle the number
between the front door and seat.
is
The on the
vehicle vehicle identification identification plate plate.
also The
(VIN) Vehicle
is also Identification
engraved on Number top
Capacities and 246
Vehicle
Vehicle
lists,
those
is onvehicle
The
lists,
Vehicle
The
lists,
Mass
in
vehicle
in
kilograms,
given
theIdentification
in kilograms,
(GVM),
Technical
Identification
Identification
vehicle
kilograms, in this
identification
identification
the
the
the
the
Gross
Number
manual.Number
Gross
identification
Gross
Number
Gross
dataThe
plate
plate
Combination
(VIN)
(VIN)
Vehicle
plate.
Vehicle
(VIN)
Vehicle
also
also
The
.(VIN)
(VIN)
The
(VIN) axleVehicle
axle
Maximum
right‐hand
is
Vehicle
is also
is load
load
also
also side
Identification
engraved
permissible
engraved
engraved
of (VIN)
Identification
the
on
on
on
Number
the
the top
rear
is engraved
Number
bulkheadthe top
topnearon
is
is on
on
Vehicle
The the
the
vehicle vehicle
vehicle
Identification identification
identification identification
Number plate plate.
plate.
(VIN) also The
(VIN) Vehicle
is also Identification
engraved on Number
the top
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 246
lists,
Mass
is
246 on
lists,
Mass
is
The
Theonvehicle
lists,
in
the
in
the
vehicle
kilograms,
(GVM), vehicle
Technical
kilograms,
in(GVM),
(GCM) vehicle
kilograms,
(GVM),
Technical
Technical
the
identification
identification
the
the
Gross
the
theidentification
and Gross
the
the
Gross
identification
data Gross
Gross
data
Combination
data
Combination
maximumplate
plate
Vehicle
plate,
Vehicle231
plate.front
also
Vehiclealso
right‐hand
(VIN)
The
The
(VIN)
axle
right-hand
right‐hand
the
right‐hand
the
is
center
Vehicle
Vehicle
load
also
is also
center
side
side
Technical
side
of
side
of the
of
of
engraved
theof
the
the
the
ofengine
Identification
Identification
engraved the
engine
bulkhead
fire
thedataon
on
wall.
bulkhead
bulkheadthe
firewall.
Number
Number
bulkhead
top
the top
firewall.
near
near
231
near
near
238 Technical
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . data . . . . . . . . . . 307 Mass (GCM) and topGross
the Combination
maximum front right‐hand side inof the bulkhead near
Technical data
attached to the of the front panel the center plate isof the engine firewall.
Mass
and
The
lists,
lists,
Mass
and
Mass
support,
and
Observe
rear
rear
rear
(GVM),
(GCM)
vehicle
inin(GCM)
(GCM)
axle
kilograms,
kilograms,
(GVM), axle
visible
axle
these
the
and
loads
identification
the
and
loads
and
loads when
limits
Gross
the
the
the
Gross
the
the
Combination
maximum
respectively.
Gross
Gross
maximum plate
respectively.
maximum
the
respectively.
when hood
Vehicle
Combination
using
front
also
Vehicle front
isfront
the
Engine
The
(VIN)
(VIN)
right‐hand
The
the
the
theengine
Engine
number
(VIN)
right‐hand
right‐hand
the
Vehicle
isis
identification
Engine center
center
identifier
also
also side
identifier
compartment.
center
is identifier
are
also of
side
side
of
engraved
engraved
located
of the
the
stamped
engraved
theof
of
of
code
Identification
the
engine
code
engine
code
the
the
engineon
and
on
on
and
and
the
bulkhead engine
Number
the top
firewall.top
engine
firewall.
the engine
onfirewall.
bulkheadthe
bulkhead
near
cylinder
topnear
near
Each ve
Technical data
lists, in kilograms, the Gross Vehicle
ng winter tyres on your Spare
Mass
Mass
and
Observe
and
Observe
open.
full
andload
(GVM),
rear
rearThe Tyre
(GVM),
(GCM)
Technical or
axle
these
data
axle
these
vehicle
towing
the
the
and
loads
loads
Gross
limits
limits
Gross
the Combination
Combination
maximum
respectively.
when
respectively.
when
identification
capacity
using
using
of the
front
the
the
Engine
number
Engine
number
block
right‐hand
the
Engine
the center Vehicle
identifier
under
center
are
identifier
are of
stamped
identification
ofstamped
side
identifier the
thethe
code
code on
the on
ofengine
engine
code
engine
and
and the
exhaust
bulkhead
engine
firewall.
and
cylinder
theengine
cylinder
engine
firewall. near
Internati
Each ve
Each ve
Technical data
Mass (GVM), the Gross Combination
Vehicle
e sure to use them on all
Technical data
identification
Mass
Mass
Observe
full
full
See
Mass
Observe
and
and
full
load
load
vehicle.
plate Vehicle
Identification
Identification
Observe
rear
(GCM)
rear(GCM)
may
"Changing
(GCM)
rear
load
vehicle.
identification
or
or
axle
these
these
these
axle
oraxle
towing
towing
also
towing
and
and
loads
and
loads
limits
limits
list,
loads a
limits
plate
the
the maximum
respectively.
capacity
plate
capacity
the in
Flat
maximum
when
when
kilograms,
whenTyre"
maximum
respectively.
respectively.
capacity
using
of
using
of in
using
of
the
the
the
front
front
the
the
the
front
the
Identification
number
block
number
block
theISOVIN
block
number
Engine
Engine
block
manifold
under
under
Identification
manifoldcenter under
are
are
are of
identifier
identifier
under (diesel
stamped
the
stamped
the
plates
the
the
stamped
the plate
engine
engine
(diesel engine
engine
code
code
engine
on
on
plate
engines)
on
engines)and
and
the
exhaust
the
exhaust
or
cylinder
cylinder
the
firewall.
exhaust
the cylinder
engine
exhaust
or engine
the
Vehicle
Internati
Internati
els. full load
vehicle.
and rear or
axle towing loads capacity
respectively. of the block
manifold
intake
Engine
block under (diesel
manifold
identifier
under the
the engine
engines)
(petrol
code
engine andexhaust
or
engines). the
engine
exhaust (ISOVIN
Vehicle
Vehicle
full loadidentification
Gross
Section
Observe
Observe
vehicle. Vehicle
5.
or
these
these towing Weight
limits
limits ...................246
capacity
when(GVW),
when of
using
using the
the the
the ISOVIN
manifold.
number
number
manifold
intake
ISOVIN
are
are
(diesel
manifold plates
stamped
stamped
plates
on
on
engines)
(petrol the
the
or
engines).cylinder
cylinder
the Vehicle
Vehicle
eed theVehicle
top speed Identification
vehicle.
Observe
Vehicle
Gross
vehicle.
full
fullload
Vehicle Trainor these
loadidentification
dataor Identification
Identification
Weight
towing
towing
246
limits (GTW)
capacity
capacity
Technical data
when
................................249
using
ofand
of
...................246the
the thethe manifold
ISOVIN
intake
number
manifold
block
intake
block
intake
Engine
block
under
(diesel
manifold
are(diesel
manifold
under
manifold
under
plates
stamped
the
the
Identification
the
engines)
(petrol
engine
(petrol
engine
(petrol
engine
on
engines) theor
engines).
or
exhaust
engines).
exhaust
engines).
exhaust
the
cylinder
the the wind
(ISOVIN
(ISOVIN
by theNumber Vehicle
full loadidentification
orfront towing ...................246
capacity of the intake manifold (petrol engines). under th
the wind
tyre manufacturer. Number
Identification
maximum and Plate
Technical rear axle data loads manifold
manifold
VehicleLGHQWL¿FDWLRQ (diesel
(dieselengines) engines) or the
orvehicle
the has its own, individual
Each
vehicle.
vehicle.
1
38 Number
Vehicle
identification..................
..................231 238 Number
Vehicle
vehicle.data ................................249
respectively. Observe
Vehicle data ................................249 these limits manifold (diesel engines)International
intake
intake
The manifold
manifold
eighth character (petrol
(petrol in
or the Standards Organisation
engines).
engines).
the VIN is
9HKLFOH,GHQWL¿FDWLRQ1XPEHU
the wind
carpet
under fl
th
e the tyre pressure intake plates
ISOVIN manifold (petrol engines). under th
2
39 Vehicle data
data...............................
...............................232 when using the 9HKLFOHLGHQWL¿FDWLRQ
full load or towing the engine code. This code (ISOVIN), which is shown behind
helpson the left side and carpet fl
by the Vehicle 239 Technical data 231
................... 246
tyre manufacturer. under the right front seat, undercarpet fl
the windscreen
Vehicle data
capacity of the vehicle. ................................ 249 The vehicle
identify the vehicle's engine,
identification
FDUSHWÀDS
a
es can affect the safety Information on identification plate: specifications, andnumber

replacement
(ISOVIN),
ling of Vehicle
the vehicle.identification Identification plate parts. See “EngineisSpecifications”
he tyresVehicle identification also shown
with normal road Identification
. Manufacturer plate
IDENTIFICATION
■under Capacities and Specifications
behind the Engine I
The identification plate is on the windscreen
0 307 for the vehicle's engineon the
code.
oon as road conditions246 Technical data .
Trim level
passenger door opening area. NUMBERS left side. Number
Vehicle Identification 246 Technical data
The identification plate is on the
38 Technical Number
Number data 246 Technical
Technical data data 231. Color
passenger code
Technical
door data
opening 231
area. The engin
1 Technical data . Type Vehicle identification
approval number Vehicle Identification
Each vehicle has its own, individual
the cylind
39
2identification
eeical
Technical
Technical data
data Vehicle
The Vehicle
identification
identification
identification plate is on the
International
Each vehicle Standards
Number
Each vehicle
The
has its own,
has
Organisation
individual
its own, individual
identification plate is
is on
on the
the
ical data
data
identification Vehicle
Identification plate
identification
Identification plate The Identification
identification
ISOVIN plates
Identification
Vehicle plate
plate
plateis
identificationon the Vehicle The
International identification
Identification
Standards Number plate
Organisation
International Standards Organisation
driver's door frame. (ISOVIN),
Vehicle driver's door
which is shown
Identification Number frame.
behind
Identification
Vehicle identification ...................246
Vehicle Identification ISOVIN
driver'sISOVIN
ISOVIN
ISOVIN plates
door frame.
plates
plates
plates the driver's
VehicleThis number
Identification
windscreen
(ISOVIN), which on door
is the left frame.
Number
shown is
sidethe
behindand legal identifier
identification
data ...................246
................................249 (ISOVIN), which is shown behind
rentification Vehicle
Number identification ...................246 under for
the
the windscreen your
right frontvehicle.
on theseat,
left under a
side and
rntificationThe ..................
vehicle
.................. 231 Number
Vehicle data ................................249
238identification
Vehicle data number The vehicle identification number carpet
................................249
the windscreen on the left side and
flap.right front seat, under a
under the
ta The vehicle
ta...............................
(VIN) is engraved
............................... identification
232
239 number
the centre
Technical of the data fire 231
The vehicle identification number under
(VIN) is engraved the centre of the fire
the right front seat, under a
carpet The
flap. vehicle identification number
carpet flap.
(VIN)
wall. is engraved the centre of the fire (VIN)
wall. is engraved the centre of the fire is engraved on the fire wall.
wall. wall.
ee identification
identification Identification plate
Identification plate
Identification
Identification The identification plate is on the
rr driver's
The door frame.
The identification plate is on
The identification plate is on thethe driver's
The door frame.
identification plate is
The identification plate is on
on the
the
driver's door
door frame.
frame. driver's door
door frame.
frame.
The vehicle identification number
driver's The vehicle identification number
driver's
(VIN)
The is engraved
vehicle
e identification number
the centre of the fire
The vehicle identification number (ISOVIN), is also shown behind
identification number The vehicle identification
The Vehicle Identification number
Number
egraved wall.
identification
(VIN)
the
number
centreis
ofengraved
the fire
The vehicle
the iscentre
(VIN)
identification
engraved ofthe
number
thecentre
fire of the fire
the windscreen on the left side. (ISOVIN), is alsoshown
(ISOVIN), is also shownbehind
behindthe
the
graved the centre of the fire (VIN)
wall. is engraved the centre of the fire
wall. wall. windscreen on the
windscreen on the left
left side.
side.
The identification plate is on the

driver's
The door frame.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com BOOK_MY12_RSA_Sedan.indb 246
driver's doormanuals
frame. search engine
9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Technical Data 305
Vehicle Data
Engine Data
2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
Engine 2.4D 3.0 D 2.0 DSL (163PS) (184PS)
Number of cylinders 4 6 4 4 4
Displacement [cc] 2384 2997 1998 2231 2231
Output [kW] at rpm 123 at 5600 190 at 6900 120 at 3800 120 at 3800 135 at 3800
400 at 350 at 400 at
Max. torque [Nm] at rpm 230 at 4600 288 at 5800
1750~2250 1500~3000 1750~2750
Fuel type Petrol Diesel
Performance
Top speed
2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
2.4D 3.0 D 2.0 DSL (163PS) (184PS)
Manual transaxle (km/h) 190 (FWD) - - 189 (FWD) 200
186 (AWD) 184 (AWD)
Automatic transaxle (km/h) 175 198 187 188 (FWD) 191
182 (AWD)

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
306 Technical Data
Curb Weight
With driver (75kg)
2.4D 2.4D 3.0D 3.0D 2.0 DSL 2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
5seat 7seat 5seat 7seat 7 seat 5 seat 7 seat
Front wheel MT 1768~ 1793~ - - - 1853~ 1878~
drive (kg) 1848 1873 1933 1958
AT - - - - 1978~ 1878~ 1903~
2058 1958 1983
All wheel MT 1843~ 1848~ - - - 1928~ 1953~
drive (kg) 1923 1948 2008 2033
AT 1868~ 1893~ 1890~ 1915~ - 1953~ 1978~
1948 1973 1970 1995 2033 2058
Vehicle Dimensions
Length [mm] 4673
Width [mm] 1849
Height (with roof rack) [mm] 1756
Wheel base [mm] 2707
Track (Front) [mm] 1569
Track (Rear) [mm] 1576
Minimum turning radius [m] 11.87

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Technical Data 307
Capacities and Specifications

Engine 2.4 D 3.0 D DIESEL
Fuel tank [L] 65
Engine oil [L] 4.7 5.7 5.4
Tire Pressure
Pressure (psi/bar/kPa)
Tyre size Wheel dimension Front Rear
235/60R17 17x7J Below 4 occupants : 35/ Below 4 occupants : 35/2.4/
2.4/240 240 (Eco. pressure : 38/
235/55R18 18x7J
(Eco. pressure : 38/2.6/260) 2.6/260)
235/50R19 19x7J Above 5 occupants, with Above 5 occupants, with
towing trailer : 35/2.4/240 towing trailer : 41/2.8/280
215/70R16 (spare) 16X6.5J 35/2.4/240 35/2.4/240
T155/90R16 (spare) 16X4T 60/4.2/420 60/4.2/420
Octane Rating RON For Petrol Engines

Octane Rating
RON Country
95 Recommended for coastal regions. Compatible for inland regions.
93 Recommended for inland regions. Compatible for coastal regions.
Note:
Coastal is up to 800m above sea level, inland is greater than 800m above sea level.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
308 Customer Information
Customer Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

Information Recording and This vehicle has an event data
recorder (EDR). The main purpose
Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain
The vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations,
Vehicle Data Recording and such as an airbag deployment or
Privacy computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and hitting a road obstacle, data that will
Vehicle Data Recording and assist in understanding how a
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to vehicle's systems performed. The
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 308 EDR is designed to record data
Radio Frequency monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to related to vehicle dynamics and
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 309 safety systems for a short period of
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a time, typically 30 seconds or less.
crash, and, if equipped, to provide The EDR in this vehicle may record
antilock braking to help the driver such data as:
control the vehicle. These modules . How various systems in the
may store data to help the dealer vehicle were operating.
technician service the vehicle.
. Whether or not the driver and
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated, passenger safety belts were
such as rate of fuel consumption or buckled/fastened.
average speed. These modules may . How far, if at all, the driver was
retain personal preferences, such as pressing the accelerator and/or
radio presets, seat positions, and brake pedal.
temperature settings. . How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Customer Information 309
These data can help provide a if the vehicle is leased, with the
better understanding of the consent of the lessee; in response
circumstances in which crashes and to an official request of police or
injuries occur. similar government office; as part of
Important: EDR data are recorded GM's defense of litigation through
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial the discovery process; or, as
crash situation occurs; no data are required by law. Data that GM
recorded by the EDR under normal collects or receives may also be
driving conditions and no personal used for GM research needs or may
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and be made available to others for
crash location) are recorded. research purposes, where a need is
However, other parties, such as law shown and the data is not tied to a
enforcement, could combine the specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely Radio Frequency
acquired during a crash Identification (RFID)
investigation.
RFID technology is used in some
To read data recorded by an EDR, vehicles for functions such as tire
special equipment is required, and pressure monitoring and ignition
access to the vehicle or the EDR is system security, as well as in
needed. In addition to the vehicle connection with conveniences such
manufacturer, other parties, such as as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
law enforcement, that have the transmitters for remote door locking/
special equipment, can read the unlocking and starting, and
information if they have access to in-vehicle transmitters for garage
the vehicle or the EDR. door openers. RFID technology in
GM will not access these data or GM vehicles does not use or record
share it with others except: with the personal information or link with any
consent of the vehicle owner or, other GM system containing
personal information.

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
310 Index
Index A
Accessories and
Airbags (cont'd)
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 225 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Adjustments Alarm
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 240 Alarm System
Air Filter, Passenger Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Alert
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 212
Airbag System All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
How Does an Airbag AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Antenna
What Makes an Airbag Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
What Will You See after an Anti-theft
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
When Should an Airbag Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 201
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .65 Appearance Care
Airbags Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Adding Equipment to the Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Audio
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 131
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Index 311
Automatic Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Center High-Mounted Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 87
Engine Start/Stop Feature . . . . 191 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 252 Center High-Mounted
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 104
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Check
Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Malfunction Indicator
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Signal, and Parking Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Child Restraints
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 252 Infants and Young Children . . . . .73
B
Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 252 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Taillamps, Turn Signal, for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Stoplamps, and Back-up Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 247
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Bluetooth
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 C
Cleaning
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Camera
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Brake Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 106 Capacities and
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 165
Brakes Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Carbon Monoxide
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Cargo
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 185 Management System . . . . . . . . . . .88

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
312 Index
Compartments Descent Control Driving (cont'd)

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 System (DCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 268 Descent Control System Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Continuous Damping Devices Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Control (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Control Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Dual Automatic Climate
Traction and Electronic Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 195 Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Diesel Particulate Filter Light . . . 111
E
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 206
ECO Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Dimensions
Economy Mode
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Coolant Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 107
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Electrical Equipment,
Engine Temperature Door
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Electrical System
Cover Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Engine Compartment Fuse
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Drive Systems
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Driving
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Curb Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Characteristics and
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
D Electronic Stability Control
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2 (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 308 Electronic Stability Control
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Daytime Running Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 179
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Engine
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 181
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Index 313
Engine (cont'd) Filter, Fuel (cont'd)

Automatic Start/Stop Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . . .113 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Filling a Portable Fuel
Check and Service Engine Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 124 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 229 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .114
Coolant Temperature Fluid Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 239 Water in Fuel Warning Light . . .114
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Fuel Economy Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Fuses
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . . 115 Engine Compartment Fuse
Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . .115 Fog Lamps Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 196 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Instrument Panel Fuse
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 308 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
G
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 122 Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gate Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 123 Front Fog Lamp
Gauges
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
F Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Front Seats
Filter Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Diesel Particulate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Warning Lights and
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
314 Index
General Information Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 165 L

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Lamps
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 123
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 179 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 203 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
H
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Exterior Lamps Off
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
How to Wear Safety Belts Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 124
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Headlamps, Front Turn
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Signal, and Parking
Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 I
Headlamp Range Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .185, 187 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Headlamps Immobilizer Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 104
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Infants and Young Children, Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Daytime Running Information Side Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .115 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 128 LATCH System
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 123 Replacing Parts after a
J Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .115
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 K Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Heated Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 116 Level Control
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Keyless Entry Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 27, 29 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Index 315
Light Lights (cont'd) Lower Anchors and Tethers

Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . 111 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 for Children (LATCH
Electronic Stability Control High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 123 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Pre-Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Low Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . .113 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Lighting Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
M
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . .115
Maintenance Schedule
Lights Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 102
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . 106
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 296
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Speed Sensitive Power
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 104
Antilock Brake System Steering (SSPS) Warning . . . 109
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 106 Trailer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Change Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . . 109
Messages
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Water in Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . .114
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Descent Control System . . . . . . 108 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 206
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Locks
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 107 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Mirrors
Engine Coolant Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Automatic Dimming
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . .110 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .112 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Low Engine Oil Level Light . . . . . 113
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 114
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Gate Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
316 Index
Monitor System, Tire P Power (cont'd)

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Park Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
N
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 61
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 194 Pressure
O Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . . 109 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Parking Assist Privacy
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Radio Frequency
Off-Road Passenger Compartment Air Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 309
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 308
Oil Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . . .113
R
Personalization Radio
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 AM-FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 238 Phone Radio Frequency
Low Engine Oil Level Light . . . .113 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . . 309
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 72 Pictures and Movies . . . . . . .160, 162 Rear Climate Control System . . . 170
Operation Port Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Outlets Power Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 209
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 94
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . .115 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 191 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Index 317
Recommended Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Seats (cont'd)

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Running the Vehicle While Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Recommended Fluids and Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 83, 85
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Security
S
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 284 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Reduced Engine Power Light . . . 115 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Remote Keyless Entry Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
How to Wear Safety Belts
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 29 Service
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Accessories and
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Replacement Parts Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Climate Control System . . . . . . . 165
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 71 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 227
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .62
Replacing LATCH System Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .61
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Replacing Safety Belt System Service and Maintenance
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . 296
Restraints Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Seats
Retained Accessory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Shifting
Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Ride Control Systems Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Enhanced Traction Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
System (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 212
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Roads Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . 252
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .48
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Signals, Turn and
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .48
Roof Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Spare Tire
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
318 Index
Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Tires (cont'd)

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 263
Speed Sensitive Power Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 262
Steering (SSPS) Warning Switches Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Sealant and
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 System Sealant and Compressor
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Wheel Alignment and Tire
T
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Taillamps
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Towing
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 218
Technical Data
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Storage Areas General Information . . . . . . . . . . 217
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 37
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 284
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cargo Management System . . . .88 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Thread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 225
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Traction
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 206
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Traction Control/Electronic
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Trailer
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 86 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 225
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Storing the Tire Sealant and Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . 116
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

9507207) - 2016 - crc - 9/22/15
Index 319
Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Weights

Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Wheels
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 265
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Vehicle Care Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Triangle, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Storing the Tire Sealant Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 77
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 274 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Turn Signal Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Winter
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Vehicle Identification Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
U
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 247
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . . 211
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Wipers
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 W
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Warning
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
V
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Vehicle
Warning Triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Warnings
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Water in Fuel Warning Light . . . . 114
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35


Chevrolet Captiva 2007 Owner's Handbook Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet Captiva 2007 Owner's Handbook Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet Captiva 2007 Owner's Handbook Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHEVROLET CAPTIVA OWNERS HANDBOOK

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Introduction relating to your specific vehicle to

The names, logos, emblems, Danger, Warning, and

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

1. Air Vents 0 171. 17. Parking Brake 0 201.

6. Overview 0 131. 21. Electronic Stability Control

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

12. Steering Wheel Controls 0 92.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

The interior lamps may come on.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Power Seats

If equipped, move the lever up or If equipped, move the seat forward

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Raise or lower the front or rear part

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Third Row Seats

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Folding Mirrors The ignition must be in ON/RUN or Steering Wheel

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Interior Lighting Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Exterior Lighting AUTO : If Equipped, the lamps turn

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

MIST : For a single wipe, briefly Climate Controls

1. Temperature Control 4. Air Conditioning (A/C)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Dual Automatic Climate Control System While driving in manual shift

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Vehicle Features . Press 5 to reject incoming calls Cruise Control

For vehicles equipped with audio 3. SRC / SEEK (Q / R)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

If the change engine oil message . Always follow posted speed

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Keys Exterior Mirrors

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

c (Lock) : Press to lock all

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

once the new transmitter is

program transmitters to this vehicle.

Pas ive do r l ck fun tio d es

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To replace the battery: 3. Remove the old battery. Do not

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

Power Door Locks Note